How to Time Events by Dinesh Mathur

CONTENTS Preface Chapter One-Preliminaries •

Extent of Houses

•

Signs inimical to planets

•

Sambandhas

•

Nodes-Rahu and Ketu

•

Relationship between a Planet and Houses

•

Relationship between Planets

•

Arudha and Divisional Charts

•

Determination of relatives

•

Karakas, Essential Planets, Factors and Karaka Properties

•

Signs

•

Nature of Planets and Houses

•

Elements of Planets

•

Aspects

•

Strength of Planets

•

Strength of Houses

•

Basic characteristics of houses

•

Constellations

•

Planets in signs

•

Marakas

•

Basic characteristics of Ascendants

Ghapter Two-The Major-Period •

Some independent methods of timing

•

Major-period analysis

•

Results relating to general significations of planets

•

House dependent results of the period of a planet

•

Results of planetary periods based on linkages

vii 1-134

135-242

Chapter Three-The Sub and Inter-Periods •

Sub-period analysis

•

Inter-period analysis

•

Inferior-period analysis

•

Concise general method for determination of period results Results of sub-period of the major-period planet Relocation, Incarceration and Direction of Journey

• • • •

Effect of distance between major and subperiod planets Effect of specific sub-periods

•

Principles to fix timing

•

Time of operation of a planet in its period

243-305

Chapter Four-The Annual Chart

306-321

Chapter Five-Transits

322-340

•

Traditional rules for transit analysis

•

Transit of ruler of the band of years

•

Transit of the period planet

•

Transit of the karaka

•

Transit of the Sun

•

Transit of the Moon

Chapter Six-Applied Astrology

341-356

Bibliography

357

Index

359

Preface This is the first work in which an attempt has been made to scientifically put to practice concepts relating to progression only hinted at in Bhrigu Samhita. This is a unique attempt that has been successfully employed to time events correctly. Astrological analysis has two components. The first is the deduction of likely trends in the life of an individual. This determines as to what is in store for an individual in various areas of his life. The second, and more important, is to determine the time when events in his life, according to the trends that are visible in his chart, would happen. We have dealt with the first part in substantial detail in our previous work Predictive Astrology-An Insight published by M/s Motilal Banarsidass, Delhi. It tells us as to how a chart should be read and the manner in which general trends in various facets of life of an individual can be determined. This book is a companion to the earlier one. The matter of timing of an event is of a more complex nature and needs concrete assistance. The present work makes an innovative and unique attempt in this direction. This work is a manual for working out the time when an event would happen. It does not call for much mathematics, it relies on sound classical principles and analysis. Our ancient literature on astrology has hints scattered here and there for timing the events, but no systematic guidance is available. We have relied on these hints and have analysed them into a coherent applicable whole. We have at most of the places identified the classical source of knowledge. This has been done rather copiously. It makes further reference and study easier. This also shows that the methods of timing are available in our ancient literature. We only have to identify and use them appropriately. A bibliography of references has been included. It is there only to tell the reader at one place the books that he may like to refer to while going through the present work, but it is not meant to act as a literary and academic embellishment. Only those works have been referred to that have actually been used in this book. Each method of timing has been applied to at least one hundred birth

VIII

Preface

charts from my substantial collection. Only those methods of timing of events have been adopted and included in this work that were found successfully applicable to each and every chart taken up for analysis through them. The Arudha of houses, particularly of the ascendant (lagna) has been used in a very innovative manner. The uncertainity over the result that a planet is expected to give in its period is obviated to a very large extent by the use of the Arudha. It makes the analysis of Vimshottari periods, after some practice, a much simpler affair. Karakas are of immense use in the analysis of a chart and timing of events. Their use in astrological analysis has not been made effectively so far. There are many uses of karakas. Eleven uses of karakas have been identified in this work and explained with illustrations. We have discussed the karakas in great detail and with many illustrations have shown as to how they can be used for unfolding the characteristics of a chart and for timing events effectively. No event happens unless the karaka for it is involved. Therefore, an analysis of karakas in a chart is necessary. Such an analysis tells us the likelihood of certain events that could happen in a chart. A detailed examination can then be made of the chart for these events. The usage of karakas in such comprehensive manner is a unique feature of the work and should stand in good stead for all the practising and theoretical astrologers. The use of karakas drastically reduces the bewilderingly huge number of alternatives that an astrologer is faced with in events that could happen in a period. The treatment of karakas and Vimshottari period in such exhaustive detail is perhaps not to be found in any other work. We can find out as to whether an individual would experience matters relating to a particular aspect of life in a period through the use of the karakas and we can also determine the period planets to fix the exact time of an event through their use. We have given a revised and modern day version of the effect of combination of planets in a chart. The timing of events is based on Vimshottari period system. We base our analysis on the sound principles of Vimshottari period system, and fine tune the timing with the help of annual horoscope and transits. We have also made use of the natural period system propounded by Varahmihir in his Brihajjatakam and of band of years that each planets governs as given in the Lai Kitab. These, especially the latter, are very

How to Time and Event

IX

simple to use and give astoundingly apt results. If we wish to determine the time of happening of any event fa the life of an individual, it is essential to know the aspects of his life that will be affected by a planet when its period operates. Parashar in his Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra has covered this aspect of prediction in substantial detail. Details of likely happenings in the period of a planet are stated in extenso by him. He has also suggested remedies for planets that could cause trouble to an individual. It is however not possible to commit such vast details to memory. We should be in a position to work out these conclusions through analysis. We have described at length the various ways in which a planet can give its results. The results relating to a house can appear in the period of a planet only when that planet is related to the concerned house. Therefore, relationships between planets and between a planet and a house are of very great importance. We have analysed these relationships in an innovative manner in minute detail. The relative strength of relationships is also given. The next question is whether the planet will affect any aspect of life favourably or otherwise. This has been clarified in a very simple and lucid way. The navamsha sign in which a planet is placed also plays an important role. This has been enunciated clearly and illustrated through several examples. After we have decided the possible quality of an event, we proceed further to determine the exact nature and details of the event that is likely to take place in a period. The natural relationship between planets has also been treated clearly and in detail. Based on the principles of Parashar the relationship has been given in a modified form. The concept of Panchadha or resultant relationship has been treated clearly. The relationship between planets is of much importance since it helps us determine, among other things, the longevity in a birth chart. The procedure to determine the effect of a planet in a sign is given in detail and it shall be of interest to students of astrology. The methods given help the reader reach practical and useful conclusions on the effect of a planet in a sign without committing bulky and sometimes not relevant details to memory. Once we have concluded that a planet in its inter-period in the sub and major-periods of some planets is likely to give a particular result, the exact time of happening of the event has to be determined with the use of transits and annual charts. We have dealt with transits and

X

Preface

annual charts in depth and from a practical point of view. Such principles of prediction that do not work or work only selectively have been omitted. It seems that the subject of annual charts is still quite vague and poorly thought out. The Tajik system of analysis of annual chart is not always reliable. The sahams and various period systems for timing events in an annual chart many a time do not work. The annual chart treatment in this work is based purely on the Parashari system. It ought to interest the scholars and should be of great help to the practitioners of astrology. We have repeatedly emphasised in this work that the system of analysis of a chart is the same for a birth chart, annual chart, prashna chart or a transit chart. It is reasonable too to think so. In practice it is shown to be so in this book. Each concept that has been stated in the book has been explained with the help of horoscopes drawn from real life. Birth charts have been given in profusion as illustrations to make the concepts clearer. The charts are accurately drawn and state full birth data so that the reader can check the accuracy of a chart himself. He can also work out other details relating to the chart if he so wishes. The birth time in each illustration chart has not been rectified to the seconds, so that the period structure based on this data for events analysed may not be reliable beyond the inter-periods. The charts have been used only to explain and clarify knotty astrological issues. The identities of individuals have not been revealed. The analyses of charts are not meant to cast a slur on any individual. The birth data of celebrities used in the work have been taken from easily accessible public domain. It has however been checked for each case at several sources before being adopted to ensure accuracy. The chart number first states the chapter number in Roman in which the chart originally appears and then the serial number of the chart in that chapter. Thus, the chart number III-3 would mean the third chart in Chapter III. This makes locating a chart in the book easier. Practical hints have been given at all such places where they are considered necessary. It would help the reader to identify the most important elements in an analysis. The last Chapter of the book is on Applied Astrology. It deals with analysis of charts. This is necessary because most of the books on astrology generally give statements of principles and theory taken from various classics. They also enumerate Yogas (combinations of planets

How to Time and Event

xi

and houses). The Yogas exist by the millions in our classical literature. There are also Yogas that serve as exceptions to the original ones. It is easy to justify an event post facto through Yogas or exceptions to them, but to use Yogas in original predictive work, and particularly for the purposes of timing, due to their sheer number, is humanly impossible. There is no attempt in most of the available literature at application of these principles and combinations to real life situations. The knowledge that has not been practised is not of much use. It cannot equip the reader to handle day to day charts. Much of the knowledge so disseminated is actually not applicable to charts across the board and is therefore useless. An exhaustive index has also been added for easy reference. We hope this effort would be of interest and use to all those who find the subject engrossing.

July 1, 2006 New Delhi

Dinesh S. Mathur

Chapter One The Preliminaries 1.

The Vimshottari period system available in Indian astrology is a powerful tool for timing the events in the life of an individual. It has to be correctly and scientifically applied to get correct results. Under this period system we first determine the planet the predominant influence of which would be operating on an individual at any given moment of time. This influence operates for a fixed period. This is called the major-period and the planet is called the major-period planet. The duration and order of the major-periods are fixed. Some of the periods may extend up to two decades, as in the case of Venus. The major-period is called the mahadasa in classical Indian astrological literature. Each majorperiod has sub-periods of all the nine planets within it running one after the other in a fixed order. The sub-period is called the antar-dasa. Each sub-period too has inter-periods of all the nine planets running one after the other in the same order. The inter-period is called the pratyantar-dasa. There are finer periods too called the sookshma and prana dasas. These are generally sparingly used since with even the slightest inaccuracy in the time of birth or with a small change in the value of the ayanamsha (the value of precession of equinoxes) the sookshma and prana dasas can alter substantially.

2.

It would be worthwhile to recapitulate briefly what the major, sub and inter-periods stand for, and the manner in which we calculate the periods. It is generally well known, but we are aiming for accuracy so that we could use the Vimshottari period system for predictions in the best manner possible. Therefore, a simple reiteration of the system and procedure would be in order.

2

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

3. The Vimshottari system of erection of time frame in a horoscope is one of the many mentioned in Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra. Sage Parashar has explained a number of period systems in Chapter 46 of his work Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra. He has talked of Ashtottari, Shodashottari, Dwadashottari, Panchottari etc. period systems (dasas), in response to a query put by Maitreya, but in verse 14 of the Chapter he has stated that Vimshottari period system is the most appropriate for Kaliyuga, the age in which we are now living. In this system, beginning from Krittika constellation, planets in a fixed order successively preside over the life of an individual depending on the constellation that the Moon occupies at the time of his birth. When the Moon is in Krittika at the time of birth, the major-period of the Sun will be the first to run in the life of the individual. If the Moon is in Rohini, the first major-period will be of the Moon. If it is in Mrigasira, it will be of Mars; in Ardra, of Rahu; in Punarvasu, of Jupiter; in Pusya, of Saturn; in Aslesa, of Mercury; in Magha, of Ketu; and, in Poorva Phalguni, of Venus. If the major-period current at the time of birth is of the Moon, those of Mars, Rahu, Jupiter, Saturn, Mercury, Ketu, Venus and the Sun will follow. The order in which the major-periods follow each other is fixed. This cycle is repeated beginning from Uttar Phalguni'and Uttarasadha constellations too. For example, if the Moon occupies Vishakha constellation, which is the fifth constellation from Uttar Phalguni, the major-period at the time of birth shall be that of Jupiter. Again, when the Moon occupies Poorva Bhadrapada constellation, which is the fifth constellation from Uttarsadha, the major-period at the time of birth shall be that of Jupiter. In verses 12-16 of Chapter 46 of Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, the author states the method for calculation of Vimshottari time frame. The constellation that the Moon occupies at the time of birth will determine the planet of which the Vimshottari major-period will operate. The sage advises that the total duration of stay of the Moon in the constellation should first be worked out. The full duration of the stay of the Moon will be equal to the total Vimshottari major-period of the planet. The time that the Moon has already spent in the constellation till the time of birth shall determine the proportionate part of the Vimshottari major period of the planet called the bhukta or the expired portion of the period.

How to Time an Event

3

The remaining part shall be the bhogya, or the balance of the period of the owner of the constellation that the individual will experience from the moment of his birth. 4.

This is the traditional method of calculating the balance of Vimshottari period of a planet at birth. The modern method is different. In this, the exact position of the Moon at the time of birth is worked out. The length of each constellation is 13° 20'. This is equated to the length of the major-period of the planet. Proportionately, the balance of the major-period is found out. The full major-period of the Sun runs for 6 years, of the Moon for 10 years, of Mars for 7 years, of Rahu for 18 years, of Jupiter for 16 years, of Saturn for 19 years, of Mercury for 17 years, of Ketu for 7 years and of Venus for 20 years. This method has proved its worth in practice.

5.

The efficacy of the Vimshottari Dasa system in correct prediction, inter-alia, depends on the use of right ayanamsha. There are several ayanamshas in vogue. The ayanamsha is the value of precession of equinox at any given moment of time. The value of ayanamsha that goes by the name of Lahiri's ayanamsha is commonly used. The one that is closest to the value propounded by Lahiri is the Krishnamurti's ayanamsha. It differs from Lahiri's ayanamsha by approximately 6'. It need not be pointed out that with the change in the value of ayanamsha the position of the Moon will differ at any given moment of time. The balance of major-period of a planet at that moment therefore cannot remain the same. We have noticed that Lahiri's ayanamsha gives very satisfactory results in practice. This ayanamsha has been followed in this book.

6.

The length of the year for use in the period framework is another issue to be kept in mind. We have seen that the 360 day year has much merit, but since the 365.2564 day year is preferred and commonly used in astrological literature, we have followed that practice in this work. The method of analysis of birth charts propounded in this book is valid for a year having 365.2564 days.

7.

Within each major-period we have periods of planets running in the same order as of major-periods. These periods are called sub-periods. The first sub-period in a major-period is that of the planet

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

4

the major-period of which is running. Thus, if full majorperiod of the Moon is to run, the first sub-period will be of the Moon itself, followed by those of Mars, Rahu, Jupiter, Saturn, Mercury, Ketu, Venus and the Sun. The interperiods operate within a sub-period in the same way as subperiods operate within a major-period. In the context of a major-period we will call the major-period as the superior period and the sub-period as inferior period; and in the context of a sub-period we will term the interperiod as the inferior period and the sub-period as the superior period. The term period-planet will hereinafter be used to refer to a planet with respect of which a statement is equally true for its major, sub or inter-period. 8. No esoteric astrological knowledge or intuitive ability is required for correct evaluation of the effects of major, sub and inter-periods. The system of prediction that has been propounded in this work is meant for those run of the mill astrologers like us who have no claim to psychic insight or intuitive ability. Systematic analysis is the only requirement for a correct prediction. Following paragraphs are devoted towards that end. We will introduce some concepts and facts first before we go on to the analysis of the periods. These concepts and facts are necessary for correct interpretation of the periods.

On Extent of Houses 9. The ascendant is the sign that is rising at the time of birth. This is the first house in a birth chart. The second house would be the next sign and so on till we have reached the twelfth house. Thus, if Leo were rising at the time of birth, the first house shall be Leo, the second Virgo, the third Libra etc. and the twelfth Cancer. Clearly, no distinction is made between the signs and houses and for the purpose of analysis the two are synonymous. The extent of each house is the same as the extent of the sign. Thus, even if Leo were rising at 28°, a planet anywhere in this sign shall be taken to be in the first house. However, as we know, in Indian astrology the rising point of the ascendant is considered to be the

How to Time an Event

5

mid point of the house and is used to determine what is called the sensitive point of the house. Any influence close to this point shall affect the house the most. The effect of a planet in a house shall be the most when it is on the midpoint of a house. It decreases proportionately as the planet moves away from the mid-point. It is zero at the junction of two houses. We first calculate the mid-point of the ascendant. We then add 30° to the mid-point of the ascendant to get the midpoint of the II house. Successive additions of 30° will give us the mid-points of other houses. Parashar has permitted in Chapter 4 verse 45 of Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chaukhamba edition to determine the mid point of each house in this manner.

On Signs Inimical to Certain Planets 10. According to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 51 verses 29-32 Chaukhamba edition each planet has certain signs inimical to it. Planets in their respective inimical signs do not give good results in their periods. These are given in a tabular form below. The digits in the table represent signs. For example, Aries being the first sign is represented by the digit 1, Taurus being the second by 2, etc. Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 29 verse 10 Chaukhamba edition says that a planet will give good results when it occupies its exaltation, mooltrikona, own, intimate friend's or friend's sign. It shall be neutral in a sign that is neutral to it. It shall give unsatisfactory results when it occupies its debilitation, great enemy's or enemy's sign. These kinds of relationships are examined ahead. A planet in an inimical sign will not be able to give good results. Thus, suppose Venus is in Sagittarius. This being an inimical position for Venus, it will not be able to give good results. Signs inimical to each planet Sun

2, 3, 7, 10, 11

Jupiter

2, 3, 6, 7

Moon

7, 8, 11

Venus

4, 5, 8, 9

Mars

3, 6, 7, 11, 12

Saturn

1, 4, 5, 8, 9

Mercury

4, 8, 11, 12

6

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

Traditionally each planet is expected to be naturally friendly, inimical or neutral to another planet. This is given in a tabular form in paragraph 28 ahead. How should this be reconciled with the above statement? If we refer to paragraph 28 we notice that Mercury is friendly with the Sun, but the Sun is considered to be in an inimical sign when it occupies Gemini. We will then take Mercury to be inimical to the Sun when the Sun is in Gemini and friendly to it when in Virgo. We have therefore given an additional table in paragraph 28. This is very important and should be carefully taken into account. The resultant relationship between planets, and planets and signs, is of seminal value as the determination of longevity rests on such relationships.

On Sambandhas 11. The term sambandha has widespread use in period analysis. Two planets are said to be in sambandha in the five following ways: (i) They are placed in each other's sign. For example, the Moon is placed in Aquarius and Saturn in Cancer. This is called an exchange. One important characteristics of exchange is that the nature of result that would be expected in the periods of these two planets will not be altered even when a third planet of any nature joins any of the two. (ii) The two planets are in the same sign. This is called an association between them. (iii) The owner of a sign projects an aspect to a planet in that sign. For example, if Mercury is placed in Aries and Mars projects an aspect to it, Mercury and Mars shall be in sambandha. (iv) A planet in a sign projects an aspect to the owner of the sign. Let us take Saturn in Gemini and Mercury in Pisces. Saturn projects an aspect to Mercury. Mercury and Saturn are in sambandha in this manner.

How to Time an Event

7

(v) Each planet is in a constellation of the other. Since Rahu owns Aquarius and Ketu Scorpio as stated on the strength of Parashar below, the sambandha analysis for these two Nodes will not be different.

On the Nodes (Rahu and Ketu) 12. (a) The Nodes of the Moon, viz., Rahu and Ketu, are not physical bodies but the points of intersection of the apparent lunar and solar orbital paths. Rahu is the ascending Node, Ketu descending. According to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chapter 47 verses 34-39.5: (1) Rahu is exalted in Taurus and Ketu in Scorpio. (2) Rahu owns Aquarius and Ketu Scorpio. Parashar says that some scholars are of the opinion that Rahu owns Virgo and Ketu Pisces. We can interpret this statement to mean that when Rahu is in Virgo and Ketu in Pisces, the Nodes will be taken to be well placed and should be disposed to give good results. (3) Gemini is the mooltrikona sign of Rahu, and Sagittarius of Ketu. (4) Thus, Rahu in Taurus, Gemini, Virgo and Aquarius shall be considered well placed. Similarly, Ketu in Scorpio, Sagittarius and Pisces should be considered well placed. This also shows that Rahu is well placed in the signs of Mercury, and Ketu is happy in the signs of Jupiter. Since Rahu is like Saturn and since Saturn and Mercury are friendly to each other this is quite natural. Similarly, since Ketu is like Mars and Mars and Jupiter are naturally friendly to each other, the relationship of Ketu with Jupiter is also understandable. (b) Rahu in Scorpio and Pisces, and, Ketu in Taurus and Virgo should not be considered well placed. According to the Lai Kitab Rahu will give unfavourable results in the houses owned by Jupiter; and, Ketu will give adverse results in the houses owned by Mercury. Here the behaviour of Ketu is similar to

8

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

Mars, since Mars too gives adverse results in the signs of Mercury; but it cannot be so said for Rahu since Saturn and Rahu are similar but Saturn gives good results in the signs of Jupiter. (c) Jatakabharnam in Chapter on Cancellation of Combinations for Adversity verse 4 states that Rahu in the III, VI or XI house with the aspect of a naturally beneficial planet removes all indications of adversity in a birth chart. According to verse 8 of this Chapter, Rahu placed in Aries, Taurus or Cancer in the ascendant in a birth chart has similar effect. According to Jatakabharnam Chapter on Cancellation of Combinations for Adversity verse 9 Ketu in the VI or XI house in Capricorn, Aquarius or Pisces shall be beneficial. (d) Rahu in the III, VI, XI, an angular or a triangular house will give positive general signification results. The results will be negative if it is placed in the VIII or XII house without association with or aspect of a naturally beneficial planet. The placement of Rahu in the VIII or XII house from the ascendant is not always found to give adverse results but it is a pointer to a possibility and should always alert the astrologer to go deeper and satisfy himself with respect to the results that Rahu may give. (e) Ketu in the III, VI, XI, an angular or a triangular house will give positive general signification results. The results will be negative if it is placed in the VIII or XII house without association with or aspect of a naturally beneficial planet. When Ketu is placed in the II, VIII or the XII house, it may cause problems to the family of the individual or may make the individual lose his liberty in its major-period. As in the case of Rahu, the location of Ketu in the II, VIII or XII house may not always give adverse results, but a deeper analysis of such a Ketu is called for. (f) The Nodes in their beneficial signs (exaltation, ownership, Virgo for Rahu and Pisces for Ketu, or mooltrikona) will give positive general signification results in their majorperiods. (g) In Chapter 34 verse 16 of Brihat Parashar Mora Shastra the sage has described the predominant results that a Node is expected to give. He says that a Node will give results of the house that it occupies. The Node will also give results of a

How to Time an Event

9

planet with which it is associated. The Laghu Parashari in Chapter on Definitions verse 13 also makes the same statement. It is observed that a Node gives results of (i) the house that it occupies, (ii) the owner of the house that it occupies and (iii) the planet that it is associated with, or is in sambandha with. (h) A dispositor is the owner of the sign that a planet or Node occupies. According to Uttar Kalamrita Chapter 6 verse 21, the quantum of result in the period of a Node will depend on the strength of the dispositor of the Node. It will also depend on the strength of the planet with which the Node is, if at all, in sambandha. (i) According to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chapter 50 verse 64, the period of a planet that owns a sign from which Rahu is placed in the tenth house will take the individual on a pilgrimage. (j) According to Phal Deepika Chapter 20 verse 39, Rahu will take on the qualities and nature of the planet with which it is in association. It gives results according to the planet with which it is associated. Since Rahu by its inherent nature is malefic, it will vitiate the associating planet. The associated planet will take on the adverse qualities of Rahu. When Rahu and Jupiter are in association, if Jupiter is favourable in the chart it loses its ability to be good, and Rahu becomes favourable. A planet associated with Rahu will give adverse results at the end of its period. This principle may be extended to all planetary sambandhas with Rahu. (k) According to Phalit Vikas of Ram Yatna Ojha, Rahu or Ketu alone in a house damages it. Phal Deepika qualifies it further. According to Chapter 20 verse 53, a Node when located in a sign of a naturally beneficial planet or in a favourable house will give good results in its sub-period if it is not in sambandha with any planet. Favourable houses for Rahu or Ketu have been stated above. In such a situation, the sub-period of a Yogakaraka planet in the major-period of a Node will be good. A Yogakaraka planet has been defined ahead.

10

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

(I) A Node, well placed in a triangle free of malefic influence of a naturally malefic planet, will invariably give excellent results in its sub-period in the major period of a naturally beneficial planet. The sub-period of a naturally beneficial planet in the major-period of such a Node will also be highly favourable. (m) When a Node has sambandha with a planet, and both the planet and the Node have relationship with a house, the Node will give the expected result relating to that house in its period, in preference over the planet. (n) The nature of a Node will depend on the nature of the house that it occupies. This is the predominant consideration. A Node occupying the VIII or XII house is in normal circumstances unable to give good results. The nature will also depend on the nature of the dispositor and the sambandha that the Node may have with a planet. (o) A Node in the II or VII house is generally considered dangerous, but according to Uttar Kalamrita, Chapter 6 verse 15, a Node so placed, when associated with or receiving aspect from the owner of the I, V or IX house, shall give long life and wealth. (p) Rahu is a maraka planet for an individual born in Scorpio or Capricorn ascendant. (q) The location of a Node in its sign of debilitation or in the VIII or XII house will make it give negative general signification results. (r) At the time of analysing the period of a Node the analysis of its dispositor should also be done.

On Relationship of a Planet With Houses 13. The relationship of a planet with a house is of great importance. A planet shall give results relating to a house in its period only if it is related to that house. Thus, if we are analysing a chart to determine the time when a child would be born to the individual we must first select the majorperiod of a planet that is related to the V house from the ascendant.

How to Time an Event

11

We will notice that based on this assumption, we can develop a method through which it would be easy to know the events that would take place in a particular major, sub or inter-period. Further, if an event is going to take place in a major, sub and inter-period, each of the three planets should independently and jointly indicate the event. Suppose the father of an individual passed away in the inter-period of Mercury in the sub-period of Jupiter and in the major-period of Saturn. Saturn should indicate the event in its majorperiod when we analyse Saturn in the birth chart. Jupiter should also indicate the event in its sub- period with respect to the major-period of Saturn. Mercury too should indicate the event in its inter-period with respect to the sub-period planet Jupiter. Suppose we wish to know if the major-period of a planet would cause death of the mother of an individual. The planet in such a case should be related to the IV house as otherwise it would not give result pertaining to mother of the individual. The loss of a matter relates to the general house of loss, i.e., the XII house from the ascendant. Therefore, the planet should also be related to the XII house from the ascendant. Death relates to the VIII house. The planet will relate to this house too. We have developed this method of analysis of planets and periods in the following pages and the reader shall notice their adequacy and reliability. The same methods are applicable to birth charts, horary charts, transits and annual charts. Only the practice of the method would prove its efficacy. Events materialise, among other things, according to the houses that operate at any given moment of time. The planets operate houses. A planet gets related to a house in different ways as described ahead. When its major-period starts all the houses that it is related to, get activated. A house will yield its results only through a planet related to it in the period of that planet. A planet, including a Lunar Node, i.e., Rahu or Ketu, can be related to a house in different ways. These are as follows:

12

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

(a) The planet occupies a house. This is the strongest relationship of a planet with a house. It is also observed that the relative strength of relationship changes with the distance of the planet from the sensitive point of the house.

A planet exactly over the sensitive point of a house is very powerfully related to that house. One that is 3° away from the sensitive point is not that strongly related. A planet that is 12° away from the point would be even less strongly related. It ought to be however clear that the occupant is the most strongly related planet to a house. The distance from the sensitive point only determines the relative strength of relationship that various occupants have with the house. In the above chart, Mercury is 3° degrees away from the sensitive point of the house. It is strongly related to the house. Jupiter too is in the house at 10°. It will be related to the VII house more powerfully than Mercury since the sensitive point of the house is also at 10°. During the period of Mercury or Jupiter the individual may get results relating to marriage, partnership, business or prominence in society. The short point is that when a planet occupies a house, it will give results relating to that house. The specificity, nature, quantum and timing of the results shall depend on certain factors that shall be analysed in the following pages. We should be able to determine what specific result relating to a house a planet would give. On the basis of analysis, in this case, we should be able to say with respect to Mercury whether it would bring about the marriage of the individual or dissolution of partnership. Similarly we should be able to determine the specific result Jupiter would be giving owing to occupation of the house.

How to Time an Event

13

(b) The planet owns a house. A planet will give results of the houses that have the signs that it owns. The result of the house that has the mooltrikona sign of a planet owned by it will be predominantly observed in the period of the planet. (c) A planet shall be related to a house if it projects an aspect to its sensitive point within 5°. In the case of the Moon the distance could be till 8°. For the Sun this could be upto 10°. This is a specific relationship. The aspects are calculated according to the traditional methods. We know that each planet projects an aspect to the VII house from the house it occupies. In addition, some planets project special aspects. Mars projects aspects to the IV and VIII houses from the house that it occupies. Jupiter projects aspects to the V and IX houses from the house that it occupies. Saturn projects aspects to the III and X houses from the house it occupies. There is much difference of opinion over aspects that the Nodes project. We have therefore not taken into account aspects projected by the Nodes. (d) A planet shall be related to a house if it projects an aspect within the stipulated distance as stated above to a planet occupying the house. This is also a specific relationship. These are two basic and two specific relationships between planets and houses. Finer relationships emerge from the basic ones. We consider these finer relationships based on the sign, navamsha and constellation positions of each planet. The navamsha is the ninth division of a sign. Its extent is 3°20'. The method to determine the navamsha in which a planet or celestial point is placed is simple. First determine the number of navamsha in which a planet is placed in a sign. For example, the Sun at 15°53'54" in Cancer shall be in the fifth navamsha. It has completed first four navamshas in the sign and it is in the fifth navamsha. When a planet is in a movable sign count as many signs from the sign in which the planet is placed as the number of navamsha in which the planet is placed. The sign so determined shall be the navamsha sign. Let us take the illustration given above. When we count from Cancer, Scorpio is the fifth sign. The navamsha sign in which the Sun shall be is Scorpio. When a planet is in a fixed sign, count from the ninth sign in which the planet is placed.

14

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

Taking the above illustration, if the Sun were at 15°53'54" in Leo, we will count the fifth sign from Aries which is the ninth sign from Leo. The Sun will be in Leo navamsha. When the planet is in common sign, count from the fifth sign from the sign in which the planet is placed. For example, if the Sun were at 15°53'54" in Virgo, we will count from Capricorn. The Sun would be in Taurus navamsha. Sometimes a planet occupies the same sign in navamsha chart as in the birth chart. It is then called Vargottama. If the Moon were in Capricorn in the birth and navamsha charts, we will call the Moon to be Vargottama. (i) The owner of the sign in which a planet is placed relates the planet to the house that the owner occupies. We call the planet that owns the sign in which the planet is placed the dispositor of the planet. This forms a link between the two houses. Let for instance Ketu be in Taurus. Let Taurus be the first house of the chart. Venus will be the dispositor of Ketu. If Venus occupies the IV house in the birth chart, Ketu will be related to the IV house. Let us take a live illustration. Let us consider Mars in Chart 1-1. It occupies Libra in the birth chart. The owner of Libra is Venus. It is placed in the ascendant. Thus, Mars is related to the I house. (ii) A planet shall occupy a sign in the navamsha chart. The owner of this sign shall be in a house in the birth chart. The planet shall be related to this house in the birth chart. We know that a charan or pada is the smallest unit among the sign, constellation and charan of the constellation. A sign has an extent of 30°. A constellation extends to 13° 20'. A charan is of only 3° 20'. A charan is in effect synonymous with the navamsha. Therefore the dispositor of the planet in the navamsha chart shall be the owner of the charan that the planet occupies. Suppose in the above illustration, Ketu occupies the sign Aquarius in the navamsha chart. Saturn is the dispositor of Ketu in the navamsha chart. Suppose Saturn occupies the VI house in the birth chart. Ketu shall therefore be related to the VI house as well. Taking Chart 1-1, Mars occupies Aries in the navamsha chart. Mars owns Aries. Mars is in the XII house. Therefore the relationship of Mars with the XII house is only reiterated. (iii) A planet shall be related to a house in the birth chart that has the same sign as the one the planet occupies in the navamsha chart.

How to Time an Event

75

We take the illustration given above. Ketu is in Aquarius in the navamsha chart. Since Taurus is taken to be the ascendant in the illustration, Aquarius will fall in the X house in the birth chart. Ketu will therefore be related to the X house in the birth chart. In Chart I-l Mars occupies Aries. This sign falls in the VI house in the birth chart. Therefore Mars is related to the VI house from the ascendant. This gives specific relationship with a house. Let us presume that we are trying to find out planets that are related to the VII house from Venus in the birth chart in the above illustration. The sign in that house is Aquarius. If Ketu is in Aquarius in the navamsha chart it shall be specifically related to the VII house from Venus. (iv) We next take the constellation that a planet occupies. The owner of the constellation shall be placed in some house in the birth chart. The planet shall be related to this house. Suppose Ketu is placed in Krittika constellation. The Sun owns this constellation. If the Sun is placed in the V house of the birth chart, Ketu will be related to the V house. In Chart Il Mars occupies Vishakha constellation of Jupiter. Jupiter is in the XII house from the ascendant. This further underscores the close relationship of Mars with the XII house. Suppose Mars is in Libra in a constellation of Jupiter. Further suppose Jupiter is in Virgo. Does it mean that Jupiter would be considered related to Libra? The answer is no. Mars would be related to Jupiter but Jupiter would not be in relationship with the house having sign Libra. (v) A planet shall be related to a house if it is related to its owner. The relationship between planets is described ahead. We have clarified ahead the strength of various relationships between a house and a planet. The effects of relationship depend on the strength of the relationship. We will study this matter in greater detail later but we have to keep in mind that the consideration of strength is of vital importance. Overlooking this aspect could lead to erroneous conclusions. We will now work out relationships in the following chart to clarify the concepts.

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

16

Chart 1-1

Navamsa

Lagna Superimposition chart. Navamsha chart planets are in brackets.

How to Time an Event

17

Male, October 16, 1946, 1042 hours, 27° N10', 78°E05', Time Zone 0530 hours East of Greenwich. Planet Longitude

Owner/C Planet Longitude

Owner/C

Sun

5s 29° 07'41" Mars

Venus 7s 06° 7'50" Saturn

Moon

2s 11° 32'07" Rahu

Saturn 3s 14° 8'14" Saturn

Mars

6s 21° 38'43" Jupiter

Rahu

1s 19° 2'01" Moon

Merc

6s 19° 00'47" Rahu

Ketu

6sl9° 2'01"

Jupiter 6s 11° 1611" Rahu

Mercury

Ascdt 7s 25° 31'47"

Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed. We have prepared another chart that has the planets in the navamsha chart superimposed over planets in the birth chart according to the signs that the planets occupy in navamsha. The planets in the navamsha chart are shown within parentheses. This clarifies the relationships through navamsha chart. Its utility shall be seen from the following analyses. Let us find the planets that are related to the VIII house. We shall not consider relationships between the owner of the house and other planets at this stage. We will state the relationships of planets with the house in the same order as have been described above: (a) The Moon, as it occupies the house. (b) Mercury, as it owns the house. (c) Nil, as there is no exact aspect to the mid-point of the house. (d) Jupiter has a very close aspect on the Moon. The latter is in the VIII house from the ascendant. Therefore, Jupiter is related to the house. (i) Saturn, as its dispositor occupies the house. (ii) Nil, as no planet occupies Cancer in the navamsha chart. (iii) Rahu, as it occupies Gemini in the navamsha chart. (iv) Rahu, as it occupies a constellation of the Moon. (v) To be discussed later.

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

18

We will consider another chart to clarify the use of the method of determination of relationship of planets with houses and between planets. This is the most important element in the analysis of a chart and in fixing the correct time for an event. It is worthwhile tarrying for a moment on this method, as it is true for the birth, annual, horary {prashna) and even transit charts. The method of analysing any of these charts is the same and very simple. If we are clear about the method we should not find it difficult to deal with any of these charts. Chart 1-2 Lagna

Navamsha

How to Time an Event

19

Male, November 9, 1951, 1737 hours, 49°N40', 108°W25', Superimposition chart. Navamsha chart planets are in brackets.

Time zone: 0700 hours west of Greenwich. Planet Longitude

Owner/C Planet Longitude

Owner/C

Sun

Jupiter

Venus 5s 7° 03'

Sun

Moon

6s 23° 37' 13.97" 11s 10° 31'

Saturn

Saturn 5s 17° 12'

Moon

Mars

4s 28° 32'

Sun

Rahu

Rahu

Saturn Saturn

Ketu 4s 14° 20' Ascdt 1s 15° 50'

Merc 7s 9° 30' Jupiter 11s 11° 45'

10s 14° 20'

Venus

Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed. A child was born to the individual on June 26, 1989 in the major-period of Venus. Venus occupies the V house of birth chart. Venus is thus prima facie qualified to give birth to a child. Whether it is fully competent to do so shall be studied in a later chapter of this work.

20

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

On Relative Strength of Relationships Between a Planet and a House 14. We know that a planet that occupies a house has the strongest relationship with a house. The relationship through ownership is the next important in strength. After it comes the relationship through aspect. Thus, based on the above principles the relative strength of relationships in descending order is as follows: Strong: (i) The planet occupies the same sign in the navamsha chart that is placed in the house under consideration in the birth chart. For example, suppose the house under consideration has Cancer sign. If the planet is placed in Cancer navamsha, it will have a relationship with the house in the birth chart. (ii) The planet occupies the house in the birth chart. When two planets occupy the same house, their distances from the sensitive point of the house should be considered to determine the relative strength of relationship between the two occupants. (iii) The owner of the navamsha sign that the planet occupies is placed in the house under consideration in the birth chart. (iv) The owner of the constellation that the planet occupies is placed in the house under consideration in the birth chart. (v) The owner of the sign that the planet occupies is placed in the house under consideration in the birth chart. (vi) A planet with which the planet is in sambandha occupies the house under consideration in the birth chart. For example, suppose Saturn is in Krittika. This is a constellation of the Sun. Suppose the Sun is in Anuradha. This is a constellation of Saturn. The two planets shall be in sambandha. Each would be related to the house the other occupies.

How to Time an Event

21

Not so strong: (vii) The planet owns the house in the birth chart. (viii) A planet with which the planet is in sambandha owns the house in the birth chart. (ix) The planet projects an aspect within the stipulated orb to a planet occupying the house. (x) The planet projects an aspect within the stipulated orb to the sensitive point of the house. A planet could be related to a house in more ways than one. It could, for example, own the house; at the same time, it could have its dispositor placed in the house and it may occupy the sign in that house in the navamsha chart. The most powerful relationship is through occupation. When a planet occupies a house, it is considered to be the most powerfully related to that house. Other kinds of occupations are also of considerable importance. The owner of the navamsha sign that a planet occupies could be placed in a house; or, the owner of the constellation that a planet is placed in could occupy a house. Each relationship to a house is like a strand. A weak relationship is a weak strand. When there are several weak strands, they can yet form a strong rope binding the planet to the house. A planet related to a house through a single weak strand might not be able to produce result relating to the house. It can only cause a matter relating to the house being discussed and coming to the fore for a while and then subsiding without taking any concrete form. We notice that a planet sometimes through weak relationship indicates an event. Such an event is unlikely to materialise. It could only be talked or thought of or it may start taking shape but fail to later develop fully. When a planet is related strongly to a house, only then it will show noticeable effect on matters relating to that house, otherwise the effect would be ephemeral and passing. The more strong relationships a planet has with a house the more clear cut manner an event relating to the house would happen. Suppose Mercury in a chart is indicative of enmity and it is placed in the same sign in the navamsha chart as the VII house from the ascendant has in the birth chart. It could cause acrimonious relations in marriage. Suppose Mercury projects an aspect to the sensitive point of the VII house, the effect could be a tendency on the part of the wife to differ

22

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

from the husband from time to time, but the overall relationship would remain stable. Some birth charts have almost all planets related to each other. In such charts, the premise from the outset is that each planet is related to almost each of the 12 houses. In such cases we should look for strong relationships of planets with houses. Only such relationships would indicate the feasibility of a planet to materialise the result. When we analyse a chart for an event we sometimes find that the same event is indicated by several planets. The question arises as to which planet would give the result in its period. Here, the relative strength of relationships that these planets have with the house would help us choose the right planet. The planet that has the strongest relationship would give the result. In case there are two planets that have relationship of the same strength, the planet that is stronger of the two would give the result. The method of determining strength of a planet is discussed later in this work.

On Relationship Between Planets 15. Two planets can be related to each other in the following ways: (i) They are in sambandha with each other in the birth chart. When two planets are in sambandha (in a birth chart or navamsha chart) and both are related to a house, the stronger of the two planets shall give results relating to that house. Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 28 verses 3738 Chaukhamba edition says that when several planets form a yoga (combination for happening of an event) in a chart, the most powerful of these planets is called the karta (the executant) and it gives the result. A similar statement is made in Chapter 27 verses 37-38 in Santhanam's translation of Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra. This helps us select a planet out of the many that appear likely to bring about an event. (ii) They are in sambandha in the navamsha chart.

How to Time an Event

23

(iii) A planet placed in the sign of a planet in the birth chart shall be considered related to that planet. Thus, when the Moon is in Sagittarius it may also give results that Jupiter indicates in the birth chart. (iv) A planet occupying the sign of a planet in the navamsha chart shall be considered related to that planet. Thus, when the Moon is in Leo navamsha it may also give results that the Sun indicates in the birth chart. (v) A planet occupying the constellation of a planet shall be considered related to that planet. Thus, when the Moon is in a constellation of Venus it may also give results that Venus indicates in the birth chart. (vi) When two or more planets are placed in the same constellation of a planet, they would be related to each other. Let the Sun and Mars be in Rohini constellation of the Moon. The Sun and Mars shall be considered related to each other, though they may be in different signs. (vii) Two planets would be related if the dispositor of one were in sambandha with the dispositor of the other in the birth or navamsha chart. Let us suppose that Jupiter and Saturn are together in a sign. Let us also suppose that Rahu is placed in Pisces and the Moon is in Capricorn. We will take the Moon to be related to Rahu, and the latter to the Moon. (viii) If a planet were placed in a sign in the navamsha chart it would be considered associated with any planet that occupies the sign in the birth chart. Suppose Mars is in Libra in the navamsha chart. If Mercury were in Libra in the birth chart, Mars and Mercury would be considered in association. (ix) A planet placed in a sign in the birth chart shall be considered associated with any planet that occupies the sign in the navamsha chart. We will try to determine the planets that are related to Jupiter in Chart 1-1 above:

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

24

(i) Jupiter is associated with Mars and Mercury in the birth chart. (ii) It is in sambandha with the Moon and Saturn in the navamsha chart. (iii) It is placed in a sign of Venus. (iv) It is placed in a sign of Saturn in the navamsha chart. (v) It is in a constellation of Rahu. (vi) Mars is in a constellation of Jupiter. Therefore Jupiter is related to Mars. (vii) Mercury is also in the same constellation of Rahu. Therefore it is related to Jupiter. (viii) The dispositor of Jupiter in the birth chart is in sambandha with Mars. Ketu occupies a sign of Mars. Therefore Ketu is related to Jupiter. The dispositor of Jupiter in the navamsha chart is in sambandha with Jupiter, Mars and the Moon. (ix) There is no planet in Capricorn in the birth chart. (x) There is no planet in Libra in the navamsha chart.

On Relative Strength Of Relationships Between Two Planets 16. The importance of relative strength of relationships between a planet and a house has been given above. The comparison of strength of various kinds of relationships between planets is also equally important. The relative strength of relationships between planets is as below in descending order. This means that the relationship number (i) is the strongest and the last one is the least important of the lot: Strong: (i)

Planets are in sambandha in the navamsha chart.

(ii) A planet is in the same sign in the navamsha chart that the other planet occupies in a birth chart.

How to Time an Event

25

(iii) A planet is in the same sign in a birth chart that the other planet occupies in the navamsha chart. (iv) The planets are in sambandha through constellations. This means that two planets in the same constellation of a planet shall be in sambandha and this relationship shall be of a powerful order. (v) The planets are in sambandha in a birth chart. Not so strong: (vi) The dispositors of planets are in sambandha. (vii) A planet is in a sign of another planet in a navamsha chart. (viii) A planet is in a constellation of another planet. (ix) A planet is in a sign of another planet in a birth chart.

On Arudha And Divisional Charts 17. (A) Parashar has dealt with the concept of Arudha or Pad of a house in Chapter 29 of Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra. Arudha means elevated. The Pad or Arudha of a house represents the matters of a house in a more prominent manner. Therefore whatever is represented by a house is also represented more prominently by the Arudha of the house. The Arudha of ascendant (lagna) will also work as a prominent ascendant. A planet gives the results of a house with which it is related. Therefore, if it is expected to give results of a particular house it must be related to the same number of house from the Arudha lagna. For example, if a planet shows journey abroad during its period it must be related to the IX house from not only the ascendant but also to the IX house from the Arudha lagna. The Arudha of a house is determined by first finding the location of the owner of the house in the birth chart. We then determine as to how many houses it is away from the house. We then count that many number of houses from the location of the owner, and the house that is so arrived at is taken as the Pad or Arudha of the

26

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

house. Pad of any house can be determined in this manner subject to the exceptions given below. Let us determine the Arudha of the ascendant in Chart 1-1. We will call it the Arudha lagna. The ascendant has the sign Scorpio in this chart. Mars owns this sign. It is placed in the XII house from the ascendant. The XII house from Mars in the birth chart is the XI house from the ascendant. It has Virgo. This shall be the Arudha lagna, or Arudha of the ascendant, for the chart. Let us again determine the Arudha lagna in Chart 1-2. Taurus is the sign in the first house in this chart. Venus owns this sign. Venus is in the V house from the ascendant. The V house from the location of Venus is the IX house from the ascendant. The sign in the IX house is Capricorn. This is the Arudha lagna. Let us determine the Pad of the VI house in Chart II-4. The VI house from the ascendant has Libra. Venus is in the second house from Libra. Therefore the second house from Venus shall be the Pad of the VI house. This is in Sagittarius. There are two exceptions as per verses 4 and 5 of Chapter 29 of Brihat Parashar Mora Shastra to the procedure for determination of Arudha of a house. The Pad or Arudha of a house cannot be in the same house or in the VII house from it. If the Arudha of the house comes out to be the same house, we will take the X house from the house as the Arudha of the house. If the Arudha comes out to be the VII house from the house, we will take the IV house from the house as the Arudha. Let us illustrate this by an example each. In Chart II-4 the ascendant has Taurus. Venus owns this sign. It occupies the VII house from the ascendant. The Arudha lagna should therefore be the ascendant itself. We will take the X house as per the exception as the Arudha lagna in this case. In Chart III-3 Gemini is in the first house. Mercury owns this sign. It occupies Pisces in the X house from the ascendant. The X house from the X would be the VII house from the ascendant. We will therefore take the IV house from the ascendant as the Arudha lagna. Thus, when the owner of a house is placed in the X from the house, the Arudha or Pad of the house shall be in the IV house from the house. When the owner of a house is in the IV house from the house, the fourth from it would be the VII house. Since, when the Arudha goes to the VII house, we take the IV

How to Time an Event

27

house from the house as its Arudha, it is clear that when the owner of a house occupies the IV house from the house, that house shall be the Arudha of the house. Therefore, whenever the owner of a house occupies the IV or X house from the house, we will take its Arudha as the IV house from the house. The Arudha lagna also, by definition, functions prominently like the ascendant. We also know that no planet gives results pertaining to a house unless it is related to it. Therefore, if a planet is expected to give results relating to a house from the ascendant, it should also be related to the same number of house from the Arudha lagna. Let us illustrate this by an example. In Chart 1-2 a child was born to the individual in the major-period of Venus. The Arudha lagna is Capricorn and the V house from it is Taurus. Venus owns this sign. The individual of Chart II-3 was married in the major-period of Rahu. The Arudha lagna is Scorpio in the XI house from the ascendant. The VII house from Scorpio is Taurus. Rahu is with Venus in Cancer in the navamsha chart. The Moon is in Taurus. It is with Rahu in the navamsha chart. The dispositor of Rahu in the birth chart is the Sun. It occupies Taurus in the navamsha chart. The use of Arudha lagna is very helpful in determining the right sub-period planet for a particular event. We shall study this matter further when we study the sub-periods. It would be observed that we see the relationship of a planet with a particular house from three points, i.e., from the ascendant, from Arudha lagna and from the karaka. We can call this the triangulation method. This method generally determines the right planet correctly. We have described this method with adequate number of illustrations in this work. (B) The divisional chart is a unique concept in Indian astrology. It is developed on division of a sign in equal parts and assigning rulership to signs for each such part. For example, Sagittarius would rule in Saptamsa for a longitudinal span from 4°17'08" to 8°34'17" in Taurus. Planets and the ascendant are thus put in the respective ruling signs and charts erected. There are a large number of such charts that have been described in the classics. Chapter 7 of Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra is devoted to these charts. Parashar refers to 16 such charts. Verses 1 to 8 talk of Sign; of Hora (1/2 of a sign)

28

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

divisional chart for determining matters relating to wealth (The method of making a Hora chart is a debated one. The chart in the current form does not appear to be of much use); of Drekkan (1/ 3 of a sign) chart for matters relating to courage, enterprise and siblings; of Chaturthamsa (1/4 of a sign) chart for fortune and property; of Saptamsa (1/7 of a sign) chart for children and grandchildren; of Navamsha (1/9 of a sign) chart for marital matters and fortune; of Dasamamsa (1/10 of a sign) chart for authority, livelihood and status; of Dwadsamsa chart (1/12 of a sign) for parents, loss, separation and incarceration; of Shodasamsa chart (1/16 of a sign) for conveyance, journeys and related matters; of Vimsamsa chart (1/20 of a sign) for religious activity, worship and spiritual progress; of Chaturvimsamsa chart (1/24 of a sign) for academic achievements; of Trimsamsa chart (1/30 of a sign) for evils, etc. There are Tajik divisional charts too that work equally well. These are Shashtamsa (1/6 of a sign) chart for disease, injury and accident; Ashtamsa (1/8 of a sign) chart for major accident, humiliation and death; and Ekadasamsa (1/11 of a sign) chart for gain and cure. The ascendant of the relevant divisional chart refers in essence to the matter that it represents. For example, a Saptamsa chart represents matters relating to children. The ascendant in the chart would be the essence of the issue insofar as matters relating to children of an individual are concerned. The relevant house is also of much importance in these charts. In the Saptamsa chart, the ascendant and V house shall be the most relevant ones. In the navamsha chart, the ascendant and VII house will be of much importance. In the Dasamamsa chart the ascendant and X house shall be of foremost importance, etc. A planet related to both the houses generally emerges as the right one for having a related event happen in its period. When, for instance, two planets appear eqully qualified to cause marriage of an individual in a chart, the one that is related to the ascendant and the VII house in the navamsha chart shall be taken as the right one. In case the choice is limited and no planet is related to both the houses, the planet that has the strongest relationship with either of the houses shall be the right one. Generally, the ascendant of a divisional chart is given precedence over the concerned house of the chart.

How to Time an Event

29

On Relatives of an Individual 18. We will now present a very important concept to analyse the destiny of relatives of an individual. Reference is invited to verse 7 of Chapter 23 of Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra. It says that just as results are deduced from the ascendant for the individual, similarly deductions may be made for younger brothers and other relatives from the III and other houses respectively. This is supported by Phal Deepika Chapter 15 verses 20 and 25. Thus, the III house would be the ascendant for the younger sibling, IV for the mother, V for the first child, VI for the enemy, VII for the spouse, IX for the father, and the XI for elder siblings. We can work out other relationships too. For example, the younger brother of the spouse shall be determined from the IX house as it is the III house from the VII, the mother of the spouse from the X house as it is the IV house from the VII, the spouse of the first child from the XI house as it is the VII house from the V, etc. We shall shortly see that the relevant house from the karaka represents the specific matter. Mars is the karaka for younger siblings. The III house from Mars shall therefore represent younger siblings. The V house from Jupiter shall represent the first child, etc. Therefore we should take the relevant house from a karaka as the ascendant for that relative. The III house from Mars shall be the ascendant for the first younger sibling. The V house from Jupiter shall stand for the ascendant for the first child etc. The Arudha as we know represents a matter more forcefully. The younger sibling shall be powerfully represented by the Arudha of the III house from the karaka Mars; the mother by the Arudha of the IV house from the karaka Moon; the first child from the Arudha of the V house from the karaka Jupiter; etc. It is therefore preferable to take the Arudha as the ascendant for the concerned relative. Therefore the Arudha of the VII house from Jupiter shall be the ascendant for the first husband, the Arudha of the V house from Jupiter shall be the ascendant for the first child, etc.

30

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

The V house from Jupiter shows the first child. The III house from this house shows the next child, and the III from it the next, and so on. Similarly, the VII house from Venus shows the first wife; the III house from this house shows the second wife, the III from the second wife shows the next wife, and so on. The Arudha of the V house from Jupiter is the ascendant for the first child. The Arudha of the VII house from Jupiter (the III house from the V house from Jupiter) is the ascendant for the second child. The Arudha of the IX house from Jupiter (the III house, from the III house, from the V house from Jupiter) is the ascendant for the third child, and so on. The Arudha of the VII house from Venus is the ascendant for the first wife. The Arudha of the IX house from Venus is the ascendant for the second wife. The Arudha of the XI house from Venus is the ascendant for the third wife and so on. The Arudha of the VII house from Jupiter is the ascendant for the first husband. The Arudha of the IX house from Jupiter is the ascendant for the second husband. The Arudha of the XI house from Jupiter is the ascendant for the third husband, etc. Here we would like to clarify that when we determine the ascendant in this manner the claim is not that the concerned relative will be born with this ascendant. For example, if Scorpio is determined as the ascendant for the second child, it is not claimed that the birth chart of the second child shall have Scorpio rising. It only means that if in the birth chart of the individual we take Scorpio as the ascendant, we can determine many aspects in the life of his second child. Now we make this slightly more complicated. How do we find the house representing the younger brother of the first wife? The principle is simple. We first determine the house that represents the wife from the concerned karaka. This would be the VII house from Venus. The III house from this house can easily be determined. We take the Arudha of this house. This shall be the ascendant for the immediate younger brother of the first wife. Let us take a concrete illustration. Let us consider Chart 1-2 and determine the house that represents the younger brother of the wife. The VII house from Venus in the natal chart is Pisces. The III house from it is Taurus. The Arudha of Taurus is in Capricorn. This is the ascendant for the immediate younger brother of the first wife.

How to Time an Event

31

The question now before us is to determine the planet that would represent the concerned relative. Should we take the owner of the concerned Arudha as the planet? This would not be correct. The determination of a relative has several elements. For example, let us take the first wife of an individual. Let us suppose Venus is placed in Gemini in the birth chart. The VII house from Venus shall be in Sagittarius. The Arudha of Sagittarius shall represent the first wife. Let us suppose it is in Capricorn. A planet that is related to Capricorn and Venus shall give results relating to the first wife of the individual. Let us now consider the immediate younger brother of the first wife of this individual. The Arudha of the third house from Sagittarius, i.e., Aquarius shall represent the relative. A planet related to this Arudha house and Mars shall give results pertaining to the immediate younger brother of the individual. Let us now take the inquiry one step farther. Suppose we wish to study the affairs of the first child of the immediate younger brother of the first wife of the individual. The Arudha of the V house from Aquarius shall represent the first child. A planet related to the Arudha of the V house from Aquarius and Jupiter shall give results relating to the first child of the first younger brother of the first wife of the individual.

On Essential Planets, Karakas and Karaka Properties 19. (A) Each planet is inherently inclined to give certain results. For example, Jupiter is by nature related to matters pertaining to children, wealth, etc. Venus is so related in a male chart to the wife of the individual, etc. These are the karaka properties of the planets. Parashar in Chapters 3 and 32 of Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra describes such karaka properties. A karaka is supportive of the affairs that it represents. A weak or afflicted karaka will sometimes show deficiency or distortion in some matters that it represents as a karaka. Thus, if Venus in a male chart is placed in Virgo and it is under influence of adverse planets, the married life of the individual may not be happy. On the other hand if the VII house from the

32

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

ascendant is weak and has adverse influence but the karaka for marriage is strong, the marriage of the individual may yet remain on an even keel. Thus, the condition of a karaka in a chart indicates the status of certain matters that the karaka represents. This is the first use of the karaka properties of planets. (B) (a) A reference to Chapter 70 and Chapter 32 verses 22 to 24 of Brihat Parashar Mora Shastra is highly instructive. Here Parashar says that the IX house from the Sun will also represent the father; the IV from the Moon, the mother; the III from Mars, the brother; the VI from Mercury, the maternal uncle; the V from Jupiter, the children; the VII from Venus, the wife (in a male chart) and the VIII from Saturn, death. Hora Sara Chapter 17 supports this statement. Prithuyasas has stated in this chapter that the IX house from the Sun and V house from Jupiter relate to the father and child respectively. A house taken from the ascendant represents certain matters. For example, the IV house from the ascendant represents education, vehicle, mind, mother, etc. For each matter listed there is a specific planet that inherently signifies that matter. Mercury represents education, Venus represents vehicles, and the Moon represents the mind and mother. Each of these planets is a karaka for that matter. Thus, Mercury is a karaka for education; Venus is a karaka for vehicles; and so on. We will now refer to Chapter 70 of Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra. This is a Chapter on Ashtakavargas. Parashar says in verses 21 to 23 of this Chapter that village, house and mother should be considered from the IV house from the Moon. Family and friends should be considered from the IV house from Mercury according to verses 28 and 29. Knowledge, religious inclination and progeny should be considered from the V house from Jupiter according to verses 30 to 33. Thus, Parashar says that the same number of house from the karaka also represents some of the matters that the house from the ascendant represents. Therefore, the IV house taken from the natal position of Mercury too shall represent education. The IV house from natal Mercury would represent family. The IV house from natal Venus would represent vehicles. The IV

How to Time an Event

33

house from natal Moon would represent the mind and mother, etc. We know that the Arudha of a house represents matters represented by that house in a more prominent manner. Thus, the Arudha of the ascendant would also function as the ascendant. We call this the Arudha lagna. A house counted from the Arudha lagna would also function in the same manner as the house taken from the ascendant. We thus have three elements representing the same matter, viz., the house taken from the ascendant, the house taken from the karaka and the house taken from the Arudha lagna. We know that a planet would give results of a house only if it is related to the house. Since these three houses represent the same matter, a planet that would give results relating to the matter should be related to all the three houses. A planet related to one or two of these three houses would indicate a possibility that it could give results relating to that house, but when it is related to all the three houses, it becomes capable to give the result. Such a planet would be ready to give the required result provided the karaka authorises it to materialise that result in the life of that individual. The karaka is the key to a specific matter. It controls matters of which it is the karaka. It is the source for all such events. The house is an inert receptacle; the karaka is the active principle. Therefore, a planet that is related to the three houses has the potential to materialise an event relating to a specific matter, but it must be energised by the karaka to give the result finally. Unless the karaka does so, a particular happening of which it is a karaka cannot happen. Therefore a planet that is related to the three relevant houses would be a fit receptacle for the event but it would await impregnation by the karaka to give the result. When the planet is related to the concerned karaka it would give the required result in its major-period. Such a planet shall be called a Factor for that particular event. We know that some planets are also naturally malefic. Each planet is a karaka for certain aspects of life. We will notice that Mars is taken to be a naturally malefic planet since it represents such matters

34

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

mostly that are not palatable. Mars as we know is a karaka for pain, injuries, disputes, litigation, theft, anger, baser instincts, crime, etc. Saturn is a karaka for worry, disease, danger, death, unhappiness, discomfort, bad deeds, separation, deprivation, loss, fall, etc. Rahu is a karaka for sinful acts, vices, danger from reptiles, opposition from lowly placed persons, riots, imprisonment, drug addiction, etc. Ketu is only the lower part of the demon, Rahu being the upper and sentient part. Ketu is insensate and is therefore not an active natural malefic per se. Rahu is an active malefic; Ketu is without a brain. It is therefore passive. It is only a portion of the demon. Ketu is composed of demoniac material but it is not a conscious demoniac entity since it does not have a brain. It is incapable of causing unpleasant acts under its own volition. We know that the VI, VIII and XII houses from the ascendant are considered adverse and are called the Adverse Trio. So, among planets too like houses, we have three major malefics that are by nature adverse. These are Mars, Saturn and Rahu. We can thus talk of an Adverse Trio amongst the planets as well. The planetary Adverse Trio gives adverse results in their periods, depending upon certain other conditions, and when they are related to other planets, they also activate them for acts that are unpalatable. A karaka shows many matters. Venus, as an example, is a karaka for wife, sex, vehicle, beauty, etc. The question arises whether each karaka would be willing to produce all the matters that it represents in its major-period in each chart. In experience, it is found that it is not true. The fixed karakas are selective in showing their result in their majorperiod. For example, Venus may not represent all the significations in each chart. In one male chart it may represent beauty and vehicle but not wife. In another male chart it may represent sex and wife but not vehicle. The rationale behind this statement shall be clear shortly. A karaka that is related to the Arudha of a house that represents one of the significations of that karaka shall be inclined to give results relating to that aspect of its karakatwa. Let us suppose that Venus is related to the Arudha of the IV house from its natal position in a birth chart. Venus shall be inclined to give results

How to Time an Event

35

relating to vehicles. When Saturn is related to the Arudha of the XII house from its natal position it becomes an extremely potent instrument of loss and denial in a chart. Jupiter related to the Arudha of the XI house from its natal position shall be extremely beneficial. It shall fulfill all wishes of the individual. Imagine the effect of such Jupiter if it is also related to the Arudha of the II house from its natal position. It shall give immense wealth to that individual. This combination is present in Bill Gate's, Harrison Ford's (one of the richest Hollywood actors) and Napoleon Bonaparte's charts. A Factor for a signification of the karaka shall give results relating to that aspect of life in its major-period. Suppose, Mercury is a Factor for wealth in a chart, and Jupiter is related to the Arudha of the II house from its natal position. Mercury in its major-period shall give results relating to wealth. This principle is in particular useful in determination of transit results. When a karaka in transit is related to the Arudha of a house of its karakatwa it shall be inclined to give results pertaining to that aspect. Suppose Gemini is the Arudha for first wife in a birth chart. When Venus is related to Gemini in transit, it would tend to cause results relating to wife to happen. In certain cases, as in Chart III-3, the position of a karaka is sometimes doubted. In Chart III-3 it is sometimes doubted as to whether Jupiter should actually be taken in Libra. Some would like to place it in Virgo. It is very simple to take up transit of Jupiter on the dates on which children were born to the individual and examine if the Libra or Virgo position is correct. This method gives very unambiguous answer to such doubts. A detailed analysis is available in paragraph 5 of Chapter Five. As seen, a planet is required to be related to three houses to give a particular result. These three houses are the relevant house from the ascendant, the same number of house from the Arudha lagna and again the same number of house from the karaka. Therefore it is essential for a karaka to be so related as well to give results in its major-period relating to a particular signification. A karaka that is not so related shall not be able to give the result in its major-period. We know that Venus represents vehicles. Venus will give results relating to vehicles in its major-period in a chart only

36

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

when it is related to the IV houses from the ascendant, Arudha lagna and itself. Venus is a planet that signifies romance too. It shall give results relating to romance in its major-period in a chart if it is related to the V houses from the ascendant, Arudha lagna and itself. Venus again signifies marriage in a male chart. It will give results relating to marriage in its major-period only when it is related to the VII houses from the ascendant, Arudha lagna and itself. A karaka that is so related to all the three houses shall be called the Karaka-Factor. Therefore, only when a karaka becomes a Karaka-Factor for an aspect of life can it give results relating to that aspect in its major-period. A karaka could be a Karaka-Factor for one signification of its and it may not be so for another. Thus, Jupiter could be a KarakaFactor for wealth if it is related to all the II houses from its natal position, ascendant and Arudha lagna; and, it may not be so for children, in case it is not related to all the V houses from its natal position, ascendant and Arudha lagna. A planet of the Adverse Trio, i.e., Mars, Saturn and Rahu, shall be capable of causing damage with respect to a particular unpleasant aspect of life in its major-period when it becomes the Karaka-Factor for it. We know that malefic planets in the prishthhodaya signs give highly adverse results. When Mars is the Karaka-Factor for injury or enmity and it is placed in Aries, Taurus, Cancer, Sagittarius or Capricorn (these are the prishthhodaya signs), it shall cause much trouble. When most of the elements (the concerned houses, their owners and the karaka) have or are in these signs, the planet shall give very adverse results. This is true for all adverse Karaka-Factors or Factors. Here we must point out that Aries, Scorpio and Capricorn are violent signs. When most of the elements for enmity, accident, violence or injury etc. have or are in violent signs, the expression of violence in the effect shall be very prominent. All other signs, except Pisces, are the shirshodaya signs. When most of the elements (the concerned houses, their owners and the karaka) for a favourable aspect of life have or are in shirshodaya signs, the Karaka-Factor or the planet shall show very good results. Suppose Jupiter is the KarakaFactor for fortune. If Jupiter is in a shirshodaya sign, it shall give excellent results in its major-period.

How to Time an Event

37

It is not possible that in each chart the major-period of each Karaka-Factor should operate for events to happen. Such events can happen in the major-periods of the relevant Factors too. If a planet is a fit receptacle, and is related to the relevant karaka, it would be able to give the desired result. Thus, we have two conditions for a planet to give a specific result in its major-period, viz., (i) it should be a fit receptacle for a particular matter, and (ii) it should be related to the relevant karaka. We can thus specify the conditions necessary for a planet to materialise a specific matter in its major-period in the following manner: (i) The karaka for an aspect of life, to give the specific result in its major-period, must be related to the three relevant houses from the ascendant, Arudha lagna and its natal position. Such a karaka shall be the Karaka-Factor for that particular aspect of life. If we are looking for birth of a child, Jupiter should be related to the V houses from the ascendant, Arudha lagna and its natal position. It would then be a Karaka-Factor for children and would give such results in its major-period. (ii) If a planet is not a karaka for an event, it should be related to the relevant houses from the ascendant, Arudha lagna and the concerned karaka. It would then be a fit receptacle for that particular event. If we are examining whether the major-period of a planet is likely to cause birth of a child, it is necessary for the majorperiod planet to be related to the V houses from the ascendant, Arudha lagna and Jupiter. Only such a planet would have the potential to cause birth of children in its major-period. This planet would be a fit receptacle for this event. (iii) A fit receptacle should be related to the concerned karaka. Once this relationship is established between the two we can be sure that an event relating to the concerned karaka would take place in the major-period of the planet. In our illustration above, the planet that is a fit receptacle must be related to Jupiter that is the karaka for matters relating to children, to cause an event relating to the birth of a child in its major-period to take place.

38

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

(iv) The concerned planet is related to the ascendant and the concerned house in the relevant divisional chart. Relationship is through sign, constellation or navamsha as before. Taking the illustration given above, a planet that is likely to cause birth of a child should be related to the ascendant and the V house in the Saptamsa chart. However, the divisional chart for each event in the life of an individual is not available. Hence this is only a partially applicable condition. In fact we can say that in some matters it is a convenience instead of being a condition. We will call a planet that satisfies the above conditions plus one more condition that shall be introduced ahead, a Factor. As is obvious only the Karaka-Factor or a Factor shall materialise an affair in its major-period. It is also obvious that a Karaka-Factor shall not determine the nature and quality of an event. If Mars is a Factor for matters relating to children it may not just cause birth of children. It could cause their birth or their loss, separation from them or any other event relating to them. The nature and quality of an event shall be determined by some more considerations that we will discuss in due course. It sometimes becomes difficult to distinguish between two Factors as to which of the two would be able to give the result. We can then use four tools, (a) The first is the Factor for gain or loss. If we are deciding the time of birth of a child to an individual we must keep in mind that a Factor that represents matters relating to children in a birth chart must be related to or be also the Factor for gain. The Factor for gain shall be a planet that is related to Jupiter and the XI houses from the ascendant, Arudha lagna and Jupiter. Unless a Factor for children is so related to a Factor for gain, birth of a child cannot happen in the major-period of that Factor. We can say the same thing for a Factor for marriage. An individual cannot acquire a spouse otherwise. There are certain other matters that impinge on the physical self of an individual. A Factor for injury shall cause one to the individual if it is also related to or itself becomes a Factor for physical self too. A Factor for enmity shall show the result only when it is also related to or itself becomes a Factor for the mental self, (b) The Arudha of the relevant house from the

How to Time an Event

39

karaka is also a powerful element to help us determine the right Factor. Suppose we are talking of the profession of an individual. The karaka for profession is Saturn. The X house from the karaka shall be the house that would represent profession. We take the Arudha of this house. A planet that is related to Saturn and this Arudha house shall definitely deal with the profession of the individual. This tool equally applies to all the period planets, whether major, sub or interperiod planet, (c) The third tool is the divisional chart. A Factor related to the ascendant and the relevant house in the concerned divisional chart should be preferable over the one that is not so related. Suppose we are looking for marriage of an individual. Suppose it appears that two planets are equally qualified to bring about marriage of the individual. The divisional chart for marriage is the navamsha chart. We should therefore see as to which of the two Factors is related to the ascendant and the VII house in the navamsha chart. The one that is related to the ascendant and the VII house in the divisional chart shall cause the marriage of the individual to take place. Since we have divisional charts for a selected number of events in the life of an individual, the use of this tool is limited in nature, (d) A Factor for an event should be related to the Essential Planet for that event. This concept has been elaborately discussed in Chapters Two and Three, but we will introduce it here at a basic level. It is seen that there is a key planet for each event in a birth chart, and unless a Factor for that event is related to the key planet, it cannot produce the event. We determine the Arudhas of the relevant houses from the karaka and the ascendant we then determine the planets that are related to both these houses. We take the strongest of these planets. It would be the essential planet for the event for the major period. We take the location of that superior period planet instead of the ascendant for determining the essential planet for an inferior period. This key planet is the Essential Planet. It is generally not the same as the karaka for the event. Thus the Factor for an event has to be related to the karaka for the event and to the Essential Planet for it. When the karaka for a particular signification is not the Karaka-Factor, it would not be able to give that result in its own major-period as it is not a Factor. Yet it would be able to energise another

40

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

planet to assume the role of a Factor for that event. In case, Jupiter is not related to the three II houses from the ascendant, Arudha lagna and itself, it shall not be the Karaka-Factor for wealth and it shall not be able to give wealth in its major-period, but any other planet related to these three houses when related to Jupiter shall be able to give the result. We will include the Karaka-Factor in a statement that is valid for a Factor. The influence on a Karaka-Factor shows a characteristic that would be life-long. An influence on a Factor shall produce a characteristic that may last only during the major-period of the Factor. If the Karaka-Factor of marriage were under severe influence of Karaka-Factor for deprivation, the individual would not marry in life. Generally when a Factor for deprivation influences the Karaka-Factor, the event does not happen during the major-period of the Factor but it does not cause a life long deprivation. If a Factor for marriage were under similar influence, the individual may not marry in the major-period of that Factor. To identify those matters of a house that a planet would produce in its major-period we have to take recourse to karakas. We first examine the planets with which this planet is related. We examine if the planet concerned is a fit receptacle for a matter represented by a karaka with which it is in relationship. Once the planet is a fit receptacle and is related to the concerned karaka and Essential Planet, a matter relating to the fit receptacle and karaka shall appear in the major-period of the planet. For example, let us presume that Mars is related to Venus and Mercury. If Mars is a fit receptacle for romance (V houses from ascendant, Arudha lagna and karaka Venus) and it is related to Venus and Essential Planet, during the major-period of Mars romance would be in focus. If Mars is a fit receptacle for education and it is related to Mercury and Essential Planet, during the major-period of Mars, the individual would study or discontinue it, as the case may be. We will also see that the strengths of the concerned house and karaka are very relevant in the analysis. We will study this aspect of analysis separately. Let us take up Chart 1-1 and examine it for the right majorperiod for birth of a child. Jupiter is the karaka for it. The V house from Jupiter is Aquarius. Jupiter and Saturn are in sambandha in the

How to Time an Event

41

navamsha chart. The V house from the ascendant is in Pisces. Jupiter owns it. The Arudha lagna is in Virgo, so the V house from Arudha lagna is in Capricorn. Saturn is related to the three V houses. It is a fit receptacle for matters relating to children. Let us presume that it is related to the Essential Planet too. It is a Factor for matters relating to children as it is related to the karaka Jupiter. The Saptamsa chart has Libra as the ascendant and Aquarius in the V house. Saturn is related to Venus as the latter is in Anuradha constellation of Saturn in the birth chart. Saturn owns the V house in the divisional chart. Suppose we are studying marriage. The VII house from the natal position of Venus in a male chart shall show wife. The Arudha of this house shall be the main house that would show the first wife. While on the subject of spouse, it may be possible that the individual has more than one spouse. How do we determine the characteristics of different spouses? In such a case, we will have to decide the house that would determine the second wife. In ancient literature she is taken as the junior sister to the first wife. The III house from the house for the first wife shall be the one for the second wife. Therefore the III house from the VII house from natal Venus shall represent the second wife. The Arudha of this house taken as the ascendant shall tell us about the life of the second wife. Similarly, the V house from Jupiter shall indicate children. The Arudha of this house shall be the predominant house for the first child. When this house has strong influence of female elements the child would be a daughter. The Arudha of the III house from the V house from Jupiter shall indicate the second child, etc. We can extend this argument further. Suppose we wish to determine the profession of an individual. The X house from Saturn shall indicate profession. The Arudha of this house shall show profession strongly. The influence of planets and sign on this Arudha house shall determine the profession. Let us take one more illustration. Suppose a planet is related to the XII houses from ascendant, Rahu and Arudha lagna. It shall be a fit receptacle for incarceration. When it is related to Rahu and Essential Planet it becomes a Factor for it. Suppose the planet is also a Factor for the physical self (related to the Sun, and to the

42

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

ascendant, Arudha lagna and the place of the Sun) or is the Karaka-Factor for it. It will force an individual to live under restraint in its major-period. If the Factor for incarceration is related to the Factor for residence (related to the Moon, and the IV houses from the Moon, ascendant and Arudha lagna), the individual will go to and remain in jail in the major-period of the planet. It is easy to determine a Karaka-Factor for a particular event. We have given a table relating houses to karakas for important matters/ events. For example, if we refer to the table we notice that Saturn is the karaka for disease. The VI house causes disease. Thus, the VI houses from the ascendant, Arudha lagna and Saturn should be the elements for disease. When Saturn is related to the three houses from ascendant, Arudha lagna and itself, it becomes the KarakaFactor for disease. When a planet is related to these three houses it becomes a fit receptacle for disease. When it is also related to Saturn it becomes a Factor for disease. We can determine the Arudha of the VI house from Saturn. This would be a house that predominantly shows disease. We can also determine the Arudha of a house that represents an organ of the body. When these two houses are related to each other; Saturn is related to the Arudha for the organ; and, the karaka for the organ is related to the Arudha for disease, the organ is likely to suffer from disease. When there are several Factors for disease, the likelihood of poor health throughout life or of having several diseases increases. Remedial measures for a Factor capable of causing an unpleasant effect like injury, dispute, disease, damage, separation etc. should be thought of for ameliorating the condition. When a Factor for disease causes trouble in an organ, remedial measures for that Factor shall help the individual overcome the disease. When a Factor for dispute is causing tension in marriage, remedial measures for such a Factor shall restore marital harmony. Thus, the specific results that a planet may give in its period can be determined by the use of karakas. This also helps in determining the time of an event. This is the second and a major use of the karaka properties of planets.

How to Time an Event

43

(b) We have seen that with the use of karakas we can get a fairly satisfactory impression of the likely nature and complexion of an event. Still there are Factors that would show more than one kind of event. Let us take a simple one. Suppose a planet is related to Mars and the VI houses from Mars, the ascendant and Arudha lagna. Such a planet can cause enmity or injury. It would be a Factor for injury or enmity. Which of the two would take place in the major-period of the Factor? We know that injury would affect the physical self, whereas enmity, mental. The physical self is indicated by a planet that is related to the Sun, ascendant and Arudha lagna. This would be a Factor for the physical self. A Factor for mental self shall be related to the Moon, and the IV houses from the Moon, ascendant and Arudha lagna. If a Factor for enmity or injury is related to the Factor for physical self, the individual should suffer injury, since injury is related to the body. If the Factor for enmity or injury is related to the Factor for the mental self, he will face enmity, since it is the mind that nurtures enmity. (C) We will discuss the birth chart of Elizabeth Taylor. She as we know, is a well-known British born Hollywood actress. She has had several marriages and divorces. This chart has certain interesting characteristics in the areas of marriage. We will this discuss it in the next few paragraphs to highlight the use of karakas in the analysis of a chart. The first divorce took place on February 1, 1951. The interperiod of Mars in the sub-period of Ketu in the major-period of Saturn was going on at that time. Chart 1-3 Lagna

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

44

Elizabeth Taylor, February 27, 1932, 0215 hours, London, UK, Navamsha

0W10, 51N30, GMT. Planet Longitude Owner/C Sun 10s14°22'32" Rahu

Planet Longitude Venus 11s24°14'40"

Owner/C Mercury

Moon

6s22°41'05"

Jupiter

Saturn

9s7°23'59"

Sun

Mars

10s8°39'28"

Rahu

Rahu

11s3°22'42"

Saturn

Merc

10s14°32'55" Rahu

Ketu

5s3°22'42"

Sun

Ascdt

7s17°27'41"

Jupiter 3s22°16'08"

Mercury

Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed. Divorce means a permanent separation from the spouse and break up of the family. Saturn denotes separation. The XII house from it is Sagittairus. Saturn and Jupiter are related. Saturn is karaka for the XII house. The XII house from the ascendant is in Libra. The Moon occupies it. Saturn occupies Pisces in the navamsha chart. Venus is in this sign in the birth chart. Thus, Saturn is related to Libra. The Arudha lagna is in Aquarius. Saturn occupies Capricorn in the birth chart. It is thus related to the XII house from the Arudha lagna. The XII house from Saturn is in Sagittarius. Jupiter occupies Capricorn in the navamsha chart where Saturn is placed in the birth chart. Saturn is thus related to the XII house from its natal position. Thus, Saturn is the Karaka-Factor for separation.

How to Time an Event

45

Since Jupiter is related to the three VII houses, it is the Karaka-Factor for marriage. It is related to the Karaka-Factor for separation. The II house from the ascendant is Sagittarius. The II house from Arudha lagna is Pisces. We have noticed the close relationship that Saturn has with these two houses of family. Thus, Saturn in the chart shows divorce. The event happened in the major-period of Saturn. It should also be noticed that Mercury is in manifold relationship with Saturn and Jupiter in the chart. It shows several marriages and divorces. The V houses from the ascendant, Arudha lagna and Venus represent romance. A planet that is a fit receptacle for romance and is related to the karaka would give rise to romance. This would be a Factor for romance. When a Factor for marriage is related to a Factor for romance, the individual will marry through a love affair, or the marriage will be extremely cordial and happy. We take up Elizabeth Taylor's chart again. Venus is exalted in the V house from the ascendant. The V house from Arudha lagna is in Gemini. Venus is in association with Mercury in the navamsha chart. It is also in Revati constellation of Mercury. The V house from Venus is Cancer. Jupiter occupies it. It is in sambandha with Venus in the birth chart. Thus, Venus is a Karaka-Factor for romance in the chart. We have seen that the Karaka-Factor for marriage is in sambandha with the Karaka-Factor for romance. Marriage would take place as a consequence of romance. Since Venus is under strong influence of Mercury, this would happen more than once. We know that Mercury gives its results early or several times over and Saturn late. If the Karaka-Factor for marriage is related to Mercury, the individual will get married early in life or more than once; he will get married late on the other hand if it were related to Saturn. If a Factor for marriage is related to Mercury, marriage should take place early in its major-period, or matters relating to marriage would manifest early in the majorperiod. It could also happen that the individual may marry more than once in the major-period of the Factor. We know that Jupiter tends to expand a Factor if it influences it. Suppose Jupiter is related to the Karaka-Factor for body. The individual will be of large girth. Saturn on the other hand causes constriction and restriction. When the Factor is related to it, the individual will be thin. When similar relationship exists with a Factor for physical self, the individual would turn corpulent or thin as the case may be, in the major-period of

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

46

the concerned Factor. Some thin persons suddenly turn fat in life. This is due to the major-period of a Factor for physical self that is under influence of Jupiter. Many a time women put on much weight after birth of a child. It is because of such an influence of Jupiter. The reverse is also true. Many a time an overweight person decides to shed weight. This is under influence of Saturn on a Factor for physical self the major-period of which was current. A Karaka-Factor in a chart shall show tendencies that shall remain with the individual for life. We have seen this in the birth chart of Elizabeth Taylor. Her Karaka-Factors for romance and marriage are closely related. Romance and marriage were features that remained throughout her life. The Karaka-Factor for separation and romance are again very closely related. She had several romantic involvements ending in marriage and they were subsequently terminated in divorce. This chart has unfortunate relationships between Jupiter, Venus and Saturn. No marriage of hers was permanent. She moved in and out of wedlock several times. Since all the three planets are Karaka-Factors this flurry of romance, marriage and separation lasted her lifetime. Had the three planets were only Factors it would have happened only during their major-periods. Thus, we can distinguish between a permanent characteristic of life and a temporary. Mars causes the musculature to develop well. When Jupiter is also involved in this scheme of things, the muscles will develop well and enlarge substantially. In such a case, the individual will be heavily muscular. Venus in relation to Mars will lend beauty and elegance to such a muscular body. The following is the birth chart of Arnold Schwarzenegger. Chart 1-4 Lagna

How to Time an Event

47

Male, July 30, 1947, 0410 hours, Graz, Austria, Central Navamsha

Europe, 47°N04', 15°E27', Time zone: 0100 hour East of Greenwich. Planet Longitude Sun

Owner/C Planet Longitude

3s13°06'26" Saturn

Owner/C

Venus 3s3°23'51"

Saturn

Moon 8s10°59'33" Ketu

Saturn 3s18°34'4"

Mercury

Mars

Rahu

Sun

1s27°06'51" Mars

Merc 2s25°02'40" Jupiter Jupiter 6s24°58'29" Jupiter

1s7°31'14"

Ketu 7s7°31'14" Ascdt 3s7°40'39"

Saturn

Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed. We know that he has an exceptionally well-developed muscular body. Both Jupiter and Mars have the same dispositor Venus in the birth chart. Venus stands for beauty and elegance. Mars is in Taurus. Jupiter occupies this sign in the navamsha chart. Mars occupies Virgo in the navamsha chart. Mercury is with Jupiter in the navamsha chart. Thus, Mars and Jupiter are closely related to each other and have a tendency to create beauty and elegance. Let us determine the Karaka-Factor for the body. The karaka for the body is the Sun. It is related to the Arudha lagna through Rahu. The Sun occupies the ascendant. Thus, the Sun is Karaka-Factor for the physical self. It is over Jupiter in the navamsha chart. It is with Venus in the birth chart. Mars is related to the Sun through Venus. These influences are making for a beautiful and muscular body. Since in this chart the Karaka-Factor for physical body is involved, this is going to be the permanent feature in his life.

48

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

We will now introduce a table and give karakas for some aspects of human life. We will also give for each the corresponding house. Some matters/organs of the human body cross over from one house to the other, for example the upper part of the liver falls in the IV house whereas the central and lower part falls in the V house. In such cases both the houses have been mentioned. The degrees in a sign shall determine the particular organ. Suppose we take the sign Taurus. It starts from the eyebrows and ends at the junction of the neck with torso. It will first indicate eyebrows. It will then successively show eyes, the bridge of the nose, and upper ears; the nose, upper cheeks and ear orifices; the lower cheeks and mouth; chin; upper throat and tonsils; adam's apple; and, the beginning of the pharynx and oesophagus. We can roughly say that each band of a navamsha of 3°20' covers each of the various organs that have been listed above. Since each house is a sign in effect, each band of navamsha too would similarly indicate parts of organs. This means that the II house for example too would represent what Taurus does, and in it each navamsha would successively relate to parts of the body. The influence of a disease causing planet on the same band of the sign and house shall cause trouble in that part. Suppose the first navamsha of Taurus and the first navamsha of a sign in the II house are related to disease causing planets. Trouble would arise in the vicinity of the eyebrows: Matter Body

Karaka Sun

House 1

Head

Sun

1

Right eye (in males)/Left eye (in females)

Sun

2/12

Heart

Sun

4

Stomach

Sun

5

Fire

Sun

6

Father

Sun

9

Rank/status/fame

Sun

10

Place of worship

Sun

12

Infancy

Moon

1

Place of birth

Moon

1

Contd.... on next page

How to Time an Event

49

Contd.... from last page Matter

Karaka

House

Face/Mouth

Moon

2

Lungs

Moon

3/4

Breasts

Moon

4

Mind Mother

Moon Moon

4 4

Place of residence/Home

Moon

4

Emotion/Emoting

Moon

5

Ovaries/uterus/bladder

Moon

7

Pregnancy

Moon

7

Residence at distant place

Moon

7

Sea cruise

Moon

8

Left eye (in males)/Right eye (in females)

Moon

12/2

Sleep Blood relations

Moon Mars

12 2

Courage Younger siblings

Mars Mars

3 3

Immovable property Enemies/disputes/Litigation

Mars Mars

4 6

Accident

Mars

6

Competition

Mars

6

Injury

Mars

6

Male genitals

Mars

7

Major accident/Major injury

Mars

8

Blood

Mars

9

Early childhood

Mercury

2

Smell/Nose

Mercury

2

Speech

Mercury

2

Communication/Letter

Mercury

3

Contd.... on next page

50

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

Contd.... from last page

Matter

Karaka

House

Short journey

Mercury

3

To write

Mercury

3

Education

Mercury

4

Family/Clan

Mercury

4

Friends

Mercury

4

Relatives

Mercury

4

Intelligence

Mercury

5

Intestines, small

Mercury

6

Maternal uncle

Mercury

6

Business

Mercury

7

Trade

Mercury

7

Wealth/Bank balance

Jupiter

2

Hearing, sense of

Jupiter

3/11

Happiness

Jupiter

4

Liver Love for the divine

Jupiter Jupiter

4/5 5

Gall Bladder

Jupiter

5

Pancreas

Jupiter

6

Husband

Jupiter

7

Prominence in society

Jupiter

7

Good fortune

Jupiter

9

Pilgrimage/long inland journey

Jupiter

9

Religious inclination

Jupiter

9

Elder siblings

Jupiter

11

Income/gain

Jupiter

11

Jewellery

Venus

2

Poetry

Venus

2

Music/dance

Venus

3

Contd.... on next page

51

How to Time an Event

Contd- from last page Matter

Karaka

House

Lower Neck Upper Neck/Throat

Venus Venus

3 2

Vehicle Romance

Venus Venus

4 5

Kidneys

Venus

6

Partnership

Venus

7

Sexuality

Venus

7

Sex act

Venus

7

Wife

Venus

7

Female genitals

Venus

8

Sexual pleasure

Venus

12

Hair

Saturn

1

Teeth Agriculture

Saturn Saturn

2 4

Common man/masses

Saturn

4

Discomfort Debts

Saturn Saturn

4 6

Disease/obstacles

Saturn

6

Intestines, large

Saturn

6/7

Servant/subordinate

Saturn

6

Bodily exertion

Saturn

6

Worries

Saturn

6

Danger Longevity

Saturn Saturn

8 8

Rectum

Saturn

8

Sorrow

Saturn

8

Joints

Saturn

10

Profession/Deed/Livelihood

Saturn

10

Contd.... on next page

52

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

Contd.... from last page Matter

Karaka

House

Feet

Saturn

12

Riots

Rahu

4

Diplomacy/Diplomat

Rahu

5

Paternal Grandfather

Rahu

5

Fraud

Rahu

6

Stranger

Rahu

6

Maternal Grandmother

Rahu

7

Malignant/Undiagnosable or untreatable di Vice/filth/sin

Rahu

8

Rahu

8

Journey abroad

Rahu

9

Imprisonment

Rahu

12

Paternal Grandmother

Ketu

12

Maternal Grandfather

Ketu

12

Spiritual pursuit/Nirvana

Ketu

12

Superconsciousness/Extra Sensory Perception/ Occult powers

Ketu

12

Karakas can be used for general analysis of a birth chart. They can also be used for timing various events that seem possible from the general analysis of a chart. Saturn represents disease. The VI house from the ascendant represents this aspect of life. The Sun represents the heart. The IV house from the ascendant too represents the heart. Thus, we can determine if the Sun is the Karaka-Factor for the heart, and Saturn for disease. If these two as Karka-Factors were related to each other, the individual would suffer from a disease in the heart. In such a case, the individual would bear the burden of this disease thoughout his life. There is little chance of his getting any permanent cure. A Factor for disease casting its influence on a Factor for the heart would cause such a disease in the major-period of either.

How to Time an Event

53

The karakatwa (signification) of a Factor for disease shows the nature of the disease. For example, if it is the Sun, the disease will cause inflammation and fever. When the Moon is the cause, it will involve liquid, water retention, mucous formation, and acute ailments and there could be oedema. Mars will cause inflammation, blood or muscular disorder, loss of blood and surgery. Mercury shows its effect at several locations, causes respiratory or skin trouble and different symptoms. Jupiter will cause swelling and oedema. It could also cause liver dysfunction and dyspepsia. Venus gives benign growths and involvement of urinary and reproductive systems. Saturn causes hardening, chronicity and loss of weight. Rahu causes filthy discharges and sudden onset of disease. If in a chart Rahu is related to the VIII houses from its position, ascendant and Arudha lagna, it shall be the Karaka-Factor for hidden, filthy, undiagnosed, malignant or untreatable conditions. It would also be the Karaka-Factor for sin and vice. A planet related to these three houses and Rahu shall be a Factor for sin, vice, and hidden, filthy, undiagnosed, malignant or untreatable conditions. When a Factor for disease is also related to such a Factor for malignancy etc. condition, the disease caused by either of the Factors in its major-period would be difficult to diagnose and it may turn out to be malignant. Such a relationship also shows that the disease is an outcome of the sins that the individual had committed in the past. In the charts of AIDS/HIV patients the Factor for blood has contact with the Factor for incurable disease. When a Factor for disease is related to the Factor for malignancy and one for an organ, the likelihood of that organ developing a cancerous growth would be very strong. Ketu causes indifference to and neglect of the ailment. We will now analyse the aspect of disease in the following chart. This individual had serious trouble with his heart in the major-period of the Sun. The trouble worsened to the extent that after several successive heart attacks he had to go in for heart surgery in a very critical condition. His life was being despaired of. He could barely survive the illness but he has now made a complete recovery. The event happened in the 48th year of his life.

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

54

Male, November 1, 1941, 1410 hours, 20° N43', 77°E00', Chart 1-5 Lagna

Navamsha

Time Zone 0530 hours East of Greenwich. Planet Longitude Sun 6sl5°29'42" Moon Mars Merc

Owner/C Planet Longitude Rahu Venus 8s 01°23'7"

11s15°35'25 Saturn "11s18°34'11 Mercury "6s 4°39'42" Mars

Jupiter 1s 27°35'35" Mars

Owner/C Ketu

Saturn 1s 3°19'29" Sun Rahu 4s 28°58'33" Sun Ketu

10s28°58'33" Jupiter

Ascdt 10s07°52'38"

Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed. We notice that the Sun is in a navamsha sign of Saturn and the latter is in a constellation of the Sun. Thus, the Sun is related to Saturn.

How to Time an Event

55

Saturn is a karaka for disease and the Sun for the heart. This is a pointer to examine the matter in greater detail regarding the health of the heart of the individual. The Sun owns the IV house from the Arudha lagna. The IV house from the ascendant has Saturn, thus relating the Sun to it. The IV house from the Sun is in Capricorn. We have seen that the Sun is related to Saturn. The Sun is the Karaka-Factor for matters relating to the organ heart. Saturn is related to the VI house from its natal position and Arudha lagna through the Sun. It is related to the VI house from the ascendant as the Moon occupies a constellation of Saturn. Saturn is thus the KarakaFactor for disease. The relationship between the Sun and Saturn indicates a disease in the heart in the major-period of the Sun. Mars is the Karaka-Factor for surgery. It is related to the Sun through Mercury. It shows surgery in the treatment of the disease. The Factor for the mind should be related to the Factor for spirituality in the chart of a spiritually inclined or evolved person. In the case of persons who are highly advanced spiritually or who have experienced super-consciousness or have spiritual powers the Moon is the Karaka-Factor for the mind, and it is found related to Ketu and the XII houses from Ketu, ascendant and Arudha lagna in the charts. When a Factor for mind is so related, the individual would have much interest in spiritual matters and shall have excellent spiritual experiences in the major-period of the Factor. Let us examine Chart II-5. This is the chart of a highly spiritually evolved saint. The Moon is in the ascendant. It is in sambandha with Mars in the navamsha chart. It is thus related to the IV house from itself and the ascendant. It owns the IV house from the Arudha lagna. The Moon is thus the Karaka-Factor for the mind. Let us now see if the Moon is also a Factor for spirituality. The Moon is with Mercury in the navamsha chart. Mercury is the owner of the XII house from Ketu. Thus, the Moon is related to the XII house from Ketu. The Moon owns the XII house from the ascendant. The Arudha lagna is in Aries. The Moon and Mars are in sambandha in the navamsha chart. Mars occupies the sign Pisces. Thus, the Moon is related to the XII house from the Arudha lagna. The Moon is thus a fit receptacle for spiritual matters. The mind is ready to receive the call of the spirit. The Moon is in Magha constellation of Ketu. The Moon is a Factor for spiritual matters.

56

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

Let us examine Chart 1-1 for marriage of the individual. The karaka is Venus. This is a male chart. We know that he got married in the major-period of Jupiter. Rahu is in sambandha with Venus. Jupiter is in a constellation of Rahu. (i) It is thus related to the VII house from the ascendant, (ii) and the VII house from the karaka. (iii) It is related to Venus through Rahu. (iv) The VII house from the Arudha lagna is in Pisces. Thus, Jupiter is a Factor for marriage. A son was born to the individual during the major-period of Saturn. Jupiter is the karaka for the event, (i) The V house from Jupiter is Aquarius, (ii) Saturn and Jupiter are in sambandha in the navamsha chart, (iii) The V house from the ascendant is Pisces, (iv) The V house from Arudha lagna is Capricorn. Saturn is a fit receptacle for matters relating to children. Jupiter is the karaka for it. The two are related. Saturn is thus a Factor. This is the third use of the karaka properties of planets. (D) We will again consider a planet that is a Factor for a particular aspect of life. Suppose a planet is a Factor for marriage and husband of an individual. If this planet is related to Saturn but not to Venus, and marriage takes place in the major-period of this Factor the husband will not be handsome. The Factor for profession when related to the Sun shall give government job in its major-period. The Factor for journey abroad related to Venus will take the individual to a developed country destination. When the Factor is related to Mercury, there shall be several destinations. We can thus determine the nature of the outcome through the use of karakas. This is the fourth use of the karaka properties of planets. (E) There are some special considerations. If the relationship between a planet and a house is through occupation, this rule should be employed carefully. When a planet occupies a house of which it is a karaka, many a time it is not considered good for the affairs of that house. Phal Deepika in Chapter 15 verse 26 has quoted view of astrologers of the time. According to this view the Sun in the IX house, the Moon in the IV, Mars in the III, Jupiter in the V, Venus in the VII and Saturn in the VIII are not considered good for matters represented by these houses for which they are karakas.

How to Time an Event

57

These planets in the stated locations may cause adverse results relating to the karaka matters. According to commonly held view however, Saturn in the VIII is good for longevity. (F) When two natural karakas are related, it provides potential to the chart to display that aspect of life in an appropriate major-period. It affords a clue to the astrologer to go deeper into that aspect to conclusively establish whether that potential would materialise or it would remain dormant in life. As an illustration, suppose the Sun is related to Saturn. The Sun shows government. Saturn shows profession. The relationship between the two could indicate a possibility of a profession related to government. If this is to happen in the life of an individual, Saturn should be a Karaka-Factor for profession. In such a case the profession of the individual would be related to the government throughout his life. When Saturn is not a Karaka-Factor for profession but some other planet is, the profession could still relate to the government in the major-period of the planet. The Sun shows high status and Saturn separation, loss, and humiliation. This gives an indication of a possible setback in the profession of the individual in humiliating circumstances when the two planets are related in the birth chart. When the Sun is a Karaka-Factor for high status and Saturn for loss, the individual would be unable to reach a high status in life despite his best effort and ambition. A Factor for high status related to a Factor for humiliation would cause humiliating loss of high status in the major-period of either planet. When the Sun and Saturn are related to each other the astrologer must examine if there is a possibility in the chart of humiliation and fall from high position. The Sun in relation with Saturn could indicate poor health of the father. Here again, when the Sun is the Karaka-Factor for father and Saturn for poor health (disease), the father shall be ill from time to time throughout the life of the individual. In case a planet is a Factor for father and also for disease, or it is related to a Factor for disease, the father would then be ill during the majorperiod of the planet. We should be clear in our minds that the event would not manifest itself throughout and continuously in all such major-periods. The period of manifestation would depend on appropriate sub-periods. We will study this in a later chapter.

58

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

A relationship between the Sun and Saturn in a chart could also point to trouble in the heart. When Venus and Saturn are related in a male chart, the possibility of a divorce or loss of wife should be carefully analysed. Such a relationship can also point to poor health of the wife. Such a relationship could point to loss of or worry on account of vehicle. When the two planets are in relationship, the individual could suffer from disease in his eyes, heart or stomach. The profession of the individual could relate to fire. As we have seen, we can, not only establish such a possibility conclusively through the use of karakas but we can also time the happening of such an event. Let us take a concrete illustration. Suppose the Moon is with Saturn. It shows a possibility of the mother having bad health. The Arudha of the IV house from the natal position of the Moon shall show the mother. The Arudha of VI house from natal position of Saturn shall show disease. When these two houses are related powerfully, this would be the second confirmatory evidence of the health of the mother being far from satisfactory. We know that a Factor would give the result in its period. A planet that is related to these two houses would be inclined to disturb the health of the mother, provided it is also a Factor for this purpose. Again, the Moon represents infancy. If Saturn and the Moon were related, there would be a strong possibility in the chart of the individual facing bad health in his infancy. The I house from the Moon will also show infancy. The Arudha of this house shall be the predominant house for matters relating to infancy. When this house is related to the Arudha of the VI house from Saturn, the individual is in all probability going to suffer from poor health in his infancy. We should look for a planet that is related to these two houses whose period runs in the infancy of the individual. When it is a Factor for disease, it would point to poor health in its period. When it is also a Factor for infancy, it shall show poor health in infancy. The analysis of Karaka-Factor is useful in another manner. We know that Mars represents younger siblings. When Mars is the Karaka-Factor for matters relating to younger siblings and it is under strong female influence, it would tend to give younger sisters. When a Factor is under such influence, it will yield results of a particular nature in its major-period. For example, if a Factor for profession is under strong influence

How to Time an Event

59

of Mars, the profession during that major-period shall have characteristics of Mars, i.e., the individual would be professionally associated with jobs that Mars indicates. We can definitely determine the exact profession by the use of this technique. We will study Chart 1-6 in this light for further clarification of the concept. This chart is of Roy Horn's. He used to perform regularly with a tiger in a show called Siegfried & Roy in USA. A trained white tiger attacked him on his birthday on October 3, 2003 during the show in Las Vegas. The big cat caught him by his neck and caused such major injuries to him that he barely escaped with his life after remaining in hospital for several months. The event happened in the inter-period of Mars in the sub-period of the Moon in the major-period of Rahu. Rahu is in Cancer where Mars is debilitated. The Moon is in Aries where Mars is powerful. Mars itself is in an inimical sign and with an inimical planet as per paragraphs 28 and 33 ahead. The three period planets are also therefore showing a tendency to grave violence in their combined period. Let us first see the nature of his profession. Saturn is the karaka for profession, (i) The X house from Saturn shows profession. It is in Pisces. Rahu is in Punarvasu constellation of Jupiter. Thus, Rahu is related to the X house from Saturn, (ii) The X house from the ascendant is in Aries. The Moon is placed in this sign. Rahu and the Moon are together in the navamsha chart. Rahu is thus related to the X house from the ascendant, (iii) The X house from Arudha lagna is Cancer. Rahu occupies the sign. Rahu is thus a fit receptacle for professional matters. Saturn is in a constellation of Rahu. The latter is thus related to Saturn. Hence, Rahu is a Factor for profession. We know of four ways to check if a Factor is the right one to show a particular result. In this case, we are at this stage interested to know if Rahu is the right Factor to show matters pertaining to profession. We will not consider the relationship with the Essential Planet here. The other three ways are (a) Rahu should be related to the Arudha of the X house from Saturn, (b) Rahu should be related to the ascendant and X house of the relevant divisional chart, (c) The relationship of Rahu with a Factor for gain or loss is not relevant here. We are not considering the fourth condition here.

60

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

The Arudha of the X house from Saturn is in Capricorn. Saturn is in a constellation of Rahu. Therefore Rahu is related to the Arudha of the X house from Saturn. Thus, this test confirms that Rahu shall give results relating to the profession of the individual in its major-period. Let us examine the dasamamsa (1/10th of a sign) chart for relationship of Rahu with its ascendant and the X house. The ascendant of the divisional chart has Gemini. Saturn is placed in this sign in the birth chart occupying a constellation of Rahu. Rahu is placed in the X house of the chart. Thus Rahu shows profession according to this test too. Rahu is very strongly related to the Moon, which is in a bestial sign. The X house from Rahu is also a bestial sign. During the major-period of Rahu the profession of the individual was also related to a beast. The VIII house shows danger. The VIII house from the ascendant is Aquarius. Saturn is a karaka for danger. The VIII house from Saturn is Capricorn. We have seen that Rahu is related to Saturn. The VIII house from Arudha lagna is Taurus. Venus is in a constellation of Rahu. Thus, Rahu is a Factor for danger. We will apply the tests to Rahu here again to be confident that Rahu shall also show danger, (a) The Arudha of the VIII house from Saturn, showing danger, is in Scorpio. Mars and the Moon are in sambandha. Rahu is with the Moon in the navamsha chart. Thus Rahu is related to the Arudha of danger, (b) Let us now study the ashtamsha (l/8th of a sign) chart. The ascendant is in Gemini and the VIII house in Capricorn. We have seen that Rahu is related to both the houses. This shows that the individual will pursue a profession in the major-period of Rahu that would be dangerous in nature. The VIII house from Mars is Taurus and Rahu is seen related to it. Therefore Rahu is also a fit receptacle for causing a major accident. The Moon and Mars are in sambandha in the birth chart. Rahu is vargottama in Cancer and is associated with the Moon in the navamsha chart. Thus, Rahu has a prominent relationship with Mars. Rahu is thus a Factor for major accident. The Arudha of the VIII house from Mars is in Pisces. Rahu is related to Jupiter. We have already examined the relationship that Rahu has with the ashtamsha (1/8th of a sign) chart. Rahu is therefore inclined to cause a major injury to the individual.

How to Time an Event

61

Clearly, Rahu is inclined to give the individual a dangerous profession in its major-period and cause a major accident in the performance of his profession. Aries, Taurus, Gemini, Leo, Virgo, Sagittarius, Capricorn and Pisces are animal or bestial signs. The VIII houses from the ascendant, Arudha lagna, Saturn and Mars are Aquarius, Capricorn, and Taurus. The last two are bestial signs. Saturn is in an animal sign. Venus is in sambandha with Jupiter in the navamsha chart. Jupiter is in Leo, another bestial sign. The dispositor of Rahu is also in a bestial sign. Rahu is Vargottama in a prishthhodaya sign. It is thus all the more inclined to give adverse results. The Moon is in very close relationship with Rahu. It is also in prishthhodaya signs in the birth and navamsha charts. We can analyse the other two period planets in the same manner. Notice the constellation that Rahu is in. It is Punarvasu. It is in the Vadha constellation according to paragraph 32. It is therefore inclined to cause serious disaster, but it represents Aditi, the Mother of Gods. The constellation stands for return and restoration. The Moon is in Janma constellation of Ashwini. It is the constellation of Ashwini Kumars, the celestial physicians. It has adverse influence of Rahu. Bad influence on Janma constellation is likely to severely affect the well being of an individual. The individual, despite serious injury, recovered. The characteristics of the constellations are given ahead in paragraph 32. Chart 1-6 Lagna

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

62

Roy Horn, October 3, 1944, 2357 hours, Nordenham, Germany, 53°N29", 8°E58, 0100 hour East of GMT. Navamsha

Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Sun 5s17°30'50" Moon Venus 6s13°55'8"

Owner/C Rahu

Moon Mars

0s12° 397" 6s0°29'19"

Ketu Mars

Saturn 2s17°21'46" Rahu Rahu 3s1°15'1" Jupiter

Merc

5s4°52'21"

Sun

Ketu

Venus

Ascdt 3s9°13'6"

Jupiter 4s21°49'3"

9s1°15'1"

Sun

Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed. This is the fifth and again a very important use of karakas. (G) There is another use of the karakas in the determination of those planets that could give the possible result. We have seen in the above chart that a planet that is related to Mars has caused the injury. The event, happened in the majorperiod of Rahu. We have seen Rahu is under major influence of the Moon. Moon and Mars are in sambandha. This is actually a very workable but simple principle. Only that planet would give a particular result in its period, which is the concerned karaka for it or is related to the karaka. We should expect a person to achieve a high status only in the period of the Sun or of a planet that is related to it. We should expect a person to start emoting only in the period of the Moon or of a planet that is related to it. We should expect a person to get entangled in litigation only in the period of Mars or of a planet that

How to Time an Event

63

is related to it. We should expect a person to start studying only in the period of Mercury or of a planet that is related to it. We should expect a person to start earning only in the period of Jupiter or of a planet that is related to it. We should expect a male to get married only in the period of Venus or of a planet that is related to Venus. We can expect the marriage of a female to take place in the period of Jupiter or of a planet that is related to Jupiter. We should expect a child to be born only in a period of Jupiter or of a planet that is related to Jupiter. We should expect a journey abroad only in the period of Rahu or of a planet that is related to it. We should expect a person to die in a period of Saturn or of a planet that is related to it. This list can be unending. Here we must clarify that we are not talking of just the major-period. This statement applies to all periods, whether major, sub, inter or even finer periods. We can develop this concept still further. Let us take a question. When would the wife of an individual die? This question has two paths-(i) loss and death (ii) of wife. The karaka for the first part is Saturn. The karaka for the second part is Venus. Both the karakas must operate simultaneously to give the, result. Therefore a planet that is related to Saturn and Venus shall give the result in its period. Further, Venus and Saturn should be related to each other in the birth chart of the husband. What happens when there is no relationship between these planets? Does the wife not die? She actually survives the husband in such a case. Let us take up another question. When would the individual go abroad to study? The first part is about going abroad. The karaka for it is Rahu. The second part is about study. The karaka for it is Mercury. A planet that is related to both these planets would take the individual abroad for study in its period. Further, Rahu and Mercury should also be related to each other in the birth chart. Let us consider a third question. Would someone win an election at a given time? This has three parts. One relates to winning or success. The karaka for it is Jupiter. The second relates to election. This has two components. An election is a competition (Mars) involving masses (Saturn). Thus, the period of a Planet that is related to these three karakas shall ensure success at an election. Further, Mars, Jupiter and Saturn should be related to each other in the birth chart. A planet related to Saturn and Mars, when these two planets are related to each other in the birth chart, may cause a violent death. A planet related to Rahu and Saturn, when

64

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

these two planets are related to each other in the birth chart, may cause a person to die abroad. These are some illustrations to show how a look at a chart can tell us through karakas the probable events that could take shape in a period. A planet related to all the concerned karakas will show the probability of that event happening in the life of the individual. The condition, as before is that the concerned karakas should also be related to each other. The event would happen only when the planet is either a Factor for all the components of the event or is related to Factors for all the components. A planet related to both Saturn and Rahu will only show the probability of death abroad in its period. But this event would happen only when the planet is a Factor for going abroad and death or it is related to the Factor for death and with Factor for going abroad. We can break up a query into its karaka components and looking to the current periods we can have a quick guess whether the event is possible at all at that time or not. A detailed analysis can then be done. This is the sixth use of karakas in the interpretation of a chart. (H) Each planet has, as a karaka planet, rule over some houses of the chart. Most houses have more than one such causative planetary ruler. This is due to the variety of items that the house stands for. Let us take the XII house. It stands for losses and end. Saturn is the planet that represents both these matters. So, it shall be a karaka for this house. This house also stands for moksha or release from the cycle of birth and death. The planet that stands for it is Ketu. This planet therefore should also be a karaka for the house. Similarly, the VI house represents maternal uncle and enemies. The karaka for this relative of the individual will be Mercury. It is listed as the karaka for the house. Mars is the planet that rules enemies. It is again stated as a karaka for the house. The I house stands for infancy and the Moon represents it. Therefore the Moon is a karaka for this house. The Sun represents the body. It is therefore again a karaka for the I house, etc. The traditional karakas for houses are tabled below but obviously this is a very limited statement. It can be expanded manifold as the list of karaka significations for each house and planet is virtually unlimited:

How to Time an Event

65

I II

Sun, Moon Moon, Mercury, Jupiter

VII VIII

Jupiter, Venus Saturn

III IV

Mars Moon

IX X

Sun, Moon, Jupiter Sun, Mercury, Jupiter

V VI

Jupiter Mars, Mercury, Saturn

XI XII

Sun, Moon, Jupiter Saturn, Ketu

Parashar has given a general principle in Chapter 7 verses 39 to 43 of Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra. In the event we cannot relate a matter to a house and a corresponding karaka we can take recourse to this provision. He has given the all-encompassing karakas for each house as stated in the table below. Please note that both the Sun and Moon have to be considered for IX and XI houses: Planet Houses to be considered from the planet Sun IX, X, XI Moon I, II, IV, IX, XI Mars

III

Mercury Jupiter

VI V

Venus Saturn

VII VIII, XII

(I) The karakas are supportive of matters represented by them in a chart. When the V house and its owner are weak and afflicted, but the karaka Jupiter is strong and well placed, the individual may still have children. This is the seventh use of karakas. (J) Karakas are used in a dynamic sense in Bhrigu Samhita. In the Samhita the karakas are somewhat different from the ones in the Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra. Here the Sun represents authority and children; the Moon, women and mother; Mars, brothers and valour; Mercury, education; Jupiter, self; Venus, wealth and spouse; Saturn, profession and livelihood, longevity and misery; Rahu, journey abroad, material gains and trouble; and, Ketu, spiritual status. Traditional aspects are taken. There are fixed rates at which different planets progress. A retrograde planet at birth regresses in that

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

66

chart at the same rate at which it progresses in a chart where it is not retrograde. The Lunar Nodes are always retrograde. Therefore they regress at a given rate in every chart. The Sun and Moon do not ever regress since they are never retrograde. A contact through progression between the concerned karaka and Jupiter will materialise the event. When the karaka for marriage (both for male and female charts) through progression contacts the self, i.e., Jupiter marriage takes place. The method of progressing planets is interesting and very different from other known methods. Sambandhas remain valid and operate during progressions. Since this is outside the purview of the present work we will not dilate on it any further. We will however use a modified version of this technique to help us time events in a better way. This is the eighth use of karakas. (K) Karaka properties: Each planet is a karaka for certain affairs in human life and these significations are fixed. These will remain the same for all horoscopes. It is noticed that during its period each planet also gives results pertaining to its significations. Detailed description of such significations is given in our previous book on predictive astrology, but a succinct account is given below for use in period analyses. Sun: The Sun in the ascendant makes the individual confident, firm, dignified and scornful of pettiness. He would be just and generous. The Sun in a fiery sign in the ascendant makes the individual reticent, ambitious, dominating and quick to anger. In an earthy sign he will be proud, intolerant and opinionated. In an airy sign the Sun will impart excellent qualities to the personality. The individual will be noble, just and interested in science and knowledge. In a watery sign the individual turns to the opposite sex. He may indulge to the extreme. The Sun governs number 1. The purpose of stating the number that each planet stands for is important. Of the owners of the V and IX houses, the planet that is better placed in a birth chart shall determine the fortunate number for the individual. Therefore, if between the Sun and Mars, the Sun were well placed and stronger in a birth chart having Sagittarius ascendant, number one will be fortunate for the individual.

How to Time an Event

6T

The Sun is a karaka for government, high-status, selfrealisation, vitality, authority, superior, fame, competence, success, heart, right eye (in males)/left eye (in females), father and health. The physical sheath that houses the soul, i.e., the human body, is represented by the Sun. The Moon represents the mental sheath that houses the soul, i.e., the mind. A doctor, a forest officer, a captain, a magistrate or a goldsmith is represented by the Sun. Dealers in wool, wood, copper, wheat, ruby, forest produce, foreign exchange, medicinal herbs, medicines and chemicals are also represented by the Sun. The Sun stands for a permanent job in life. It also indicates a business that has been financed by the father of the individual. The influence of the Sun imparts knowledge of geography. It has a tendency to exalt. The combined influence of the Sun with Moon makes the mother of the individual dignified. This combined influence could be through any manner of relationship between the two planets. It also makes the individual have a lofty mind. He is sometimes a beneficiary of the government in terms of getting a house from it. It could also indicate the fact that the individual would achieve a good status in society at the place of his birth. The Sun with Mars makes one have an energetic disposition and constitution. The individual could be a surgeon, police officer or an army officer. The father of the individual could be courageous but of quick temper. The individual or his father may acquire immovable property. The individual could incur injuries. When Saturn also joins this combination, the injuries could prove fatal. This could be a case of death in an accident; The combination of the Sun and Mars shows that he may undergo surgery on his eye, heart or stomach. He may also have pain in these parts of the body. He may have some trouble in his eye. The individual could be injury prone. The combined influence of the Sun with Mars and Venus makes one a gynaecologist or ophthalmologist. The wife or younger sisters of the individual could be good looking and dignified. The Sun with Mercury causes the individual to become an impressive speaker. He also does well at studies. He may be interested ln geography and study it as a subject. He goes out on short journeys on government work. His family and his maternal uncles in particular are related to the government and are dignified persons. This combination is for paternal uncles. The combined influence of the Sun and Mercury

68

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

may make one deal in medicines or chemicals. The combined influence of the Sun with Jupiter is good for the status of the children of the individual and his elder siblings. It is also good for financial favours from the government. This combination indicates a high status for the individual since the association of the individual with government would be highly favourable for him. It is good for the financial status of the father of the individual. The father could be fortunate. This combination tends to increase the size of the individual or his father. The Sun with Jupiter points to the fact that the husband of the individual would belong to a family of high status. The combined influence of the Sun with Mars and Jupiter makes one an Ayurvedic (an Indian system of medicine largely based on herbs) physician. The Sun with Venus points to the fact that the wife of the individual would belong to a family of high status. The individual could attain fame through poetry, music or dance. The individual could attain eminence in the field of entertainment. This is also a combination for transport service run by the government. The combination of the Sun with Saturn makes one a dentist. It causes trouble to father. It is also an indicator of trouble for the individual from the government. It could in extreme situation cause disease in the heart or stomach. It is seen to make the individual work in the government. It also appears to have caused humiliating situations for government servants. It points to dwindling of government controls. The combination of the Sun with Rahu causes journeys abroad at official expense. The individual could be a diplomat. This combination could also cause incarceration. The individual may try a fraud on the government. The paternal grandfather of the individual could be highly placed. The combination of the Sun with Ketu is good for spiritual pursuits for the individual or his father. The maternal grandfather of the individual could be highly placed. Analysis using the combination of planets: The combination of planets shows certain tendencies in a chart. For example, when the Sun and Mars are combined it shows a possibility

How to Time an Event

69

of injury to the person of the individual. The injury could be in the head. The Sun shows physical body or head. Mars shows injury. It could also mean injury to his father and not to him. It could show a high position for a younger sibling. It could indicate property related to the government. This combination could also show heart or stomach surgery. The Sun in relationship with Mars could also point to temple property. The Sun with Mars could also damage property through fire. These could be several possibilities that the chart shows. How do we distinguish and confirm the exact nature of the event? There are certain steps to this analysis that we would like to clearly describe, (a) First determine Arudha for each commonly known signification of each of the combining planets. This means that the Sun commonly represents physical body, eye, heart, stomach, fire, father and authority. We should determine Arudha for each. How do we do this? Let us suppose, the Sun is in Aries. The IX house from the Sun shall represent father. This would be in Sagittarius. The Arudha of Sagittarius shall be the Arudha for father. We similarly determine Arudhas for the commonly known significations for Mars, (b) We then see which of the Arudhas of the two planets are related. Suppose the Arudha of the physical body and that of serious accident are related. In such a case the combination of the Sun and Mars in the chart would point to a serious accident in the life of the individual. If in addition the Arudha of stomach and that of injury are also related, the same combination shall also point to injury or surgery that the individual would undergo in his stomach sometime in life. If the Arudha of the father and that of accident are related, the father of the individual would meet with an accident in the life of the individual, (c) When we find the two Arudhas related to each other, we must see if the karaka for one Arudha is related to the other Arudha and vice-versa. When there is such a relationship present in the chart we can say that the concerned event would happen in the life of the individual. Thus, if the Arudha for father were related to the Arudha for injury, Mars is related to Arudha for father and the Sun is related to Arudha for injury, the combination would say that the father of the individual would suffer from injury, (d) The next question would be about timing the event. For example a question could be put as to when would the serious accident or injury to the individual or accident to his father happen? It shall take place in the (i) band of years of a planet (please refer to paragraph 4(A) of Chapter Two) that is related to the Sun and

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

70

Mars and to the two Arudhas; and, (ii) in the combined periods of planets that are related to the two planets and the two Arudhas. The Sun stands for spiritual practices and temples. The Sun and Venus related to the VI or VIII house indicate that the individual will be an ophthalmologist or optician. The Sun and Saturn related to the I or VIII house indicate that the individual will be a dentist. The Sun and Mercury related to the V or IX house indicate that the individual will be a specialist in the diseases related to the ear. The Sun works on the physical plane. Moon: The Moon in the ascendant makes the individual travel, particularly when it occupies a common or moveable sign. The individual will be fond of feminine company and women will respect him. He will do well in his contact with the multitude. He would be philanthropic and be happy in society. He will be of quiet nature. He could be of a changeable nature. He would be well intentioned, peace loving and kind. It makes the person giddy and changeable in Aries, and persevering and industrious in Taurus. The Moon in Gemini or Virgo will make the individual travel and knowledgeable. He will be fond of science and astrology. He could be a good linguist. The Moon in Cancer or Pisces makes one kind and good-natured. He would be respected. The individual is not likely to get along well with women. He will be chivalrous though. He will take offence at trifles. The location of the Moon in Scorpio or Capricorn is not good as it makes the individual fond of low company and drink. This inclines the person to be of lewd behaviour and filthy in talk. The Moon in Libra or Aquarius imparts interest in science and astrology. The Moon in Sagittarius makes one active and eloquent. He will be intelligent and clever. He can be controlled only by persuasion. The Moon stands for number 2. The Moon represents mother and females in general, conception, pregnancy, embryo, the process of birth of a child, infant, change, wealth, liquids including blood, lung, breast, chest, ovaries, uterus, bladder, residence in a distant place and the left eye (in males)/right eye (in females). The mental sheath that houses the soul, i.e., the mind, is represented by the Moon. The Moon represents family life, cooking, a pilgrim, a sailor, a traveller or a nurse. The Moon represents dealers in flowers, vegetables, fruits, milk, water, liquids, sweets,

How to Time an Event

71

residential houses, perfumes, crystal, ornaments, silver, pearls, marine produce, salt, eatables, a horse and royal insignia too. The Moon also governs horticulture, dams, bridges, navy, shipping, fishery, commerce, brewery, laundry, navigation and social functions. When afflicted by Saturn, it causes fever, cold and coughs. An afflicted Moon also causes changes in jobs and residences. The Moon stands for devotion to Mother Durga, occult studies, hypnosis, clairvoyance, telepathy, shipping, tourism, outlets for food and love. It has a tendency to nurture. The combination of the Moon with Mars makes one hot headed or stubborn. The individual would be bold and frank. He would have an incisive and agile mind. He could suffer injuries in his childhood. It could cause injury to the mother of the individual or unhappy relationship with her. The individual lives in his own house. He would be prone to suffer injuries in the eye, face or chest. A female with this combination is likely to have uterine or mammary gland surgery. It represents younger sisters. The individual could also have troubled family life. It makes the mind too involved with matters relating to property. When Mars is adverse the individual will be rash and will suffer from disgrace due to his illicit liaisons with the opposite sex. It is a combination for matters relating to navy. The combination of the Moon and Mercury will improve the imagination of the individual. It would also make him interested in reading and writing. When Mercury is adverse the individual will tend to lie. When the Moon or Mercury in this combination is debilitated/in an inimical sign or if the Moon is within 72° of the Sun, and the association is under influence of a naturally malefic planet, the individual is likely to be extremely greedy and unscrupulous. Therefore, this combination in Scorpio or Pisces should be carefully examined. This combination would represent maternal aunt. The combination also refers to trade in drinks, liquids and other items represented by the Moon. The combination of the Moon with Jupiter tends to make the mother of the individual corpulent. It makes the residence of the individual large. It enlarges the mental horizon, makes the individual very broad minded and generous. He would be an optimist. The individual would tend to be philosophical and an intellectual. The mind of the individual would be drawn to the divine.

72

Chapter 1: Preliminaries.

The combination of the Moon and Venus will make the individual artistic. The wife of the individual would be beautiful. It imparts beauty to the breasts of a female individual. The individual would be interested in electronics, jewellery or latest vehicles. When Venus is adverse the individual will be a Casanova. The association of the Moon with Venus is productive of very good results provided their dispositor is also in an angle or a triangle. A similar relationship between the Moon and Saturn tends to check the tendency of the Moon to constantly change. The individual would have a mind that is not at rest. The individual will tend to have occasions of depression and anxiety. His mother will not keep good health. She may have an unhappy life. The individual would suffer from bad health in his infancy and would be in danger of dying in the first year of his life. He could be prone to disease in his chest or lungs. The individual would contract running cold. He would be hard working and painstaking. He may have interest in agriculture. He would have empathy with the common man. His profession would relate to water, irrigation, liquids, pearls etc. The Moon with Rahu will make the individual secretive. The individual could be of deceiving nature. He may go on cruises. He may be interested in diplomacy and international relations. He may be manipulative in nature. He may live at a far away foreign location. His mother may travel abroad. His mind may turn to vices and sin. He is amenable to hypnotic trances or interested in such matters. In certain extraordinary conditions the individual could be possessed by discarnate and other celestial beings. The Moon with Ketu will make him solitary and preferring his own company. He may have his mind engaged with spiritual matters. This shows a possibility of nirvana. The combined influence of the Moon, Mars and Mercury will make one a marine engineer. The combined influence of the Moon, Sun and Mercury will make one a nurse. The sign Virgo is considered the celestial abode for the sick and of healing. If the Sun and Moon are associated in this sign, the result will again be the same, i.e., the individual takes up nursing. The Moon works on the psychic and mental planes.

How to Time an Event

73

Mars: Mars in the ascendant in a fiery sign will make the individual angry and bold. In an earthy sign he becomes, malicious, covetous, selfish and fond of women. Sometimes he takes to drinks too. He becomes fond of travelling when Mars occupies an airy sign. He wants change all the time. In a watery sign he is much given to drink and women. This is particularly true for Cancer and Pisces. Mars in Scorpio in the ascendant is excellent for becoming a doctor. Mars in a movable sign represents electricity; in a fixed sign it represents fire; and, in a common sign, lightening. Of weapons, it represents a weapon emitting a projectile when in a movable sign; a weapon like a land mine when in a fixed sign; and, a sword, a dagger, a knife, etc. when in a common sign. Mars stands for number 9. Mars represents immovable and landed property, blood relations, younger siblings, enemies, disputes, weapons, wounds, anger, energy, strength, ability to organise, regulatory duties, baser instincts, fire, sharp intellect, and troubles from the State and armed personnel. Mars also represents a debater, an enemy, a criminal, a litigant, an athlete, an engineer, a mechanic, an electrician, a cook, a thief, a butcher, a surgeon, a barber or a lawyer. Mars represents dealers in poison, blood, weapons, acids, machinery and fire also. It represents a factory, steel, crime, kitchen and building. Mars stands for deer and wild beasts too. It has a tendency to damage. When Mars and Mercury are combined it will make the individual of very sharp intellect. He may not be able to apply himself to his studies though. There could be some dispute with his maternal uncle. He may have several younger siblings. The individual would be prone to alienate people through his expression. He may have a harsh way of talking. He may be interested in engineering. Mercury with Mars makes one a mechanical or civil engineer. This combination tends to multiply units of property in possession of the individual. The individual could have the unpleasant lot of having a larger than normal number of enemies. The relationship between the two planets can also indicate pain or wound in the intestines. The combination of Mars with Jupiter is good for wealth. The individual would be able to earn well through property and enterprise.

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

74

He would however not have good relations with his elder siblings. In a female chart, this is not a good sign for marital happiness. He may not always be on the right side of law. This is the surest sign of pain in the gall bladder. Mars in combination with Venus will make for a courteous and fine personality. The individual will lead a luxurious and pleasurable life. He could be an interior decorator. He will be fond of outings, sports and entertainment. He will have an active sex life. The combination could however give rise to disagreement in romance or disputes over women. An individual with this combination will have to be careful, as he would be liable to have vehicular accidents. An injury in the region of kidneys is possible. Mars in combination with Saturn would make the individual energetic, hard working and patient. His doggedness will be well known. It could also on the other hand a reckless, irresponsible, violent and criminal personality. He would be prone to land up in dangerous situations. The individual could lose his immovable property or he may have to part with it. He may have to stay away from his younger siblings. The siblings may also not keep good health. His illnesses would necessitate surgical intervention. The combination of Mars with Rahu cannot be said to be good. The individual would suffer from or be involved in frauds and thefts. He could also get involved in violent rioting. This is an indicator of an aggressive agitator. He may acquire some property abroad. Disputes could cause his incarceration. Diplomacy cannot be his forte. This combination points to attack on the individual by a complete stranger. The sambandha of Mars with the Nodes tends to make the grandparents liable to suffer from injuries or violence. The combination of Mars with Ketu is an indicator of a dogged spiritualist. He could pursue his divine goal with singleminded devotion. The combined influence of Mars, Mercury and Venus will incline one to take to the business of transport. Mars works on the physical plane. Mercury: Mercury in a fiery sign in the ascendant is excellent for mathematics, dramatics and fluent speech. The individual would have a

How to Time an Event

75

fine imagination but in Sagittarius he may not have an impressive speech. In an earthy sign particularly Taurus and Capricorn the individual becomes gluttonous and malicious. He would be subtle and crafty too. In Virgo he would be a scholar and a good wit. He would be sharp and have a scientific temperament. The location of Mercury in an airy sign would impress on the individual qualities similar to Mercury in Virgo. Mercury in a watery sign is best in Scorpio since in Cancer or Pisces Mercury makes the person inordinately proud of his abilities and of a shallow mind. Mercury in Scorpio is excellent for a chemist or doctor. He would however be crafty and has to be dealt with utmost care. Mercury stands for number 5. Mercury indicates intellectual pursuits, intellect, peace of mind, maternal uncles, cousins, friends, family, short journeys, speech, writing, publishing, communicating, accounts, mathematical astrology, publicity, commerce, business and trade. Mercury stands for a trader, an advertiser, an astrologer, a broker, a writer, a trainer, a publisher, a linguist, a school teacher, an editor, a reporter, a printer, an accountant, an agent or a messenger. Mercury gives an inclination to study occult subjects and the ability to compute. This planet also represents a person who deals in grass, transport, post, emeralds, birds and alloys of metals. It stands for mathematicians, orators and club managers. Mercury stands for an open sky. It has a tendency to multiply or expedite. When Mercury is combined with Jupiter, the individual will be clear headed. He will have the ability to form correct judgements. He will do clean business and do well at it. He will be religious and scholarly. This makes one an intellectual. He can excel as a writer on management or financial issues. He will have several sources of income. He could earn through his intellect or writings. He would speak well. He may have a large family. His maternal uncles may have much wealth. An individual with Mercury and Jupiter in combination is apt to have a large number of children. A female with this combination could marry more than once. The individual would be interested in creating and reading religious literature. The individual could be intellectually a precocious child. A combination of Venus with Mercury makes the individual a handsome child. He will be happy and cheerful. He would be an entertaining and interesting speaker. He is a party animal. He will be

76

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

proficient in several arts. He may also be a good vocal singer. Such an individual is fond of short road journeys. He will also have a good handwriting. He may have friends of the opposite sex. When there is a combination of Mercury and Saturn, the individual will be precise, methodical and will have a sharp memory. He would be a hesitant speaker. He will have a small family. He may find much difficulty in starting a business. He may suffer from skin trouble and trouble in his vocal system. Such persons are known to keep poor health in their childhood. Sometimes their childhood is not very happy. They are noticed to have thin arms and small shoulders. He will be decisive and careful. He should not have many friends. It is also noticed that such persons break off with friends of very long standing. They keep changing friends too. The combined influence of Mercury, Mars and Venus may make one an automobile engineer The combined influence of Mercury and Venus will make one an electrical, public health or chemical engineer. The combined influence of Mercury, Mars and Saturn will make one a mining engineer. The combined influence of the Sun, Mercury and Mars will make one a computer or electronics engineer or a builder. Predominant influence of Mercury on the mid-point of the tenth house shall make one a professional astrologer. It works on the mental plane. Jupiter: Jupiter in a fiery sign in the ascendant is good for a successful businessman. It makes the person sincere, generous and good-natured. In an earthy sign the individual tends to be shallow minded, selfish and bigoted. Jupiter in an airy sign tends to make the individual just, helpful, generous and good-natured. Jupiter in a watery sign makes the individual careless in money matters but he would still be fortunate. He would be fond of sports and entertainment. Jupiter stands for number 3. Jupiter represents children, husband, elder siblings, comfort and happiness, prominence in society, wealth, finance, bank, law, economics, management, production, fulfilment of desires, fatty substances, learning, mental balance and corpulence. It represents a teacher, a minister, a professor, an attorney, a philosopher, a priest, a banker or a judge. A person who deals in religious texts, law, gold, topaz, learned gatherings,

How to Time an Event

77

finance or trusts too is represented by this planet. It represents large buildings with the special condition that the enclosed open space (courtyard) in the building should not be in the middle of it. Such spaces in case of Jupiter are always on one side of the building. It has a tendency to create. When Jupiter and Venus are combined the individual will be wealthy, happy, will lead a pleasant life and will have a good spouse. In a female chart it makes for a handsome spouse. This is also an indication that the marriage of the female individual could arise out of a love affair. In a male chart the wife would bereligious, balanced, scholarly and well behaved. She will have a tendency to put on weight. The male individual could gain financially through his marriage. He will be fond of spacious or expensive vehicles. They could earn well through entertainment, cinema and television. These people are very sincere in their attachments. They prefer to invest money on their comforts. They may have more daughters than sons. The male individuals succeeded well when they work in association with their wives or other women. These persons are great Bhaktas (lovers of the divine). Jupiter and Saturn in combination will make the individual philosophical, knowledgeable about law, unattached and dispassionate. He will have a strong sense of fair play and justice. These persons have fewer children but the longevity of the children shall always be an issue to notice. The children could either be very long-lived or otherwise. The children could also be ailing. His children may not be very attached to him and there may be separation from them in later life. The individual may begin with meagre or limited income and may take time to become wealthy. This combination points to an elderly husband in a female chart. It could also mean a husband who is either not well behaved or who does not keep too well. This individual would opt for a law, management or financial career. Unfortunately, he would have to accept many disappointments in life. The combination of Rahu with Jupiter makes journeys abroad highly beneficial for the individual. His wealth and fortune are to be found abroad. At home he and his elder siblings could be scamsters and financial swindlers. His children, and in a female chart her husband, could follow closely in his or her footstep in this regard. He would have the ability to be a respected diplomat. The individual may have no faith in religion and

78

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

may be inclined to achieve in the world through unscrupulous means. The combined influence of Jupiter, Mercury and Mars will make one a lawyer. The combined influence of Jupiter and Mercury will make one an accountant or an author on abstruse, serious or philosophical subjects. The combined influence of Jupiter and Mercury will make one an agent. It works on the mental and spiritual planes. Venus: Venus in the ascendant makes the individual a good musician and have a merry disposition. He would be much liked by the opposite sex. He would have winning ways. Venus under the influence of Mars tends to make a person an artist. Venus is not good in Aries (though it is much praised in Ashwini constellation), Virgo, Scorpio and Capricorn. It is the worst in Scorpio, where it tends to make the individual lewd, and inclined to use of prostitutes and drinks. Venus represents number 6. Venus stands for partnership, luxury, wealth in jewellery and ornaments, comforts, conveyances, wife, females, marital and sexual lives, toiletry, photographs, paints, fruits, flowers, chemicals, fine arts, music, poetry, beauty, aesthetic sense and urinary system. It also represents a jeweller, an actor, a musician, an artist, an aesthete, a dancer, a teacher, a painter, a prostitute, a theatre or cinema house owner or a photographer. Venus represents a person who deals in entertainment, water sports, vehicles, items of luxury, perfumes, flowers or diamonds. It stands for good taste, refinement and co-operation. It represents earth (clay), a cow or a bull. It has a tendency to enjoy. The combination of Venus with Saturn pulls the individual in opposing directions. Venus is luxurious, Saturn spartan; Venus is sensuous, Saturn dispassionate; Venus is feminine, Saturn is frigid; Venus enjoys, Saturn abstains; Venus is youthful, Saturn aging; Venus is vibrant, Saturn ailing. A male individual could have some of these characteristics is his wife. An individual with the two planets in sambandha could have much trouble through woman or vehicle. This combination could indicate an ailing wife or separation from or loss of wife for a male individual. These persons are not well suited to transport business. The combination of Rahu with Venus is not good. It makes sex a predominant consideration in the mind of the individual. He is not averse

How to Time an Event

79

to improvisation and experimentation in sex. The individual is also open to many perversities prevalent today. In fact he may be able to think up many more sexual innovations. His sexual escapades could also lead him to jail. It sometimes indicates a wife from abroad. The combination of Ketu with Venus is also a study in contrasts. It pulls the individual from his spiritual path and engulfs him into worldliness. Many a yogabhrashta (deviant from the path of spirituality) has this combination. The combined influence of Mercury, Venus and Mars will make one an architect. The combined influence of Venus, Mars and the Moon will make one a chef. It works on mental and physical planes. Saturn: Saturn in the ascendant makes the individual shy, reserved, mistrustful, revengeful and timid. These qualities get reduced in an airy sign but the individual then becomes quarrelsome. In an airy sign the individual is sincere, religious, meditative, studious and thoughtful. Among the earthy signs, Capricorn is the best, which makes the individual hard working and thrifty. In an earthy sign he is generally dull and suspicious. He however becomes inquisitive in Virgo. He does not talk of his financial affairs. In Libra he becomes proud and selfish. In a watery sign it only lends adverse characteristics. In Cancer or Pisces the individual is religious but depraved. In Scorpio he does not remain trustworthy. Saturn represents number 8. Saturn stands for discomfort, ill health, disease, disability, unhappiness, bad deeds, obstacles, fall, longevity, hard work, and punishment. It has a tendency to separate or end. If it is good for the horoscope, it can make the individual prosper through the masses, hard work or use of labour. A well-placed Saturn in the VIII house fulfils the wishes of the individual. It represents an ascetic, a farmer, a mason, a miner, a gardener, a servant or a menial. A person who deals in lead, footwear, bricks, steel, blue sapphire, stones, birds, fish, oil or skins is also represented by this planet. It stands for jail, teeth, death and disease, debts, lonely or dirty place, crime, gutter, slum or air. It represents geology, taxation, land and mining. The combination of Saturn and Rahu is troublesome. It is liable to

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

80

cause serious diseases that sometimes are difficult to diagnose and even more difficult to treat. It points to employment abroad. It also shows a personality who can mislead the masses. The combination of Saturn with Ketu refers to an ascetic who has chosen the path of tapas (which according to The Basic Writings of S. Radhakrishnan page 164 is severe self-discipline undertaken for spiritual ends. It is exercised with reference to the natural desires of the body and the distractions of the outer world). It works on physical or spiritual plane. Rahu: It is like Saturn. Rahu represents danger from reptiles, evil spirits, witches, paternal grandfather, nerves, opposition from lowly placed persons, sudden happenings, riots, imprisonment, journey abroad, foreigners, and poison. It also represents a diplomat, a social or political trouble monger, a snake charmer, a drug addict, or an aviator. It stands for diseases that cannot be diagnosed or treated or such diseases that are result of sinful ways, alcohol, elephant and gomed. It has a tendency to cause chaos. It stands for number 4. A combination of Rahu with Ketu in the form of association is not possible, but a relationship between the two is definitely possible. Such a combination could show up a fake spiritualist. A relationship between Rahu in one chart and a planet in another shall show a future contact in the respective field between the two individuals. For example, Rahu of an individual in relationship wJth Saturn in another can cause a working relationship between the two in future of this life or in a future incarnation. Ketu in such relationship shows such contact in previous lives. It works on psychic, mental or spiritual plane. Ketu: It is like Mars. Ketu represents earning of wealth through dishonest means, dimming of intellect, dogs, success abroad, emancipation from the cycle of life and death, and poetic talent. It represents a witch, a pig, an occultist or a seer. It has a tendency to cause interest in the supernatural. It stands for number 7.

How to Time an Event

81

It works on spiritual plane. A relationship between Ketu in one chart and a planet in the other is an indicator of past life associations between the two individuals. (L) When a planet is related to another planet, it persuades the planet to act according to its significations too. These significations have been given above. Thus, if Mars is related to Jupiter, Mars may also give results according to the significations of Jupiter. Depending on the fitness of Mars as a receptacle, the significations of Jupiter would materialise. Thus, if Mars were related to Jupiter and the II houses from the ascendant, Jupiter and Arudha lagna, Mars would cause matters relating to wealth to appear in its major-period. If Mars were related to Jupiter and the V houses from ascendant, Arudha lagna and Jupiter, it shall cause matters relating to the children of the individual to appear in its majorperiod. In a female chart, if Mars were related to Jupiter and the VII houses from the ascendant, Arudha lagna and Jupiter, matters relating to marriage of the individual would materialise. This is true, with some modifications, with respect to the sub and inter-period planets too. Unless a planet is related to a karaka or it is the karaka for a particular aspect of life, it cannot give results relating to that aspect in its periods. Therefore, it is obvious that no event relating to a matter can take place in a major, sub and interperiod unless all the three planets are related to a relevant particular karaka. Thus, birth of a child in a major, sub and interperiod will not take place unless all the three planets are related to Jupiter. This principle is a great help in selection of the right major, sub and inter-period planets. We will dwell on this matter in far more detail when we discuss the major, sub and interperiods. This is the ninth use of karakas. (M) We would like to draw attention of the reader to paragraph (B) above. We had mentioned there that the transit of a karaka can be used to rectify a birth chart. We had referred to Chart III-3. In this chart the position of Jupiter is considered doubtful. The V house from Jupiter (when taken in Libra) is Aquarius. The Arudha of Aquarius is in Libra. The transit of Jupiter at the time of birth of the first child of this individual certifies that the position of Jupiter

82

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

in Libra is correct. A detailed analysis is available in paragraph 5 of Chapter Five. This is the tenth use of karakas. (N) A karaka imparts its qualities to any element that it influences. For example, when the Sun influences a house or planet it causes the element to become dignified and brilliant; when Venus is involved in this manner it makes the element beautiful, etc. This is the eleventh use of karakas.

On Signs 20. We have discussed signs in much detail in our previous work. We shall not go into those details but list here just those characteristics of signs that are routinely used in everyday prediction. The movable signs are active, ambitious, agitated and outgoing. They are also changeable, assertive and enterprising. These are Aries, Cancer, Libra and Capricorn. A Factor for the mind is a planet that is related to the Moon, and the three IV houses from the ascendant, Arudha lagna and the Moon. When the Factor is in a movable sign, or most of the elements (i.e. the three IV houses, their owners and the Moon) are in movable signs, the individual will have the kind of mental make-up that a movable sign represents. The Factor or elements relating to profession when related to movable signs will display their characteristics. When a Factor or elements relating to disease get related to Aries, the disease will show fever, inflammation and acuity. This is because Aries is a movable and fiery sign. This is true for any quality of signs. The Factor for the mind or the elements as described when related to fixed or common signs shall show their respective characteristics in a marked manner. The fixed signs are Taurus, Leo, Scorpio and Aquarius. They are long lasting, patient, stubborn, sedentary and stable. They are painstaking, conservative, self reliant and accumulating. They are also introverted. The common signs are Gemini, Virgo, Sagittarius and Pisces. These are serene and harmonious. They are also indecisive, philosophical and intellectual. They are not as emotional and sentimental as the watery sign, but they show these characteristics in a perceptible

How to Time an Event

83

way. Since Pisces is both common and watery, it shows these characteristics in a marked manner. Their personalities show certain versatility. These individuals are not painstaking and thorough unless Saturn has a strong influence on the Factor or elements. Gemini represents a young couple. Sagittarius has two creatures in one body, and Pisces shows two fish. These three signs show multiplicity. The signs Leo, Virgo, Libra and Scorpio are long ones. When they influence a house or planet, the latter produces a long effect. The Karaka-Factor for the body in a long sign, or long signs in the first house and Arudha lagna, their owners in long signs and the Sun in a long sign will make the individual of very tall stature. Gemini, Cancer, Sagittarius and Capricorn are medium signs. Aries, Taurus, Aquarius and Pisces are short. A mix of long and short influence too shall produce a medium or less than medium stature. Aries, Gemini, Leo and Virgo are sterile or barren signs. When most of the elements that represent a matter, i.e., the three houses from the ascendant, Arudha lagna and karaka, their owners, and the karaka are in sterile signs, the result shall be sterile. Suppose the V houses from the ascendant, Arudha lagna and Jupiter, their owners and Jupiter are in barren signs, the individual will be childless. The Fiery signs, viz., Aries, Leo and Sagittarius have aggressive nature and they represent the East. When the Karaka-Factor for profession is in one of these signs, or when most of the elements that go to form a Factor for profession are in such signs, the individual shall show aggression in his profession or his profession may involve aggression and combativeness, and it may take him to the East. Similarly the Karaka-Factor for enemies or elements as described above in these signs will cause much aggression in inimical relationships. A Factor or elements related to disease in fiery signs cause fevers, inflammations and acuity of symptoms. The Earth signs are related to trade. These signs are Taurus, Virgo and Capricorn. The Factors or their elements that are related to these signs shall give results accordingly. A Factor or elements related to disease in earthy signs cause chronic or rheumatic complaints. These signs show South and" aggregation. The Factor for wealth or elements

84

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

relating to wealth in earthy signs shall build up a big corpus of wealth. The Factor or elements relating to human body in these signs shall give a big body. The Airy signs, viz., Gemini, Libra and Aquarius, are vocal signs. When Mercury as the Karaka-Factor for voice, or when most of the elements for voice, are in vocal signs, the quality and effect of voice of the individual shall be superb. The Airy signs are related to West and serving. A Factor or its elements in these signs shall cause a profession related to serving. Any aspect of life so related shall show service. The Watery signs show North, spirituality and religiouseness. They are psychic. They are receptive, introverted, emotional, artistic, timid and accommodating. These are Cancer, Scorpio and Pisces. We can deduce on the basis of these signs in the same manner as above. A Factor for fortune, or most of the elements relating to it (the three IX houses from the ascendant, Arudha lagna and Jupiter, their owners and karaka Jupiter) in these signs shall make the fortune of the individual relate to the North. Aries, Taurus, Leo, Sagittarius (first half) and Capricorn are bestial signs. Common signs also show animals. Thus the first half of Sagittarius is the strongest representative of animals. When a Factor shows violence or injury, the involvement of these signs would cause it to do so through a beast. When the Factor or elements for profession are related to animal signs, the profession of the individual could be related to animals; to mineral signs (movable signs), to minerals and mines; and, to flora, if they are related to vegetable signs (fixed signs). The Factor for voice or elements related to mute signs (the three watery signs) might cause speech impediments.

On Static Analysis of a Birth Chart 21. Many a time we are concerned over such matters that do not need timing. In such a case we should first examine if the matter is represented by its corresponding Karaka-Factor. If it is so, any influence that the Karaka-Factor gets will mould the characteristics of the matter in life. When the chart does not have Karaka-Factor

How to Time an Event

85

for an aspect of life, it would keep changing from period to period. For example, we may like to know if an individual will be wealthy in life. If Jupiter is the Karaka-Factor and it has no influence of Factor for deprivation and, is on the other hand, a Karaka-Factor for gain, the individual will be wealthy throughout his life. If it is not so, the matter of wealth would be to the fore in the major-periods of those planets that are Factors for wealth and gain and this facet of life would show different results in different periods. Let us analyse Yogananda Paramhamsa's chart in this manner regarding his marriage to clarify this procedure. This is Chart II-5. Let us examine the aspect of marriage. Venus is the karaka for this matter. It is related to the three VII houses. It is thus the Karaka-Factor for marital matters. Similarly, Saturn is the Karaka-Factor for deprivation and denial. Venus is related to Saturn as it occupies a navamsha of Saturn. Saturn also casts a close aspect on Venus. Thus, there is denial of marriage in this birth chart.

On Danger and Disease 22. When a Factor for disease is related to: (a) the Sun, individual will suffer from fever; (b) the Moon, he will have a disease involving water; (c) Mars, he faces a disease or injury that would involve weapons; (d) Mercury, disease due to bilious disorders; (e) Jupiter, he will be without any illness; (f)

Venus, his wife will face ill health;

(g) Saturn, he will face trouble from thieves or low caste people; (h) Rahu, trouble from reptiles; (i)

Ketu, trouble from animals.

On Nature of Planets and Houses 23. (a) The planets are considered naturally beneficial or malefic as

86

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

described by Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra in Chapter 3 verse 11 and Chapter 34 verse 8. The Sun, waning Moon, Mars, Mercury associated with a naturally malefic planet, Saturn, Rahu and Ketu are naturally malefic planets. However, waning Moon becomes beneficial if it receives aspect of or is associated with a naturally beneficial planet. Jatakabharnam in the Chapter on Cancellation of Adversity Due to the Moon verse 6 says that when the Moon occupies the sign of a naturally malefic planet and its dispositor projects an aspect to it or joins it, the Moon becomes beneficial. Planets other than these are beneficial planets. These are naturally malefic and beneficial planets and remain the same for all the charts. (b) Chapter 34 verse 2 of Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra states that the a naturally beneficial planet becomes incapable of giving good results when it owns an angle. A naturally malefic planet becomes incapable of giving adverse results when it owns an angle. A planet becomes yogakaraka (excellent) and therefore favourable if it owns an angle and a triangle. It is also noted that a planet strongly related to an angle and a triangle becomes capable of giving good results. As an illustration let us take Chart II-5. The Moon is placed in the ascendant in the birth chart and it occupies Aries in the navamsha chart. Aries in the birth chart is the IX house. Therefore the Moon relates an angle to a triangle and becomes capable of giving favourable results. A planet, irrespective of its natural inclination, shall be favourable if it owns a triangle. The ascendant is a triangle too. The owner of the V or IX house is capable of giving wealth. The owner of the IV or X house is capable of giving comforts and happiness. Two planets will be yogakaraka and cause rajyoga conferring fame and authority if one is the owner of an angle and the other of a triangle and they are in sambandha with each other. A single planet can also function as a Yogakaraka planet if it owns an angle and a triangle and occupies an angle or a triangle. A Node becomes capable of conferring rajyoga results if it occupies an angle and is in sambandha with the owner of a triangle, or vice-versa.

Haw to Time an Event

87

(c) The above definition of Yogakaraka planets (planets that are auspicious and cause excellent results) needs more support before a planet can be deemed to be a beneficial planet. In fact, a Factor for a good effect shall give good results and such results will be specific. Suppose in a chart a planet is related to Jupiter and the II houses from natal Jupiter, the ascendant and Arudha lagna. It shall tend to give results relating to wealth. If it is also a Factor for deprivation, it will divest the individual of his wealth. In another chart, if a Factor for wealth is also a Factor for gains (the planet is related to Jupiter and the three XI houses from Jupiter, ascendant and Arudha lagna), it shall tend to ensure results relating to financial gains to the individual. Such a Factor shall ensure inflow of wealth. When in a chart Mars is the Karaka-Factor for property it shall give results relating to property. Whether good will happen with respect to property or adverse shall depend on the influence that it receives from other Factors. These are only illustrations to show that a specific result can be had from a specific Factor. It is possible that a Yogakaraka planet is a Factor for loss and deprivation. We cannot expect gains through such a Factor even if it is a Yogakaraka planet. But a planet that is a Yogakaraka planet in the traditional sense and is a favourable Factor shall give better results in quantity and quality than a similar normal Factor. When a Yogakaraka planet is an adverse Factor we can expect not so adverse results from it. (d) Parashar calls the VI, VIII and the XII houses from the ascendant the Adverse Trio of houses. The VI house causes disease, accident, obstacles, disputes, enmity, worry, weariness, exertion, and calamity according to Uttar Kalamrita. Jataka Parijat calls this house Ripu (Enemy), Roga (Disease), Kshta (Wound) and Bhaya (Danger). The VIII house causes defeat, grief, humiliation, disappointment, calamity, fatal accident, misery, punishment, vice, death, misfortune, great mental tension, etc. according to Uttar Kalamrita. Jataka Parijat calls this house Randhra (Vulnerability), Mrityu (Death) and Vinasa (Destruction). The XII house causes mental agony, incarceration, harm, loss and expenditure according to Uttar Kalamrita. Jataka Parijat calls this house Vyaya (Expenditure).

88

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

These three houses are therefore related to adverse aspects of human life. A planet predominantly exhibits the effect of the house that has its mooltrikona sign in. In this context, reference is invited to Chapter 15 verse 11 of Phal Deepika. Mantreswar, the author of Phal Deepika, says that when a planet owns two houses, it predominantly gives the effect of the house where the mooltrikona sign owned by it is placed in. A planet that has its mooltrikona sign in one of the houses of the Adverse Trio from the ascendant will predominantly carry the influence of this house. Kalidas, the author of Uttar Kalamrita, in Chapter 4 verse 14 says that a house that is occupied by the owner of one of the houses of the Adverse Trio will be destroyed. Phal Deepika says in Chapter 20 verse 55 that the owner of the VIII house will be very troublesome. Satyacharya supports this conclusion. Jatakadeshmarga ChandrikaChapter 10 verse 34 states that the VI, VIII and XII houses are adverse and of these the VIII is the worst. The same has been stated in Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 7 verse 35 Chaukhamba edition. A planet becoming a Factor through ownership of mooltrikona sign shall have a greater potency to show results. The ownership of a house of the Adverse Trio does not make a planet adverse even when the house has a mooltrikona sign of the planet. The planet must be related to the four elements concerning a particular adversity to be capable of giving rise to that specific untoward happening. Suppose the XII house from the ascendant has a mooltrikona sign of a planet. This certainly does not mean that the planet will cause mischief to any planet or house with which it is in a close relationship. Ownership of the XII house is just one of the four elements. The planet should be related to the karaka for that particular adversity and to the XII houses from the karaka and Arudha lagna too, before it would be deemed to be one capable of causing loss, separation, incarceration etc. Mere ownership of the XII house from the ascendant cannot invest the planet with such ability. But if the planet is inclined in a particular adverse way, we would know the specific nature of the trouble that planet would cause. A planet will become a Factor for dispute and injury if it is related to Mars and the VI houses from Mars, the ascendant and Arudha lagna.

How to Time an Event

89

The potency of the planet to cause injury would increase if Mars has its mooltrikona sign in one of the VI houses. A Factor for disease would be one that is related to Saturn and the VI houses from the ascendant, Arudha lagna and natal Saturn. A Factor for serious accident or grievous hurt would be the one that is related to Mars and the VIII houses from Mars, the ascendant and Arudha lagna. A planet will be a Factor for longevity if it is related to Saturn, and the VIII houses from natal Saturn, the ascendant and Arudha lagna. It is thus noticed that no house alone is good or bad, and no planet by itself is that way. (e) The Nodes and naturally malefic planets in the VI house generally give good results, but a further analysis of the nature of the planet is always called for. It could turn out to be a Factor for disease, enmity or injury. (f) Now the question remains of location of a planet in an Adverse Trio house. We know that the occupation of a house too relates a planet to it. The location of a planet in an Adverse Trio house should be analysed in the same manner as the analysis for ownership given above.

On Elements of Planets 24. We know that Aries, Leo and Sagittarius are fiery signs; Taurus, Virgo and Capricorn are earth signs; Gemini, Libra and Aquarius are airy signs and Cancer, Scorpio and Pisces are watery signs. The planets too have their elements as given by Parashar in Chapter 76 of Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra. According to verses 2 and 3 of the Chapter, the Sun and Mars rule fire. According to verse 6, when these planets are powerful in the chart the individual will be of fiery temperament and he will be learned and sharp. According to verse 11 such an individual will be wealthy and successful. It is noticed that when a Factor for accident is related to the Sun or Mars, it would cause the event through fire or electricity. Mercury rules earth. When Mercury is powerful in the chart, according to verse 7 the earth element will be powerful and an individual

90

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

will be interested in luxuries, entertainment and comforts. According to verse 12 such an individual will be wealthy and religious. Earthquakes would fall within the ambit of this planet. Jupiter rules ether. According to verse 8 when Jupiter is powerful, the individual will be diplomatic, learned and brilliant since the ether element will be powerful. According to verse 13, such an individual will converse cleverly. Jupiter represents sky. If we study birth charts of astronauts we notice that the KarakaFactor or Factors for their profession when they went on space missions were related to Jupiter. The Moon and Venus rule water. According to verse 9 when these planets are powerful in the chart, the individual will be highly placed, likeable and soft-spoken. According to verse 14 such an individual will keep good health. Saturn rules air. When Saturn is powerful in the chart, the air element will be strong, and the individual will be irritable, wandering and hard on his enemies. According to verse 15, the individual will be of poor intelligence. These qualities will influence the education and profession of the individual. It should be observed that a Factor for major or fatal air accident is generally related to Saturn. If this Factor were related to the Moon or Venus, the accident would relate to water. When Mercury is related to the Factor, the event would happen on earth or due to it. The fire and water, and fire and earth elements are inimical to each other. Since the Sun and Mars rule fire and the Moon and Venus rule water, the elements of these two sets of planets are inimical to each other. Similarly, the elements of the Sun and Mars to that of Mercury are inimical. The Sun is considered good in a sign of Jupiter, as it is capable of giving power. Sagittarius is a fiery sign. The other sign of Jupiter, Pisces, is a watery sign. Therefore generally the Sun when powerful should give better results in Sagittarius than in Pisces.

On Aspects 25. Each planet projects an aspect to the VII sign from it. Mars, Jupiter and Saturn have special aspects too. Mars projects aspects to the

How to Time an Event

91

IV and VIII signs also from its position. Jupiter projects aspects to the V and IX signs also. Saturn projects aspects to the III and X signs as well. These are full aspects. We have not considered partial aspects at all. It is not clear as to whether and how the Nodes project their aspects. There is much controversy over it. Generally aspects for the Nodes are taken like those of Jupiter, but we have not considered Nodal aspects in this work. Aspects are of relevance when they help form a sambandha. They are also relevant when they help form a relationship with a planet or house. The distance for such purpose for a planet is not more than 5°. It can be upto 10° for the Sun, and 8° for the Moon. In certain cases the aspects are of use to determine the nature of a planet for consideration of question of longevity or its results in its periods.

On Influence on Planets and Houses 26. No planet harms its own house. Therefore, even a weak planet when it projects an aspect to its own house shall further the affairs of the house. A debilitated planet is inclined to give adverse results relating to its karakatwa (significations) and the houses that it owns.

On Influence of Planets on Other Houses and Planets 27. (i)

An adverse Factor when in relationship with another Factor will cause unpleasant developments relating to the matter represented by that Factor to take place. Thus, if Mercury is a Factor for causing injury and disputes and it is in sambandha with a Factor for married life or it also becomes such a Factor, it will cause friction in married life. If a Factor for denial influences a Factor for children or it also becomes one, it will make the individual childless. We need not reiterate that the effect of a Factor lasts during its major-period, the effect of a Karaka-Factor lasts for life.

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

92

(ii) Rules mentioned for the influence of an adverse Factor in the above paragraphs will be mutatis mutandis true for a favourable Factor too. (iii) We have seen that a Factor will cause matters relating to an aspect of life to manifest in its major-period. The question remains as to what kind of manifestation it will be. Suppose Mercury is a Factor for profession. What will happen with respect to the profession of the individual during the major-period of Mercury? Will he get a new profession, will he lose his job, or will he face humiliation at his job? The possibilities are unending. Merely because the major-period of a Factor for profession is running we cannot deduce that the individual will have a great time regarding it. How do we come to the correct conclusion in this case? If a Factor for profession has strong influence of a Factor for loss and separation, the conclusion is clear. The individual will lose his profession or will have severe setbacks in the major-period of the Factor for profession. If it is related to a Factor for disputes, the profession will become disputed in the major-period of the Factor for profession. If it is related to a Factor for high status, the individual will get a high position through his profession in the major-period of the Factor for profession. If the Factor for high status is under strong influence of Factor for loss, the period of the Factor for high status shall cause loss of status. Thus, the kind of influence a Factor receives shall mould the result of the Factor in its major-period. We can say it the other way too. The kind of influence a Factor is exerting on another Factor shall manifest itself in the major-period of the Factor that is casting the influence. Suppose the Factor for loss is casting its influence on the Factor for status. The individual will lose his status in the major-period of the Factor for loss. A planet causing loss and the other planet receiving loss causing influence shall both show loss in their major-periods.

On Strength of Planets 28. (A) We are now going to consider a method to assess the strength of a planet. For this, we will need to first consider the

93

How to Time an Event

relationship between planets. The relationships are of two types. The first is the natural, and the second, the temporal as given by Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chapter 3 verses 55-56. The natural relationship between planets is given in the table below, however please refer to paragraph 10 of this Chapter carefully too: Planet Friendly

Inimical

Indifferent

Sun

Venus, Saturn

Mercury

-

Mars, Jupiter, Venus, Saturn

Moon, Mars,

Moon Sun, Mercury Mars

Sun, Moon, Jupiter Mercury

Venus, Saturn

Merc

Sun, Venus

Mars, Jupiter, Saturn

Moon

Jupiter Sun, Moon, Mars

Mercury, Venus Saturn

Venus Mercury, Saturn

Sun, Moon

Mars, Jupiter

Saturn Mercury, Venus

Sun, Moon,

Jupiter

Rahu

Mercury, Venus Saturn

Sun, Mars Jupiter

Moon

Ketu

Sun, Moon, Mars

Mercury, Venus Jupiter, Saturn

We have seen in paragraph 10 that some signs are inimical to certain planets. Therefore when a planet is in an inimical sign the owner of the sign shall be inimical to the planet. Otherwise the natural relationship between planets shall remain as stated above. When two planets are associated with or are in sambandha their relationship will be governed by the table of natural relationships and therefore by the resultant relationship. However, when a planet occupies a sign it cannot always be said that the nature of relationship between the planet and sign that it occupies would be governed by the natural relationship that exists between the planet and the owner. We can notice from the table given in paragraph 10 that many a time the sign does not follow the relationship that the planet has with its owner. Therefore on the considerations of paragraph 10 above we can prepare another table of exceptions mainly to help us assess strength of a house in the following manner:

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

94

Planet

Inimical to

Sun

Venus or Saturn in Leo

Moon

Mercury, Venus or Saturn in Cancer

Mars

Moon, Mercury or Venus in Scorpio

Mercury Sun or Jupiter in Gemini Jupiter Venus

Mars or Mercury in Pisces; Venus or Saturn in Sagittarius Moon or Mars in Libra

Saturn

Moon, Mars or Mercury in Aquarius

The location of a planet in a sign sometimes radically changes the natural relationship between two planets. Jupiter is generally friendly to Mars but when the latter is in Pisces Jupiter becomes hostile to it. In such a situation any relationship between the two would be construed to be between two inimical planets. The Sun is a natural enemy of Venus and Saturn. The location of any of these two planets in a sign of the Sun will therefore not change the relationship in any manner. The Sun remains hostile to Venus and Saturn. The Moon is not inimical to any planet in the order of natural relationships, but when Mercury, Venus or Saturn occupies Cancer, the Moon becomes its enemy. When the Moon joins any of these planets in Cancer, the association would make the Moon highly inimical to it in resultant relationship. A sambandha between the Moon and any of these planets in Cancer would also form a relationship between enemies. As regards Mars, the location of Mercury does not change the natural relationship between these two planets, but the Moon becomes an enemy of Mars when it is debilitated in Scorpio, and Venus does not remain indifferent to Mars when Venus is in Scorpio. Mars becomes inimical to it. Mercury is friendly to the Sun and indifferent to Jupiter, but when either planet is in Gemini the relationship becomes hostile. Jupiter is friendly to Mars, but Mars in Pisces does not remain its friend. Mercury and Venus are enemies of Jupiter. Their location therefore in the chart is immaterial. Jupiter is indifferent to Saturn but it turns its enemy when Saturn occupies Sagittarius.

95

Venus is inimical to the Moon therefore the sign that the latter occupies makes no change in relationship. Venus is indifferent to Mars but when Mars occupies Libra, Venus becomes its enemy. Mercury does not remain a friend of Saturn when it is in Aquarius. The location of the Moon or Mars makes no impact on the relationship between them and Saturn. We must keep these finer alterations in relationships in mind when we proceed to determine resultant relationship between two planets. We therefore give the final natural relationship table below: Planet Friendly

Inimical

Indifferent

Digits represent signs. Thus 4 is Cancer, 8 is Scorpio, etc. Sun

Moon, Mars Jupiter

Venus, Saturn

Mercury

Moon

Sun, Mercury (When not in 4)

Mercury, Venus or Saturn (when in 4)

Mars, Jupiter, Venus (When not in 4) Saturn

Mars

Sun, Moon (When not in 8) Jupiter

Moon (When in 8) Mercury, Venus (When in 8)

Venus (When not in 8) Saturn

Sun (When in 3) Moon, Jupiter (When in 3)

Mars, Jupiter (When not in 3) Saturn

Jupiter Sun, Moon, Mars Mars (When not in 12) (When in 12) Mercury, Venus, Saturn (When in 9)

Saturn (When not in 9)

Mercury Sun (When not in 3) Venus

Venus Mercury, Saturn Sun, Moon, Mars Mars (When not in 7) (When in 7) Jupiter Contd.... on next page

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

96

Contd.... from last page

Planet Friendly

Inimical

Indifferent

Saturn Mercury Sun, Moon, Mars, Jupiter (When not in 11) Mercury (When Venus in 11) Rahu

Venus, Saturn

Sun, Mars,

Ketu

Sun, Moon, Mars Mercury, Venus

Moon, Mercury Jupiter, Saturn

A planet that is in the II, III or IV house from another planet, or in the X, XI or XII house from that planet will be its temporal friend according to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 3 verse 56. It will be inimical to it otherwise. The temporal relationship depends on the distance between two planets and it will therefore change from chart to chart but the natural relationship between planets is fixed. There is no concept of indifference in temporal relationship. Planets will either be friendly with each other in temporal terms or inimical. On the above basis we determine the Panchadha or resultant fivefold relationship between planets in the following manner: 1.

It may happen that a planet may be naturally friendly with another planet but it may be inimical to it in temporal relationship, or vice-versa. The two relationships will cancel each other out and the'two planets will be indifferent to each other.

2.

If a planet is friendly on both the counts with another planet, i.e., naturally and on temporal basis, it will be intimately friendly with that planet. If a planet is indifferent to another in natural relationship and friendly in temporal, it shall be friendly to that planet. If a planet is indifferent to another in natural relationship and inimical in temporal, it shall be inimical to that planet, and, If it is inimical on both the counts, it will be highly inimical to that planet.

3. 4. 5.

(B) We should consider the following to determine the strength of a planet: (i) The sign in which the planet is placed in a birth chart. When

How to Time an Event

97

the planet occupies an incompatible sign (inimical, highly inimical or debilitated) it would earn a negative point. When the planet occupies a compatible sign (exalted, mooltrikona, intimately friendly or friendly) it would earn a positive point. A neutral sign would not make any contribution. (ii) The sign in which the planet is placed in the navamsha chart. When the planet occupies an incompatible sign (inimical, highly inimical or debilitated) it would earn a negative point. The planet would get a positive point if it occupies a compatible sign (exalted, mooltrikona, intimately friendly or friendly). A neutral sign would not make any contribution. (iii) The constellation that the planet occupies. If the planet is compatible with the owner of the constellation it would earn a positive point. In case the planet is not compatible with the owner of the constellation, the contribution would be a negative point and when the planet is neutral to the owner of the constellation there would be no contribution. (iv) If the dispositor of the planet occupies a compatible sign, it shall contribute a positive point. If the sign the dispositor occupies is not compatible, the contribution would be a negative point, and in case the dispositor is neutral to the owner of the sign, there would be no contribution. (v) The sambandha if any the planet has with other planets should be considered. A sambandha with a compatible planet would give a positive point, and with an incompatible planet a negative point. When the sambandha is with a neutral planet, there would be no contribution. After analysing a planet on the above lines we should total the positive and negative points scored. If the planet has more positive than negative points, it would be considered strong. The more net positive points it gets the stronger it shall deemed to be. (vi) The strength of the dispositor of a planet shall also add to the strength of a planet. Therefore, having determined the strength of the dispositor in the above manner, we should take it in account for finally determining the strength of a planet.

98

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

A planet that has good strength shall be inclined to influence a planet or house strongly. If it is weak its effect shall not be prominent. A strong planet shall help matters represented by the house that it owns prosper. The individual will not be worried over these matters. Matters represented by the house shall materialise early. Matters for which the planet is the karaka shall give happiness to the individual. A weak planet shall not be able to help matters represented by the house that the planet owns prosper. The individual will have little happiness from matters for which the planet is a karaka. We will later on see that classical authors have put much importance on the strength of the owner of a house. A strong planet shall generally not give way totally to the influence of another planet. Thus, if an adverse Factor influences a planet, the adverse influence would not affect the results of the planet substantially. This is not true for a weak planet. The relative strengths of the two planets should therefore be kept in mind. Suppose we have Mars as a Factor representing marital affairs and it has sufficient strength. If weak Mercury as a Factor for disputes influences it marital affairs would not be disturbed very much. PRACTICAL HINT: A planet is inclined to be strong if it occupies its own, exaltation, mooltrikona, or a friendly sign in the Rashi and navamsha; its dispositor is strong; and, the planet occupies its own or a friendly constellation. A friendly constellation is one the owner of which is friendly with the planet. This is a rough method to quickly assess the strength of a planet. According to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 3 verse 63 Chaukhamba edition, a planet in exaltation will be capable to give its full favourable result. The result will be 75% if it occupies its mooltrikona sign. It will be half in its own sign. In a friendly sign, the planet will give 25% result. When it occupies a neutral sign, the result will be 12.5%. In an inimical sign, or when the planet is combust or debilitated, there will be no favourable result. This is only an illustration as to how important a role the strength of a planet plays.

How to Time an Event

99

On Strength of a House 29. A strong house protects and promotes matters that it represents. It tends to show favourable results. We would be happy with respect to matters of a house that is strong. We would always be worried and disturbed over matters that a weak house represents. A strong house may expedite matters. A weak house may delay them. An early marriage should be expected when the VII house from Venus/Jupiter, the karaka and the owner of the house are powerful. A weak house is not likely to bring about an early marriage or birth of children at normal juncture in life. The individual would have to wait for these events and he may suffer from much anxiety before, if at all, he gets the desired objective. A strong house can also withstand adverse influence. A weak house does not do so. A weak house would by itself be inclined to cause complications relating to its matters. When there is adverse influence too on it, matters relating to it would tend to go awry all the time. Further, a strong house with influence of Mercury shall tend to cause favourable results relating to matters represented by it appear early in life. A weak house under influence of Saturn shall delay matters. This is with respect to inherent strength of a house in the birth chart. Houses keep changing their strength according to transit positions of planets. This happens when the owner of the house is debilitated in transit or is in an inimical house, the house is occupied by an incompatible planet, etc. A house that is inherently strong shall show excellent results when it is stronger due to transits, a weak house at birth would cause much worry and distress when it gets weaker. All planets except the Sun and Moon own two houses. The strength of a house depends on the strength of its owner too. When the owner becomes exalted etc. in transit the house gains in strength. We will then have to determine as to which aspects of each of the houses that the planet owns would flourish. Here we take recourse to karakas. Let us take a concrete illustration. In Chart III-3 Jupiter owns the X houses from the ascendant and Saturn. Jupiter is related to the X house from Arudha lagna. Saturn is in a constellation of Jupiter. Jupiter therefore represents the profession of the individual. On August 13, 1996 Jupiter was in Sagittarius and therefore prima facie strong. The VII and X houses

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

100

too become stronger. On the basis of transit of Jupiter can we determine the specific aspect of life that would get a fillip? The transit chart is as follows: Transit Chart 1-7 Lagna

Navamsha

Planet Longitude

Owner/C Planet Longitude

Sun

3s26°54'0"

Mercury Venus 2s11°21'57" Rahu

Moon

3s14°40'33" Saturn

Saturn 11s13°3'30" Saturn

Mars

2s18°26'43" Rahu

Rahu

5s15°11'57" Moon

Merc

4s22°51'44"

Ketu

11s15°11'57" Saturn

Ascdt

2s8°54'05"

Venus

Jupiter 8s14°43'24" Venus

Owner/C

Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed. Jupiter is in sambandha with Saturn. It is thus related to the X

How to Time an Event

101

house from the ascendant and Saturn. It is related to the X house from the Arudha lagna. It is related to Saturn. Jupiter shows profession in transit. Therefore when Jupiter in transit is strong, it shall cause professional matters to improve. Specifically, when we are trying to determine the longevity in a chart, the strength of a house becomes of vital importance. When Saturn and the VIII houses from the ascendant, Arudha lagna and Saturn are strong, the individual will have a long life. The individual will not live long if Saturn and these houses are weak. 30. We should consider the following to determine the strength of a house: (i) The occupant of the house. In case the occupant is incompatible (debilitated in, inimical or highly inimical) with the owner of the house, such incompatibility would attract a negative point. If the occupant is a compatible planet (exalted in, intimately friendly or friendly) with the owner of the house, such compatibility will contribute a positive point. When the occupant is neutral to the owner, the contribution will be zero. (ii) The aspect of the owner of the house. Even a weak planet projecting aspect to its own house shall strengthen the house. This would contribute one positive point. (iii) The strength of the owner of the house should be taken into account to determine the strength of the house. (iv) A particular aspect of a house shall be considered strong if owner of the house is in sambandha with the karaka for that aspect. Suppose Jupiter owns the VII house and it is in sambandha with Venus in a male chart, the VII house shall be strong from the point of view of matters relating to married life. Such a house shall earn a positive point. (v) In case a house becomes strong due to the influence (occupation or aspect) of its owner, the other house where the second sign of the owner of the house falls also becomes strong. Each house in such a case shall earn a positive point. After analysing a house on the above lines we should total the positive and negative points. If the house has more positive than negative

102

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

points, it will be considered strong. The more net positive points it gets the stronger it shall deemed to be. The health of an aspect of life will depend on the strength of the three houses and the karaka that represents it. When the three houses and karaka are strong, matters pertaining to the house shall last long, function well and make the individual happy with respect to them. When the houses and the karaka are weak the individual will always remain worried on account of these matters, they will be temporary and shall not function well. Suppose we are considering the profession of an individual. When Saturn and the tenth houses from the ascendant, Arudha lagna and Saturn are powerful, despite adverse influence the profession of an individual will remain steady and progress satisfactorily. The individual will also be happy with his profession. It is not possible in most of the charts to have all these four elements strong. This is an ideal situation. Some of these elements could be strong and others not so strong. The result would therefore manifest proportionately. PRACTICAL HINT: A house shall be weak if no friendly planet occupies it; its owner is weak, and it is not related to its karaka.

On Houses 31. The houses have their basic characteristics and significations. These characteristics are helpful in deciphering the results of major and sub-periods. These characteristics should be clear in the mind at the time of analysing the results of the periods. Each house in a chart represents three categories of affairs. The houses in a chart relate to (a) the individual whose chart is under consideration. The I house represents the physical body of the individual, the environment at the time of his birth, his early days of life, etc. The II house stands for his wealth, his right eye, his speech, his childhood, etc. (b) The houses also relate to the affairs of various relatives of the individual. For example, the Arudha of the VII house from Venus is the ascendant for the first wife of a male individual. The twelve houses with respect to this ascendant would show entirely different matters for the

How to Time an Event

103

relative. In case the Arudha of the VII house from natal Venus is in the VI house, this is the ascendant for the first wife of the individual. The VII house from birth ascendant would relate to the wealth of the wife, her speech, her family, etc., whereas for the individual it would show his wife, prominence in society, partnership etc. The VIII house from birth ascendant for the wife would show her younger brothers and sisters, short journeys etc, but for the individual the house would stand for danger, humiliation, death etc. The IX house from birth ascendant would show home, domestic life, education, mother etc for the wife whereas this house would show the routine matters of the IX house for the individual. We can thus determine various aspects of life of the first wife of the individual in this manner from different houses in the chart of an individual that represent entirely different affairs for him. This is the variable relationship of the houses, (c) The houses also stand for certain mundane matters in the world. These are fixed. They do not change from one individual to another, or from one relative to another of an individual. We do not consider their Arudha in a chart. The planets confirm their specific universal nature when they are related with mundane houses. For example, when the Sun is related to the X house in a chart it shows government with reference to that particular individual. The Sun related to the VI house shows fire. The Moon, when related to the IV house, shows pregnant and lactating women. It also shows water. Mars when related to the VI house shows weapons and crime. It shows explosives when related to the VIII house. Mercury when related to the III house shows newspapers, journals, magazines, etc. Jupiter when related to the II house shows banks, to the V house it shows children. Venus when related to the IV house shows vehicles. Saturn, when related to the VI house shows epidemics. Rahu when related to the XII house shows jails. These are effects at the mundane level. However, this is only confirmatory. It does not mean that unless a karaka is related to a mundane house it shall not show that characteristic. But on the other hand in case the karaka is so related, it shall certain show the characteristic. When the Sun shows government and it is related to a Factor for profession, it will cause the profession of an individual to be related to government during the major-period of the Factor. The I house shows public health and home affairs. It also represents the general condition of the country (where an individual is born) as a whole, its people and

104

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

their general outlook, and the state of law and order. The II house stands for economics, mathematics, arts, painting, banking and revenue in general. The purchasing power of the people, financial stability, foreign exchange reserves, strength of currency, budget and balance of trade are also determined through this house. It also shows relationships within a country. The III house stands for railways, telegraph, postal department, public transport, military science, philosophy, journalism, physics, advertising, telecommunication and means of communication. It also shows relations with neighbouring countries, information technology and infra-structural facilities in the country. It governs authors and writers. The IV house stands for meteorology and mining. It also represents agriculture, animal husbandry, poultry, sociology, home science, civil or automobile engineering, and architecture. The house rules the national natural resources, landed properties, internal peace and tranquillity, general and political stability, natural calamities, educational institutions, welfare of pregnant and lactating women, housing and communal harmony. The V house stands for litterateurs, intellectuals, literature, epics, diplomacy, stock exchanges, child welfare and entertainment business. Armed forces, police, crime, national debts, epidemics, disease burden, services, sanitation, chemistry, biology, medical education and criminal law are represented by the VI house. The VII house stands for international relations, foreign and internal trade, and business management. The VIII house stands for major accidents, undertakers, life expectancy, insurance and provident funds, history, archaeology, occultism, and geology. Tourism, higher education, religion, law, judiciary and clergy are covered by the IX house. The X house stands for the government, public administration, and authority. The XI house represents planning, national income, civil society organizations and actuaries. It stands for astronomers and people dealing with incomes. The XII house stands for taxation, remote regions of the country, deficit financing, temples, hospitals, jails and asylums. The First house is the self (like the Sun). It is the house of beginning, birth or origin. Its relationship with a Factor for any aspect of life produces intimacy or attachment with or repulsion from that Factor. The relationship between the two will depend on the relationship between the two Factors. If they are mutually inimical, the relationship will not be cordial. If on the other hand the two Factors are mutually friendly, the relationship will be friendly. The self experiences the event relating to that aspect

105

of life. According to Prasna Marg a house that has relationship with the ascendant shall certainly yield the results. According to Phal Deepika Chapter 16 verses 31-32 an event will happen when the owner of the concerned house and that of the ascendant are related in transit. The personality will manifest its traits through the elements that it is related with. It will also display the experiences that the individual gets in life. As an illustration, when a Factor for physical self is related to a Factor for father, the individual could have strong influence of his father during the major-period of the Factor. The relationship between these two planets would be of interest, since incompatibility between the two would reflect incompatibility between the father and son. The house has affinity to study of military manoeuvres and psychology. This is the first house of the trinity of houses of Dharma. It represents religion and righteousness. A planet placed in or owning the house tends to produce religious sentiments and righteousness in its period. A planet that is related to most of the Dharma houses will in its period show results relating to it. We can say the same for other houses too. A planet related to most of the Artha, Kama or Moksha houses shall show their results. The Sun and Moon are related very closely to this house. The Second house shows'accretion and accumulation (like Jupiter). It is aggregation. It is indicative of early stages. It is also the result of efforts for material gains. It has affinity to the study of mathematics, economics and painting. This is the first house of the trinity of houses of Artha. This represents wealth. A planet related to the house is likely to give results relating to wealth. Mercury is related very closely to this house. The Third house is effort made by an individual. It shows enterprises and ventures of an individual (like Mars). It also indicates his inclination and hobbies. It is expressive of what the individual likes to do. It stands for communication and expression. This is the first house of the trinity of houses of Kama. It represents passions and desires. The Fourth house is the house that nurtures like a mother (like the Moon). It is the house of acquisitions. It is indicative of happiness and peace. It is also the nadir, and hence the end of an enterprise. This is the first house of the trinity of houses of Moksha (like Ketu). This represents emancipation from the cycle of rebirth.

106

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

The Fifth house shows creativity (like Jupiter), imagination and originality. It also shows the devotion of an individual to a cause. It may provide success to an enterprise without much effort. It represents romance, short-term attachments or relationships. It has the aspect of entertainment (like Venus) and chance inherent in it. It is closely related to training. This is also the house of diplomacy (like Rahu). This is the second house of the trinity of houses of Dharma. The Sixth house indicates conflict (like Mars) and obstacles (like Saturn). It is opposition, service, labour, anxiety, problems, inferiority, discipline, injury, austerity and disease. It represents alien element. Like Rahu it represents a stranger. This is the second house of the trinity of houses of Artha. The Seventh house indicates long-term relationship, partnership or attachment (like Venus). These attachments are more formal. This is the interface of the individual with others. This house brings the individual in public eye. It relates to business. This is the second house of the trinity of houses of Kama. The Eighth house indicates ships, secrets, death and the hidden. It represents major accidents (like Mars) and danger (like Saturn). It also represents the daily routine life of an individual. This is the second house of the trinity of houses of Moksha. The Ninth house is purity, piety, lawfulness, ethics, sincerity and righteousness (like Jupiter). It is a house of journeys that take an individual abroad (like Rahu) or on long inland journeys (like Jupiter). It cares and protects as a father (like the Sun). It gives sudden and unexpected success or righteousness to a matter that it is related to. It could also indicate help from father or elderly males in the family. This is the third house of the trinity of houses of Dharma. The Tenth house is the house of status (like the Sun), action and achievement. It is the zenith and culmination. The X house shows karmas in this life. When the owner of the X house is associated with Jupiter, the individual shall be highly religious and orthodox. In case the owner of the X house is in sambandha with Rahu, he will not be religious at all. This is the third house of the trinity of houses of Artha.

How to Time an Event

107

The Eleventh house is of gain and success. Thus, it is also expansion (like Jupiter). This is the third house of the trinity of houses of Kama. The Twelfth house is contraction (like Saturn). It is separation, depletion, restriction, negation and loss. It stands for oil fields and hospitals. This is the third house of the trinity of houses of Moksha. The Eastern Hemisphere is formed of houses 10th to 12th and 1st to 3rd. It focuses on matters of the self. Planets in the Eastern Hemisphere tend to impinge on the affairs of the self. The Western Hemisphere is formed of houses 4th to 9*. It focuses on matters of others. Planets in the Western Hemisphere tend to impinge on the affairs of the others. The Northern Hemisphere is formed of houses 1st to 6th. It focuses on private matters. Planets in the Northern Hemisphere tend to impinge on private matters. According to Sarvarth Chintamani Chapter 12 verse 27 all planets in the Northern Hemisphere point to long life of the individual. The Southern Hemisphere is formed of houses 7th to 12*. It focuses on public matters. Planets in the Southern Hemisphere tend to impinge on public matters. The First Quadrant (Spring) is formed of houses 1st to 3rd. It deals with matters of the private self. This is the most personal of the quadrants. Planets in these houses tend to show their results in spring and with respect to personal matters. The Second Quadrant (Summer) is formed of houses 4th to 6th. It deals with matters that make us learn the relationships and skills that prepare us for the world at large. Planets in these houses tend to show their results in summer. The Third Quadrant (Autumn) is formed of houses 7th to 9th. It deals with matters of the public. In this area we apply our relationship skills out in the social realm. Planets in these houses tend to show their results in autumn. The Fourth Quadrant (Winter) is formed of houses 10th to 12th. It deals with our acts and reaction to those acts in the world. Planets in these houses tend to show their results in winter.

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

108

On Constellations (Nakshatras) 32. The constellations are groups of fixed stars. Twenty-seven of them are taken into account in astrological considerations. The constellations are not confined to a sign in many cases. They overlap the signs. In such a situation the effect of the constellation changes with the sign to some extent. Krittika is one such case in point. It extends over Aries and Taurus. It starts at 26° 40' in Aries and ends at 10° in Taurus. Its presiding deity is Fire. The owner of Aries is also fiery. Therefore Krittika is extremely fiery in Aries. The owner of Taurus is Venus. Krittika in Taurus therefore turns into radiant splendour. Bharini, Aslesha, Magha, Poorva Phalguni, PoorvaAsadha, and Poorva Bhadrapada are cruel constellations. Ardra, Aslesha, Jyeshtha, and Moola are violent constellations. A planet inclined to give adverse results will do so with multiplied vigour when it occupies a cruel constellation. A planet inclined to cause violence shall be doubly so inclined when it occupies a violent constellation. The quality of a planet shall be promoted or modified according to the quality of the constellation. A fiery planet in a fiery constellation shall have its fiery nature enhanced several fold. Ashwini, Punarvasu and Poorva Bhadrapada have the tendency to multiply. The Moon, on an average, stays in each constellation for slightly longer than a day. Therefore, these are also called the Lunar Mansions. The extent of constellations and their owners are as follows: End points of Constellations 1. Ashwini

0s13° 20'

Ketu

14. Chitra

6s 6° 40'

Mars

2. Bharini

0s 26° 40'

Venus

15. Swati

6s 20°

Rahu

3. Krittika

1s 10°

Sun

16. Vishakha

7s 3° 20'

Jupiter

4. Rohini

1s 23° 20'

Moon

17. Anuradha

7s 16° 40'

Saturn

5. Mrigashira

2s 6° 40'

Mars

18. Jyeshtha

8s 0° 0'

Mercury

6. Ardra

2s 20°

Rahu

19. Mool

8s 13° 20'

Ketu

7. Punarvasu 3s 3° 20'

Jupiter

20. Poorvasadha 8s 26° 40'

Venus

8. Pushya

Saturn

21. Uttarasadha

Sun

3s 16° 40'

9s 10°

Contd.,.. on next page

109

Contd- from last page End points of Constellations 9, Aslesha

4s 0° 0'

Mercury

22. Shravan

9s 23° 20'

Moon

10. Magna

4s13° 20'

Ketu

23. Dhanishtha

10s 6° 40'

Mars

11. Poorva Phalguni

4s 26° 40'

Venus

24. Satbhisha

10s 20°

Rahu

12. Uttara Phalguni

5s 10°

Sun

25. Poorva Bhadrapada

11s 3° 20'

Jupiter

13.Hasta

5s 23° 20'

Moon

26. Uttara Bhadrapada

11s 16° 40' Saturn

27. Rewati

12s 0° 0'

Mercury

The constellations have certain characteristics. These are given below in a tabular form: Constellation Characteristics 1. Ashwini

Ashwini Kumars preside over it. Transport. Horse. Equestrian. Duality. Twins. Physician. A planet in this constellation can make one a successful physician. It represents both the knees. One eyed persons.

2. Bharini

Yama presides over it. Cruel. Cervix. Discipline. Justice. What deserves to be nurtured. A planet in the constellation could cause heart disease.

3.

Fire presides over it. Firearms (in the part of the constellation that falls in Aries). Waist.

Krittika

4. Rohini

Fixed. Venus and Brahma preside over it. Lord Shiva. Birth constellation of Lord Krishna. Coming into being. Ascendance. Living beings. Love for luxury and fine clothes. Effect in the end of the period. The Moon likes this constellation the best. Both the legs. Poor eyesight.

5. Mrigashira The Moon presides over it. Forest. Well behaved. Maternal instinct. A seeker. Both the eyes. One eyed person. Contd.... on next page

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

110

Contd.... from last page

Constellation Characteristics 6. Ardra

Rudra presides over it. Fierce. Crime. Violent. Skull. Wet. Lord Shiva. Kidney and urinary tract trouble. Head of hair. Blind.

7. Punarvasu Aditi, Mercury and the Moon preside over it. Movable. Mother of gods. Birth constellation of Lord Ram. Repetition. Restoration. Return. Truth. Generosity. Magnanimity. Purity. Fingers. 8. Pushya

Jupiter presides over it. To nourish. Prosperity. Mouth. Poor eyesight.

9. Aslesha

The Moon and serpent preside over it. Ketu is born in this constellation. Snake. Deviousness. Cruelty. Violent. Poison. Secretiveness. Nails of fingers. The owner of IX or X house in this constellation would cause obstruction and failures. When the ascendant or the Moon is in this constellation the individual tends to become wily. One eyed person.

10. Magha

The Sun and forefathers preside over it. Royalty. The Sun is best placed in this constellation. Magnanimity. Cruel. Radiance. Nose. Blind.

11. Poorva Phalguni

The Sun and Lord Shiva preside over it. Jupiter is born in this constellation. The upper lip. Cruel. Pleasure. Prosperity. Sensual satiety. The genitals (with Uttar Phalguni).

12. Uttara Phalguni

Fixed. The Sun and Mercury preside over it. Empathy with downtrodden. Scientific. Fixed. Helpful attitude. The genitals (with Poorva Phalguni). Poor eyesight.

13. Hasta

The Sun and Mercury preside over it. The Sun in this constellation gives ruling powers. Determination. Hands. Music. Possessive attitude. Magic. One eyed person.

14. Chitra

Vishwakarma, Mercury and Venus preside over it. Dexterity with hands. Creativity. Forehead. Fearfulness. Artist. Painter. Blind. Contd.... on next page

111

Contd... from last page

Constellation Characteristics 15.Swati

Air and Venus preside over it. Movable. Air. Restlessness. Inconstant wealth. Asceticism. Teeth.

16.Vishakha

Fire, Indra, Venus and Mars preside over it. Unscrupulousness. Intelligent individual. Loss through enemies. Active. When the Moon occupies this constellation the individual has indiscriminate sexual behaviour. Both the arms. Poor eyesight.

17. Anuradha

Mars presides over it. Friendly. Grateful. Heart. One eyed person.

18.Jyeshtha

Mars presides over it. Neck and middle finger. Authority. Tongue. Violent. Blind.

19. Mool

Demon Nairiti presides over it. Misfortune. Root. Basic nature. Violent. System of Indian herbal medicines (Ayurved). Both the feet.

20. Poorvasadha

Water presides over it. Matters relating to water and sea. Cruel. Extensiveness. Both the thighs (with Uttarasadha). Poor eyesight.

21. Uttarasadha Fixed. Jupiter and Saturn preside over it. Introspective. Wrestler. Magician. Painter. Self control. Soma rasa (a herbal intoxicant used in ancient India). Both the thighs (with Poorvasadha). One eyed person. 22. Shravan

Lord Vishnu presides. Birth constellation of Saraswati. Education. Scholarship. Hearing. Fine arts. Movable. Lord Vishnu. Disease in urethra. Both the ears.

23. Dhanishtha Movable. Inadequate sexual power. Unsympathetic to women. Unmarried status. Back of the human body. Prosperity. Poor eyesight. 24. Shatbhisa

Movable. Varun presides over it. Water bodies. Matters related to water. Dropsy. Concealment. Mania for cleanliness. Irritability. Both sides of the chin. Smile. One eyed person. Contd.... on next page

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

112

Contd.... from last page

Constellation Characteristics 25. Poorva Bhadrapada

Presided over by Rudra, Jupiter and Saturn. Cruel. Duplicity. Burning. Greed. The two sides of the body (with Uttara Bhadrapada). Blind.

26. Uttara Bhadrapada

Fixed. The funeral bier. Asceticism. Long journeys. Learning. The two sides of the body (with Poorva Bhadrapada)

27. Rewati

Animal husbandry. Foster parents. Birth constellation of Saturn. Rapid progress. Both the armpits. Abdomen. Poor eyesight.

The effect of each constellation is felt through a planet that occupies it or the one that owns it. As an illustration, suppose Mercury is a Factor for younger brothers and occupies Aries in Ashwini constellation. The individual may have twins as his younger siblings in its period. Mercury and Ashwini are both representatives of multiplication. Let us take another illustration. Suppose the Factor for mind is related to the Factor for sin and vice. Suppose one of the two Factors is in Ardra. This constellation also relates to crime and violence. The individual will have criminal tendencies. Each planet has ownership over three constellations. A constellation is divided in four charans (quadrants) of 3°20' each. A planet rules each charan. The ruler of a charan and the owner of the navamsha for that longitude are the same. Suppose a planet is at 25° in Gemini. It shall be in the second charan of Punarvasu constellation. The owner of the second charan is Venus. The owner of the navamsha sign in which the planet is situated shall also be Venus. Thus, it is very easy to determine the owner of the charan in which a planet is situated. The owner of the sign that the planet occupies in navamsha shall be the owner of the charan. Groups of nine constellations each have the same successive four rulers of charans. We know that the Sun and Moon own one sign each, and the other five planets own two signs each. The Sun and Moon own one charan each in two different groups of nine constellations each. Of the remaining five planets, each owns two charans in two different groups of nine constellations each. These groups of constellations have been stated in column number one of the table below. The constellations are indicated in the table by their serial

113

How to Time an Event

numbers. Thus, Ashwini has serial number one, Mrigshira has serial number five, Chitra has serial number fourteen, Rewati has serial number twenty-seven, etc. The order of constellations is fixed. The rulers of the charans are also fixed and they occur in the stated order. The rulers of charans are as follows: Rulers of charans of constellations Constellation Charan Charan Charan Charan I II III IV Numbers 1, 4, 7, 10, 13, Mars 16, 19, 22, 25 2, 5, 8, 11, 14, Sun 17, 20, 23, 26 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, Jupiter 18, 21, 24, 27

Venus

Mercury

Moon

Mercury

Venus

Mars

Saturn

Saturn

Jupiter

The charan is the minutest of the sign, constellation and charan. It is therefore felt that of the three the influence of the owner of the charan on the nature of the planet should be the most specific. We can therefore say that the influence of the navamsha could be the maximum though Parashar has kept the importance of the navamsha only slightly less than the sign. The constellation in which the Moon is situated at birth is called the Janma (birth) constellation. This is taken as the first constellation. The constellations get a new nature according to their location from the Janma constellation. This is indicated in the table below. Constellations as counted from the birth constellation (Janma) and their Janma

1

10

19

Favourable

Sampat

2

11

20

Favourable

Vipat

3

12

21

Adverse

Kshem

4

13

22

Favourable

Pratyari

5

14

23

Adverse Contd.... on next page

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

114

Contd.... from last page

Sadhaka

Constellations as counted from the birth constellation {Janma) and their 6 15 24 Favourable

Vadha

7

16

25

Adverse

Mitra

8

17

26

Favourable

Atimitra

9

18

27

Favourable

The first, tenth and nineteenth constellations from the first constellation shall be called the Janma constellation. The fifth, fourteenth and twenty-third constellations from the first constellation shall be Pratyari etc. When the Janma constellation is under influence of a favourable planet, the individual will have a good life generally. When there is bad influence on it, these results will be adverse. Prithuyasas says in his Horasara Chapter 31 that the owner of a constellation having an adverse and malefic planet shall show adverse results in its period. Bad influence on Janma constellation is likely to severely affect the health of the individual during an adverse transit. The influence on the constellation could be through association of a planet with the owner of the constellation or its aspect within the stipulated distance, or location of the planet in the constellation. Suppose the Janma constellation is Ardra. Rahu owns this. If Rahu is under adverse influence or an adverse planet occupies Ardra, the constellation will suffer and be considered to be under adverse influence. If the adverse influence is due to a planet at birth, the period of the planet that afflicts the constellation shall not be good. The influence on Sampat constellation shall determine the wealth of the individual. The owner of the Vipat constellation causes adversity when the constellation has bad influence on it. The owner of the Kshem constellation when the constellation is under good influence is capable of giving all the comforts and happiness to the individual. The owner of the Pratyari constellation when the constellation is under bad influence will cause enmity and opposition. The owner of the Sadhak constellation when the constellation is under good influence will give success and prosperity. The owner of the Vadha constellation shall be dangerous if the owner of the constellation has bad influence on it. The owner of the Mitra or Atimitra constellation under good influence will cause generally favourable time for the individual.

115

The charan of the mid-point of the first house and influence on it shall be instrumental to determine the nature, constitution, health and complexion of the individual. If the owner of the charan falls in the V, IX or XI house, the individual will be happy, prosperous and fortunate in life. If the afflicted, weak or badly placed owner of the charan is in the VI house, the individual will be involved in disputes and enmity in his life. The individual may not keep good health too. When the afflicted, weak or badly placed owner of the charan of the mid-point of the ascendant is in the VIII house, the individual will face obstacles, adversities and major accidents. When the afflicted, weak or badly placed owner of the charan is in the XII house, the individual is likely to face separations and losses in life. When an adverse, afflicted, weak or badly placed Saturn owns the charan, the position of the individual in society is likely to be menial; if it is the favourable Sun, the status could be exalted, etc.

On Planets in Signs 33. The effect of a planet in a sign has been described with special reference to the characteristics of signs in paragraph 20. More on this can be deduced in the following manner: (A) Planets are exalted in certain signs and are similarly debilitated in others. When a planet is placed in a sign in a birth or navamsha chart where another planet is exalted, and the planet is related to that planet, the effect of the planet that would be exalted in the sign shall be visible in a positive manner in the period of the planet occupying the sign. For example, when the Sun goes to Capricorn, it would be in an incompatible earth element and an inimical sign. Therefore, the Sun would be inclined to adopt unsavoury results of other prominent planets. Mars is exalted here. It will give much aggression, energy and drive to the Sun if the Sun is related to it, whereas Jupiter is debilitated here. The debilitation of Jupiter shall cause rashness in the individual as the balance and sobriety imparted by Jupiter shall be absent in case the Sun has a relationship with Jupiter. The period of the Sun shall show these characteristics. The aggression and imbalance shall basically

776

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

relate to the house that the Sun occupies. This analysis should be done both for the birth and navamsha charts. The sum of the results of location of a planet in the two charts (navamsha and birth) should be taken. Both Jupiter and Mars are happy in Aquarius. The result of the Sun in this sign of Saturn will therefore be better than that in the other sign since Aquarius is an airy sign and the element fire of the Sun is friendly with the element of the sign. Further, Jupiter is well placed in this sign. The imbalance expected of Jupiter in Capricorn shall be absent. The aggression of Mars shall also be modified. The individual will be balanced and dynamic. (B) A house will show the characteristics of the matter according to the planets that are either exalted or debilitated in that house if the house is not occupied by a planet. To a lesser extent such planets that are in a compatible sign in that house shall also lend their positive characteristics. Those planets that are in an incompatible sign shall provide negative qualities. Let us take an illustration. Suppose the Factor for father is in Aries. Here the Sun is exalted. This is a dry and fiery sign. So, the father of the individual shall be thin but muscular of build. He will be dignified and related to government. Since Saturn is debilitated here, he may have problems from servants and may face many obstacles in life. Again suppose the Factor for status is in Taurus. This is an earthy sign. The Moon is exalted in this sign and this is the sign of Venus. The Moon and Venus are both watery and therefore friendly with the element of the sign. The individual may do well in the field of arts, he may be wealthy and women may help him in attaining high status and fame. Further, suppose the Factor for mind is in Cancer. This is a watery sign. Here Mars is debilitated and its element is not compatible with that of the sign. Jupiter is exalted here and in a compatible element. Therefore, the individual will be irritable and short tempered but he will be scholarly, and broad-minded. We know that the relevant house from a karaka shows some of the same significations that the karaka shows. The VI house from Mars shows injury and enmity. Mars in Aquarius will make

How to Time an Event

117

the individual prone to injuries as the VI house from Mars indicates injuries and being Cancer, Mars itself would be debilitated and in an incompatible element there. The IV house from Mercury shows education. Mercury in Gemini is good for education since Virgo is the sign of its exaltation and the elements of the sign and planet shall be the same. Jupiter is exalted in Cancer. This would be the II house from Mercury that shows speech. A person with Mercury in Gemini will therefore talk sensibly and soberly. The II house from Jupiter indicates wealth and XI from it income. Jupiter in Virgo will see the individual getting rich in the second part of his life since Saturn is exalted in Libra and he may earn through matters signified by the Moon, as it would be in its own sign in Cancer. Such an individual cannot hope to get any financial benefit out of the government. When Venus is in Taurus, the VII house shall be Scorpio where Rahu is debilitated. The individual having Venus in Taurus may be sexually promiscuous. Saturn in Gemini may cause disease in the breast or a disturbed or worried mind since the Moon is debilitated in Scorpio. Rahu is also debilitated here. The individual could suffer from a disease that may not be easily diagnosed. Saturn in Aries will cause insufficient mental calibre, grief and disappointment since the VIII house from Saturn shall be Scorpio and the Moon shall again be debilitated here. Rahu in Cancer causes pleasant journeys to developed countries, as Venus is exalted in Pisces, which is the IX house from Cancer. Rahu in Leo is bad for journeys abroad to under developed countries since Saturn shall be debilitated in the IX house from Rahu. Rahu in Virgo is good for cruises and journeys overseas as the Moon is exalted in Taurus. Such journeys would bring happiness to him. The XII house from Ketu indicates spiritual progress and emancipation from the cycle of rebirths. Ketu in Sagittarius keeps the individual worried over lack of progress in spiritual field since the Moon is here debilitated in the XII house from Ketu. (C) The sign has certain significations. For example, Pisces stands for duality. The significations of the planet shall interact with such significations of the sign. The individual may have several

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

778

bosses in case the Sun is in Pisces. (D) The influence of a planet on a sign is equally important. The planet shall influence the part of the body indicated by the sign. Saturn in Taurus shall produce a thin neck. Jupiter in Cancer will cause heavy breasts. (E) Take the owner of the sign occupied by a planet as associated with it. For example, if the Sun goes to Pisces, it will give the results of an association with Jupiter. This is productive of a rajyoga. These results shall be modified by the considerations below. (F) The element of the planet and of the sign shall act on each other. Thus, if the Sun goes to Pisces, it will improve the spiritual element in the individual. Since Pisces is a watery sign, it shall douse the fire of the Sun, as compared to Sagittarius, which is a fiery sign. The Sun in Pisces shall tend to make the individual more intellectual and philosophical, but not outgoing and dominant. (G) A planet in debilitation or just out of debilitation shall not be able to give as good results as when it is about to be exalted or actually in exaltation. The Sun in Sagittarius would be just out of its debilitation, whereas in Pisces it shall be about to be exalted. A weak planet tends to give more of its adverse results. From this we derive the following conclusion. (H) (i) When a planet is weak in a sign, its period will not be productive of good and happiness. It will be inclined to cause unhappy developments relating to the houses that it is related to, and to matters that relate to its karakatwa. Even when it is inclined to cause good with respect to certain matters that could be determined through paragraph (ii) below, the positive result would be severely curtailed. We can determine positive results of a period in the same way. When a planet is powerful in a sign, the good would outweigh the adverse. (ii) A planet gives results relating to an event only when the planet is related to the karaka for the event. A planet shall cause birth of a child in its period only when it is related to Jupiter. The inclination of a planet to give a

119

particular result shall be generated through its relationship with the karaka for that event. This inclination will be favourable or otherwise according to the strength of the karaka in the sign that the planet occupies. To clarify, let us suppose that the period of Saturn is current, and it is related to Jupiter. Saturn could thus be inclined to give wealth. Suppose Saturn is in Leo sign in the birth chart and in Scorpio navamsha. Jupiter shall be in congenial circumstances in both these signs. Saturn shall be inclined to give wealth in its period. Let us now suppose that Saturn is related to Venus. Venus is not happy in both these signs. Saturn shall not give good results relating to the karakatwa of Venus. Saturn itself is not happy in these signs. All such adverse matters for which Saturn itself is the karaka shall appear rather strongly in the period, but good relating to the karakatwa shall be suppressed. The individual may in this period face losses, separations, deprivations etc. strongly but very little of good would be seen relating to his profession etc. It would be better if the strength of the concerned karaka is determined in the sign in which the period planet is placed before any conclusion is drawn. Thus if we wish to determine the ability of Saturn to give wealth in its period, we should determine the strength of Jupiter in Leo in the above illustration.

On Marakas 34. Longevity is to be determined by the strength of karaka Saturn, and the three VIII houses from the ascendant, Arudha lagna and Saturn. Life will be long when these elements are strong, and short when weak. Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chaukhamba Edition Chapter 20 verse 6 is of much relevance. It says that when the owners of the ascendant, VIII and X houses and Saturn are placed in angles, triangles or in the XI house, the individual would be long lived. This rule is helpful firstly to countercheck the conclusion derived through the generic rule stated

120

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

above and, secondly to get an approximation of the longevity of any of the relatives of the individual. Suppose we wish to find the longevity for the first wife. We first determine the Arudha of the VII house from Venus. We treat this as the ascendant for the wife and take the VIII and X houses from it. We then see if the owners of the house acting as the ascendant for the wife and VIII and X houses from it and Saturn are placed in the houses as stated in the rule from the acting ascendant or otherwise. We can assess proportionate longevity accordingly. We should keep in mind that the above only gives an indication as to when the longevity is likely to come to an end. We should therefore look for the period of the Factor for death around that time. A planet that is a Factor for end, separation, denial, depletion, expenditure etc. shall end longevity in its major-period, if it is also related to the Factor for longevity. We know that the Factor for end is a planet that is related to Saturn and the three XII houses from the ascendant, Arudha lagna and Saturn. It is seen that many a time a person does not die even during the major-period of a Factor for depletion that influences a Factor for longevity. If the aspect of longevity in a chart is strong (owing to the strength of the three houses) a Factor for depletion will not be able to cause death in early years of life. If longevity is poor, death will happen in early years. We take the XII house from Saturn. We determine the Arudha of this house. We then take the VIII house from Saturn. We determine the Arudha of this house. A planet that is related to these two houses and Saturn shall bring the life of the individual to an end. It will be a maraka. A Factor for death must also be a maraka. A Maraka Factor for death will be the planet that would cause death when longevity has come to an end. It is noticed that when the Arudhas of the VIII and XII houses from natal Saturn are strongly related to each other and Saturn is related to both of them, the life of the individual would be short. We take the VIII house from Mars. We determine the Arudha of this house. When a planet determined to be the maraka in the manner stated above (it is related to the Arudhas of the VIII and XII houses from Saturn) is also related to Mars and the Arudha of the VIII house from Mars, it will cause death of the individual in a violent manner. A

How to Time an Event

121

maraka planet determined in the manner stated above related to Mercury and the Arudha of the III house from Mercury shall cause the individual to take his own life. This is thus a formula for suicide. We now state the periods that are likely to bring about the death of the individual. Before attempting to predict the end of the life of the individual, his longevity should be assessed. Death will occur when the major-period of a maraka Factor for depletion that is afflicting a Factor for longevity runs. A Factor for depletion that is not afflicting a Factor for longevity shall not cause death. A Factor for longevity afflicted by a Factor for depletion may also cause death in its major-period. It is seen that a planet that is likely to kill is a Factor for longevity or loss related to one of loss or longevity respectively. The sub and inter-periods in which death would take place shall be discussed in an appropriate chapter. A reference may be made to the analysis for Chart II-4. We will now consider the traditional indications for death. If the planets that we have determined through the above method also relate to these indications, their propensity to bring the life of an individual to a close would be very strong. The determination of longevity according to the astrological tradition has been dealt with in detail in our work on predictive astrology. Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra deals with marakas in Chapter 44. The third constellation from the birth constellation is called the Vipat constellation. The fifth constellation from the birth constellation is called the Pratyari constellation. The seventh constellation from the birth constellation is called the Vadha constellation. According to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 44 verses 15-16 when the life span has been determined to be short, the death of the individual will take place in the period of the owner of the Vipat constellation in birth chart. In case the longevity is medium the death is likely in the period of the owner of the Pratyari constellation, and when the longevity is long, the individual will die in the period of the owner of the constellation of Vadha. The malefic owner of the XII house may cause death. A beneficial owner of the house will only cause disease according to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chapter 44 verse 18. The same may be said of the owner of the VII house.

122

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

A Node placed in the XII house shall act as a maraka according to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chapter 44 verse 22 to 24. A Node in association with a maraka or in the VII from it will act as a maraka according to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chapter 44 verse 22 to 24. Rahu shall be a maraka planet for the individual born in Scorpio or Capricorn ascendant according to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chapter 44 verse 22 to 24. A movable sign in the III house will cause death at a place away from home. A fixed sign in the house will cause death at home, and a common sign will cause death while on journey according to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chapter 44 verse 34. Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra traces the cause of death to the III and VIII houses. It first deals with the III house. Influence of a planet through occupation of the house or aspect to it will determine the issue. The cause of death according to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chapter 44 verses 25 to 31 shall be the government or cardiac arrest if the Sun occupies or projects an aspect to the house. It shall be lung disease if the Moon influences the house in this manner. When the planet influencing the III house is Mars, the cause of death shall be injury, boil, accident, weapon or fire. In case it is Mercury, death shall be caused by fever. Jupiter will cause tumour, oedema etc. leading to death. Venus will cause death through venereal disease or urinary or kidney trouble. Saturn or Rahu causes death through water, fire, poison, incarceration or fall. The sage does not refer to aspect to the VIII house when he traces the cause of death through the house. He only talks of occupation of the house by a planet. When the Sun occupies the VIII house death will be caused through fire; the Moon, by water; Mars, by weapon; Mercury, by fever; Jupiter, by disease; Venus, of hunger; and, Saturn, by thirst.

On Ascendants 35. Each sign in the ascendant or Arudha lagna imparts some strength

How to Time an Event

123

or weakness to the life and personality of the individual. The strength or weakness indicated is offset to a very large extent if the karaka and the Factors representing the relevant aspects are strong. It is useful to study the areas of strength and weaknesses in a chart through the signs in the ascendant and Arudha lagna when a horoscope is taken up for analysis and prediction. We can be careful in our analysis of birth chart if we know the strong and weak points of a chart and be on the lookout for specific areas of favourable and unfavourable tendencies that are likely to manifest for that chart. When good influence in the chart supports favourable tendencies, even comparatively slight such support will significantly produce the favourable characteristics in the individual or in his life. The same mutatis mutandis can be said for adverse tendencies. Further, an adverse tendency inherent to an ascendant will take more than the usual favourable influence to subside. What is stated below are strength and weakness for each sign in the ascendant or Arudha lagna in the purest form. Aries: This individual will be prone to accidents, libel, disgrace and disappointments. There could be certain secretiveness in him and he could be morally depraved. He may be addicted to vices. He is likely to have weakness for the opposite sex. He could be of passionate nature. This sign in the ascendant makes the spouse of the individual too prone to sexual promiscuity. He will be dignified and of a strong nature, but he could be irritable and unhappy in his old age. The family of the individual of this sign is likely to be closely related to his marriage or in partnership. His wife could have close influence on his family. He could easily and successfully take to practice of medicine when Mercury occupies Taurus or Aquarius. The individual is to gain or lose wealth from his marriage, partnership or from abroad. The individual will be able to accumulate wealth. He will incur enmity on account of his younger siblings. He may develop trouble in his upper chest, shoulders or ears. A weak or afflicted Moon could seriously jeopardise his mental peace and domestic tranquillity. He may have a broad chest. He may be broad minded and generous. The female of this sign tends to have a large bust. Sexual misconduct is possible and diseases originating from such indiscretion appear easily. Trouble through women too is common. His maternal uncles will also do well in life. He finds it difficult to adjust to a wife who comes from a family superior to his. A weak or afflicted Sun in the chart will indicate

124

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

that the father of the individual will face misfortune in his life. The individual with this sign can suffer loss due to property. The Sun when exalted will give exceedingly good results. The individual will be healthy and renowned. The Sun in Gemini will make the individual the eldest or youngest child of his parents. He will become powerful in life through written word or other means of communication. He may have some trouble in domestic life due to his mother. The Sun in Cancer will make the individual mentally tense. It may cause poor relations with the father. It is not good for the father here. The individual will be courageous but of a quick temper. He may be of romantic nature. The location of the Sun in its own sign is very good. This location of the Sun may not be good for children. He will be intelligent and highly connected. There may be some adverse influence on the profession or status of the individual when the period of the Sun is current. The Sun when debilitated will make the individual romantic in nature and he may face dishonour due to his weakness for the opposite sex. The individual may be sickly. It is adverse for the welfare of the family of his wife. The location of the Sun in Sagittarius makes the individual wealthy, scholarly and highly placed. His father will also be fortunate. The Moon, when exalted is exceedingly good for wealth. He may have a large family. He will be handsome. The good results will be accentuated if the distance between the Sun and the Moon is more than 72°. The Moon in Gemini will give literary hobbies to the individual. He will travel over short distances. The Moon when debilitated is dangerous to the individual for his life and mental well-being. He and his mother may both be short lived. He may suffer from penury. Mars in its own mooltrikona sign will confer high status and authority on the individual. He will also have some physical trouble in the stomach. Mars, when debilitated will cause mental tension and loss of domestic happiness. Mars in the VII house is generally criticised. If will give adverse results for this ascendant in case Mercury is afflicted or weak in the chart. Mars will however make the individual highly sexed. He will be attached to his spouse. Mars in Scorpio will give wealth and favourable results. Affliction of Mars here may make the spouse short lived and predecease the individual. The association of the Sun and Mercury in birth chart too shall prompt Mars to give good results. If the Sun and Saturn associate in birth chart or Mercury influences Mars, the results will be adverse. It may then cause trouble for the elder siblings. The individual will be wealthy but his parents will not be happy. Mars

How to Time an Event

125

when exalted will cause rajyoga, but if Mercury influences it, its influence on the younger siblings will be adverse. The individual will show contrary characteristics in case Mars occupies Pisces. He will display religiousness but shall also be of violent or criminal nature. The individual himself will however be safe from sudden events like accidents. Mars here will give unfavourable results for the children of the individual if Jupiter is unsatisfactory in a birth chart. Mercury in Virgo will grant success to the individual. He will do well at publishing or printing business. The individual will be a good author when Mercury occupies Libra. This location of Mercury, provided Venus does not occupy Sagittarius, shows that the individual will have successful relationships, particularly with the opposite sex. Venus afflicted or weak in a birth chart or occupying Sagittarius and Mercury in Libra could make a male individual impotent. It is easy for an Aries individual to travel abroad when Jupiter is in Gemini. Such an individual will also earn well from his profession. His efforts will succeed when Jupiter is well placed and powerful in a birth chart. The elder siblings of an individual may suffer adverse financial conditions when Jupiter occupies Virgo. The individual himself may suffer from financial difficulties. He will face difficulties in his profession when Jupiter is debilitated. Jupiter in Pisces will be favourable. The individual will be wealthy but dispassionate. This individual will earn immense wealth from his profession if Saturn is powerful and well placed in the birth chart. It will be further so in case Saturn occupies Aquarius. Taurus: The individual will be of competitive nature. He will have the ability to rise high as a doctor or an officer in the armed forces. He is likely to be in service. He and his wife are liable to suffer from ill health, injuries, litigation or the government. He will be likable and happy. He will be a polished speaker. His job may involve advising highly placed persons. He will earn his wealth too from such activity. He may have to work hard to accumulate much wealth. He will be attached to his family. His children are likely to do well if Mercury is free of affliction and placed well in the chart. He will have to travel over short distances regularly and stay away from home. He will have a large number of siblings. He will not be able to exercise authority away from the place of his birth. He is generally the youngest among the siblings. His father could have led his life away from his place of birth. He does very well in service. He could be broad minded and generous. He will have a logical and incisive mind. He stands to lose through love affairs. His marital relationship

126

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

could be cause of worry. He may lose through women. His father may be in a position where he could exercise authority. He may suffer from heart or stomach ailments. The Sun in the XII house would have the potential to give him a high executive post. The Moon in the ascendant would relate his mother to a high family. She will be highly educated when the Moon occupies the II house. She will be well educated, extremely religious and of spotless character when the Moon occupies Virgo. In such a situation the Moon will cause travelling over short distances for consultancies. The individual will also be of a broad and balanced mind when the Moon occupies the V house. Mars in the ascendant is indicative of the fact that he will have no younger siblings. This location of Mars reduces physical courage in the individual. Even debilitated Mercury will be highly favourable from the point of view of wealth. A powerful and well-placed Sun could make the individual high and pure minded. He may have changing hobbies. He may take or lose interest in his enterprises from time to time. His wife may be of extravagant nature. The married life will be a weak area. He may be separated from his wife. His wife may predecease him. A powerful Venus that is placed well in a birth chart is a pre-requisite for a good and long married life. His partnerships may not flourish. The individual is prone to develop weakness for sex specially when Mars occupies Virgo or influences Venus. He may feel restriction on his income for some time. He may be indebted. There may be some failures for him. He will be long lived. He will get a job without effort. He will have high status in society. He may get windfalls in his profession. He will be well known abroad. He will be well behaved and will live within the social norms. The Sun in Libra would make the individual a misfit in government service. He may also suffer from poor health. The individual will live away from home when the Sun is exalted. Such location of the Sun will also make the individual a spendthrift. The Moon in the I house will be exalted. When it is more than 72° away from the Sun, it shall be a favourable planet for the birth chart and shall make the individual rise high in life. He will also be wealthy and famous. Otherwise, he may suffer from disease in the chest or lungs. The individual will not have a good married life if the birth is in the dark fortnight and the Moon is debilitated. The younger siblings of the individual will have a difficult life when Mars is debilitated. The individual too will have unsatisfactory childhood. His wife may keep poor health. An exalted or even a debilitated Mars will take the individual abroad.

How to Time an Event

127

The individual may marry a person of a different background than himself when Mars is close to the sensitive point of the ascendant. Venus in Gemini makes the individual religious and wealthy. His wealth will be earned through righteous means. He may earn through his writings too. Venus in Virgo may cause romantic relationships. It may also make the individual sexually promiscuous. It is however not good for the physical well being of the children. Saturn in Cancer will be inclined to take the individual abroad, particularly if it influences Rahu or Mars. Saturn, when debilitated, will be a disaster. The individual will be morally depraved, short lived and may have trouble in his eyesight. Gemini: The individual will love his home. He will have an urge to learn. He will do well at studies. He will lead a mental life. He will also lead a comfortable life. He will have vehicles. He may be close to his mother. He is likely to have immovable property. His mother shall aspire for a high status. He may be separated from his children. He will spend on his children. If the V houses and their owners from the ascendant and Jupiter are weak or afflicted, the individual is likely to lose a child. He may be interested in the occult and mantra knowledge. He will be in service. He may also make money through taking loans. Wealth through wife or partnership is possible. He may have little aesthetic sense. He will do well at his studies. There may be some tension in his relationship with his elder siblings. Some of his friends may turn cold and even inimical. He may suffer from stomach trouble. He will be worried on account of enemies, disease and debts. He will form partnership with highly placed persons. His partnerships will flourish. He may work abroad too, or he may become famous there. His wife may be a dignified, religious, sincere, pure and high-minded person. His married life should be on an even keel. He may face setbacks in life particularly when Saturn occupies Capricorn. In such a situation, his father too may face setbacks and losses in life; he may live away from the place of his birth and also pass away at an alien place. He may gain from his father or government. The individual may face obstacles in his religious life and may not find success commensurate to his religious efforts. His children will be handsome, intelligent and well educated. This sign in the ascendant is good only for average prosperity. The wealth of the individual may wax and wane.

128

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

Cancer: The individual will be moody and his health may suffer if the Moon is under adverse influence. The individual will be wealthy in case the Moon is exalted in the birth chart or the Sun occupies its own sign. He will suffer from disease in the stomach if the Moon is debilitated. The influence of Jupiter on such a Moon will exacerbate the problem. His speech will be impressive. He may travel a lot and may stay away from home. Mars will raise the individual to a high status in life if it is powerful. He will have opportunity to have close interaction with higher echelons of society through his profession. His children could also have good status. Mars in Gemini will be dangerous for the left eye of the individual. When Venus is strongly disposed in birth chart, the individual is likely to acquire vehicles. It will contribute to increase in the longevity of the father of the individual. The individual may live with his maternal uncle if the Moon occupies Pisces. The maternal relatives of the individual will influence him closely if Jupiter is exalted. His father could be highly placed in service. The individual is prone to face trouble from lawfully constituted authority. The location of Jupiter in Cancer is an indication that he will do well in worldly or spiritual life. We know that the Sun, Mars, Venus and Saturn are physical planets. Therefore if these or most of these planets are powerful in a birth chart and Jupiter occupies the ascendant the individual is likely to do well in worldly life. On the other hand, when the Moon, Saturn and the Nodes are powerful, he is going to excel in spiritual life. A contact between Mars and Jupiter shall make the individual religious. The married life of the individual will be delicate or short. It could easily be disturbed. The individual will need a good Venus and Saturn to tide over this weak area in his chart. Venus in Pisces is excellent for scholarship, wealth and good fortune for the individual. The location of Saturn in Aries will destroy the married life of the individual. If the Moon occupies Aries, Gemini, Libra or Capricorn when Saturn is debilitated, the individual will remain unmarried in life. The debilitation of Saturn is highly adverse for the life of the individual. He will not live long. Though Saturn would be exalted in Libra, it will cause some complex in the personality of the individual. Leo: The individual will be a natural leader and shall attain a high position through his own efforts. He will travel a lot. He may have several sources of income. It could also be from intellectual or communication work. He may like his work. He could be an intellectual. His parents may be close to each other. He shall be lucky in property

How to Time an Event

129

matters. He may have a limited number of children and may face worries and trouble on account of them. He may find it difficult to have good relations with highly placed persons in society. He may not be successful at games of chance and speculation. The individual could have cardiac trouble if a waning Moon occupies Sagittarius in a birth chart. His interpersonal relationship may be weak. He will face opposition in public life. Like Cancer, his married life too shall be the weak area in his birth chart. There could be marital discord. His spouse may keep poor health. However, his spouse may have cordial relations with his family. It will be difficult for him to work in a partnership. The trouble in marriage and partnership will be further accentuated if the Sun occupies Aquarius. He could become prosperous through his profession when Mercury occupies Taurus. His father may not like his profession. His father will face adverse times in life when Mars occupies Aries in the chart. Mars in Capricorn is good for the education of the individual. There will however be breaks in his education. He will work hard at studies. Virgo: When Mercury is not under adverse influence in the birth chart, the acts of the individual will be beyond reproach. The individual will face severe discord in his married life when Mercury is debilitated in a birth chart. The individual will gain wealth without much effort. He could be a polished and scholarly speaker. His father will have close influence on the family of the individual. The influence could be destructive in nature if the Sun is debilitated in a birth chart. He is likely to face reverses and failures in his efforts. His relations with his younger siblings may not be happy. Females will play an important role in the life of this individual. His wife will make a home for him. She could be related to the field of education. Mars in Pisces could cause danger to the life of the spouse. The Sun in Pisces will cause severe dissensions in marriage. Jupiter in Leo is indicative of an unfortunate married life. The Sun in debilitation will accentuate it further and shall ruin the family life altogether. Venus in Aquarius will tend to jeopardise the character of the spouse. It will be confirmed if Rahu joins Venus there. The Moon in Sagittarius will be a good sign for scholarship and a happy life for the mother. The individual born with Virgo rising may face trouble from his children or highly placed persons. His children could keep poor health. There may be changes in the quantum of his income from time to time. This would be particularly true if a waning Moon occupies Taurus. Venus in Libra

130

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

shall grant wealth, status and beauty. Saturn in Capricorn could cause hearing defect and poor health in the children of the individual. The individual could marry twice in case Saturn is exalted in a birth chart. Such a Saturn is not good for the children of the individual. The individual may misappropriate money. Libra: This individual will be prone to suffer from trouble in urinary or reproductive tract. He could also meet with a fatal accident. He could turn scholarly and may be inclined to take up research. He may be friendly with the family of his spouse. The Sun in exaltation will help the individual make substantial gains through his spouse or partner. His wife could be from a wealthy and well-known family. Partnerships could bring wealth to him. He could have a strong libido. Mars in Cancer could harm him professionally. A waxing Moon in Taurus could substantially take care of his profession and longevity. Jupiter in Aquarius is good for scholarship. He could be a good teacher. The individual having Libra in the ascendant could also start a business with his family members. He could be a surgeon. His relations with his younger siblings may not be happy. His ventures could cause disputes and litigation. The individual could have defect in his hearing or trouble in his ear when Jupiter is afflicted in a birth chart. He will have good aesthetic sense, and may train as an artist. His profession may change from time to time. If he attains to power, it may be through mass appeal, Mercury in Sagittarius or Gemini may take the individual abroad. A foreign connection may be beneficial for him. The individual will settle down in a foreign country when a powerful Venus occupies Aries. He will have passionate relationships. He may have highly placed friends. Mercury in Sagittarius will be favourable for the father of the individual. Venus in Pisces will draw the individual to sexual promiscuity. Venus in Taurus will cause venereal disease and trouble. Saturn in Taurus will deprive the individual of its yogakaraka good results. He may face severe problems in his career. Scorpio: He is prone to injuries and harm that his enemies could cause to him. He could also be unreliable. He may be close to his maternal uncle. He will have a happy family life. He may earn through gambling, speculation or entertainment. He could also talk well. He would like to see his children well integrated in his family. He may be a good student in his early years. He may change residence. He may be able to gain

131

property through his own efforts. There may be separation from spouse. He may also have a roving eye and a weakness for the opposite sex. There may be extra-marital relationships. Venus in Capricorn could take him abroad. There may be some difficulty in his marriage. There may be perverted sex urge in case Venus is under the influence of Mars. The elder siblings of the individual may face a hard time in life. There may be financial gain through insurance or legacies. The time will not always be the same for him. He may have both windfalls and hardships. Much will depend on the condition of the Sun and Jupiter for him. If these planets are good and powerful, he may reach a high position, otherwise there may be trouble from authority and law. These planets can be good for him if they occupy signs, constellations and navamshas of planets that are well placed. Keeping the dictum in Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 24 verse 114 in mind the individual will face trouble on account of his father if the Sun is exalted. This will be particularly so in case Jupiter is debilitated in the chart. He will not be prosperous and shall face trouble due to his enemies. The waning Moon in Taurus will cause marital problems. If a Node or Saturn is associated with the waning Moon in Taurus, the spouse of the individual will have extra marital relations. A waxing Moon will be wholly favourable here. A waxing Moon in Aries would make one a kind hearted doctor. It will also be favourable for health and debts. Mars in Leo will cause breaks in education but it will give prosperity in its period. Mercury in debilitation will cause the individual to have a large number of daughters. It will make the individual gain competence in languages. Jupiter in Gemini will separate the individual from his father. He will live away from his father. The individual will suffer from trouble in the ear. His ability to procreate may also suffer a setback. It may however cause the individual to gain through inheritance. Saturn in Aries will cause early demise of the mother of an individual. Saturn in Capricorn will be troublesome to the younger siblings of the individual. Brihat Parashar Mora Shastra Chapter 14 verse 14 says that Saturn in the III house shall destroy the individual's younger brothers. It is however noticed that since Saturn in such a location shall be in an even sign, it will not kill the younger brothers but may cause much trouble to them. Sagittarius: This individual is studious and interested in educating himself to the utmost. He will also be close to his mother. He will respect his father. He will love his home. He will be balanced and scholarly. He

132

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

may be interested in religion and ancient literature. He may be interested in teaching. When the Moon occupies Sagittarius, the individual will like to have a peaceful life. The individual having this sign in the ascendant will have wealthy younger siblings. The Moon in Pisces will cause a break in education. When a waxing Moon is in Aries, the individual will first have an able son followed by a daughter. In case the Moon is waning, he will have children with difficulty. Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 14 verse 14 says that the Sun in the IN house shall destroy the individual's elder brothers. The death of elder brother takes place before the individual completes his 22nd year. The Sun in an even sign in such a location does not kill elder brothers but causes much trouble to them. The individual may get involved in litigation with his elder brother. Sun in the V house will act as a catalyst for spiritual and temporal progress of the individual. The individual having this sign in the ascendant could be fond of music and may have some talent in this field. He may not always be successful in his efforts. He will be hard working. He could be reserved. Mars in Capricorn could make him prone to suffer from thefts. He could also have trouble in his teeth or eyes. To the individual having Sagittarius in the ascendant speculation or games of chance may not yield good results. His children may stay away from him or cause worry and unhappiness to him. He will be in contact with highly placed persons abroad. A Sagittarian usually works for others. He could earn money through interest. When Saturn is related to Venus or the VI house the individual could become a physician. He may have a highly placed spouse. He could also develop close relationships with highly placed persons in public life. He may face danger from water if the Moon is afflicted or badly placed. Jupiter in Pisces will keep the individual happy. Capricorn: The individual will be wealthy. He will be very careful with his money. Saturn in Libra will bring plenty of wealth through the profession of the individual. He may be close to his family and solicitous of their welfare. The Moon in Taurus tends to increase the number of daughters. The Moon in Scorpio will not be favourable though its location in the XI house is considered good. The results will be slightly better when the Moon is waxing. He may appear secretive being a man of few words. Jupiter in Pisces or Virgo may take him abroad. He is likely to possess extensive property. The period of Mars may not be good for his mother. Saturn in Gemini has been extolled by Narayan Bhatt in Chamatkar Chintamani, page 387. The favourable effects of Saturn in Gemini shall

How to Time an Event

133

be that the individual will be well behaved and shall not suffer at the hands of thieves, enemies or the government. The period of Venus will be one of high position and wealth for him. However, when a birth chart has even minor adverse influence on the X house or Venus it will cause a fall for him from high position. He could be an interior decorator or artisan. He will have ambition to be a scholar. He could have interest in astrology. There may be some trouble from authority. His wife will be fair and goodlooking. She may be moody. When the Moon is badly placed or afflicted the married life would be badly disturbed mainly owing to poor temperament of the spouse of the individual. When the Moon is well placed in a birth chart, the individual may gain from partnership with females. Aquarius: He may live away from home. He may like to visit unknown places. A powerful Jupiter would ensure excellent wealth for this chart. However, if Jupiter occupies the sign, constellation or navamsha of a planet that occupies the XII house from the ascendant, the individual shall not be able to keep his wealth. When Venus is well placed and strong, the individual is likely to gain vehicles. He may be scholarly. On the other hand Venus in Virgo will cause decline in the fortunes of the individual after his marriage. Such a Venus may not be good for the longevity of an individual. His profession would entail hard work. There could be change in profession. He could be a self made man. He may have some worry on account of his children. He may in fact have children with difficulty. Involvement in romance may cause awkward situations for him. Mercury in Virgo will confer good longevity but it will tend to enhance the trouble relating to children. His wife could be a dignified person. She may not always agree with him. The Sun in Libra would cause decline in fortune after marriage. There may be complications in marriage. He may take to a job relating to communication or printing engineering. The younger siblings of the individual could do well in life. Mars in Scorpio or Capricorn will be good for the wealth and status of the individual but there may be a fall suddenly. When Mars is in Capricorn he may have to experience heavy expenditure. The individual may be a worried person. A waning Moon in Scorpio will cause disputes at the work place. Pisces: The individual has chance in life to rise with little effort if Jupiter is powerful in his birth chart. The Sun in Aries does not permit

134

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

the individual to retain his wealth. The Sun in Libra makes for a difficult life. The Sun in Aquarius will make him renowned. He will earn a lot of wealth without much effort when Mars is powerful and well placed in the chart. His younger siblings may not be known for their good conduct. They may find life difficult. The individual will be pushed into a life of misconduct by his younger siblings. He may have more female children. The Moon in Taurus as a rule causes trouble to parents. According to Saravali of Kalyan Verma, Chapter 23 verse 15, when the Moon is in the first half of Taurus, it will trouble the mother; it will be adverse for the father in case it occupies the second half. A waxing Moon in Taurus will give wealth. He may be sentimental. The Moon in Sagittarius will be favourable for career and wealth but there will be some problem relating to the children of the individual. The trouble on account of children will be accentuated when the Moon is waning. His wife may be well behaved, balanced and sensible. He may like to maintain relations with scholarly persons. He will have highly placed enemies. He may suffer from sexual disorders. His domestic life will depend on his wife but there may be some trouble caused by his father in his life. His elder siblings may stay away from him. He may face heavy expenses. This individual will be imaginative in nature. Venus in Capricorn will grant wealth through dubious means, and the individual may not have elder brothers. Saturn in Aries will cause defect in speech and mental tension. Saturn in Cancer causes distress due to delay in birth of children or denial of children. The wealth of the individual will not remain steady. Saturn in Libra gives wealth and longevity but heavy expenditure too. Saturn in Aquarius causes ill health and heavy expenditure.

Chapter Two The Major-Period Analysis of Vimshottari Periods and Assessment of their Results The major-period of a planet delineates the trend of life over a long span of time. It indicates the general lines on which the life of an individual would proceed. It shows the areas in which the individual would operate, acquire, lose, excel, achieve, experience, fail, innovate or attempt. The specificity of results is indicated by the sub-period because the sub-period planet indicates events with reference to the major-period planet. This does not mean that the major-period planet does not indicate an event that is to happen during that period. An event that happens on a particular date shall happen during the long span of time of the major-period, during the shorter span of time of the sub-period and during the limited span of time of the inter-period. It is therefore obvious that the major, sub and inter-periods will each indicate the event. If even one of the three periods does not indicate the event, it cannot happen during the combined periods. Suppose we are considering the marriage of an individual and the major-period shows it but the sub-period under consideration does not indicate marriage. It is therefore possible that the individual will get married during the longer time span of the major-period but the sub-period when the event happens should be some other one. The life of each individual consists of a few major-periods. It is easy to see as to what events are likely to take place in a major-period. We should then take up one sub-period of a qualified planet that is inclined

136

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

to give the result in that major-period at a time to determine the subperiod in which the specific event should happen. Having determined the sub-period we should again take up one qualified inter-period at a time in the sub-period to determine the inter-period in which the event is likely to happen. This will bring us down to a few months at the most, in which the event is to take place. Normally, thereafter we may take up either the annual chart or transit analysis or both as we like, to determine the precise timing of the event. The timing of an event becomes easier when the major-period is considered along with the sub-periods. The timing becomes even more precise when we study the sub-period too in the same manner with inter-periods. 2.

Parashar has handled the effects of each major-period in seven to twelve stanzas in Chapter 47 of his magnum opus Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra. In Chapter 48 he deals with the effect of majorperiod of the owner of each house. He generally deals with two owners in one stanza, devoting less than twenty stanzas to the twelve owners. He has dealt with nine sub-periods in each majorperiod in nine consecutive chapters. Each chapter has 70 to 83 stanzas. For each sub-period, remedial measures have also been stated to counter its adverse effects if any. The overriding effect of sub-periods is evident from the handling of the subject in Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra. Parashar deals with the inter-periods in Chapter 61. The effects of all the 81 inter-periods are dealt with in less than 82 stanzas. Chapters 62 and 63 of Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra deal with the finer periods. Chapter 62 handles the effect of sookshma periods of all the nine planets in less than 82 stanzas. Chapter 63 handles the effect of prana periods of all the nine planets in less than 83 stanzas. Jataka Parijat does not deal with effects of inter and other finer periods at all.

3.

The analysis of the effect of inter and other finer periods many a time becomes unproductive since the computation of such periods becomes flawed on account of lack of accuracy in the reported time of birth, or due to the ayanamsha used. The difference of even a few seconds in the birth time alters the finer periods. Such a fine computation of time of birth is generally not possible. Therefore, barring exceptional cases, any analysis of periods beyond the interperiod should not be undertaken.

How to Time an Event

137

Here we would like to mention that the birth of an individual is the beginning of his life on this planet. This event refers to the ascendant. It would also refer to the Arudha lagna. The Moon refers to infancy of an individual. The first house from the natal Moon would also show infancy. Therefore, if the time of birth is correct, the major period planet should be related to the Moon, ascendant, Arudha lagna and the Moon sign. This means that the major-period planet in which the individual was born would necessarily be a Factor for infancy. The sub-period planet would indicate infancy with reference to the major-period planet, and the inter-period planet would do so with reference to the sub-period planet. The finer period planets would do so each with reference to its superior period planet. We have explained this in the next Chapter. But each of these five period planets would necessarily be related to the Moon. By changing the time of birth slightly, if necessary, one can easily correct the time of birth.

On Some Independent Methods of Timing 4. (A) A rough method to declare a year in the life of an individual to be of particular good or bad effect is given by Mr. Shivnath Jharkhandi in the appendix to his translation in Hindi of Bhartiya Jyotish by Mr. Shankar Balkrishna Dikshit. According to him each planet will show its result in the year stated in the table below. The Lal Kitab has dwelt on it in much greater detail. The years stated for all planets except Mercury are similar in these two books. Whereas the traditional astrology ascribes a specific year for each planet, the Lal Kitab specifies a band of years repeating after every 35 years. This is shown in the table below. Thus, if Jupiter operates in the 16* to 21st year, it will again operate from 51st to 56* year and 86* to 91st year. Rahu operates from 42nd to 47* year, but prior to it, it will also operate from the 7* year to 12* year. Similarly Saturn will operate from 1st to 6* year too. These spans have also been shown in the table in parenthesis, The third span can easily be calculated. Whenever a planet is powerful or very weak, or it is badly afflicted by naturally malefic planets, the

138

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

relevant years in the life of an individual will bear bad effects of the house the planet occupies or owns. A powerful, favourable and well placed planet shall give good results in its years. This method is very approximate and may not hold true in all cases. There is another use of this concept that appears to work well. It is noticed that whenever an event occurs its karaka is related to the planet that is ruling over the band of years at that time. The relationship between the two planets could be through sign, constellation or navamsha. The ruler of the band of years causing a particular event to happen would actually be a Factor for that event. Suppose a female individual gets married in her 24th year. The Moon rules over this year. It shall be found related to Jupiter in the birth chart. It would also be related to the VII houses from the ascendant, Jupiter and Arudha lagna. Thus, the Moon would be a Factor for marriage in that female chart. Further the Moon shall also be related to the Arudha of the VII house from Jupiter if it is her first marriage. In case, the marriage is after the first one, it shall be related to the suitable Arudha house. We can therefore at a glance say whether a ruler of band of years would be the right one by examining if it is a Factor for the event and if it is related to the relevant Arudha house. In another chart, suppose a child was born to an individual when he had completed 29 years of age. Mars would be the ruler of the 30th year. Mars would be found related to Jupiter in the birth chart. It would also be related to the V houses from the ascendant, Jupiter and Arudha lagna. Thus, Mars would be a Factor for matters relating to children. It shall also be related, if it is the first child, to the Arudha of the V house from Jupiter. It has been noticed further that when the ruler of years is related to Mercury through sign, constellation or navamsha the ruler tries to repeat the event. In case the ruler of years is placed in a constellation or navamsha showing multiplicity, the event would in all probability occur more than once during those years. In the above case if Mars were placed in a sign, constellation or navamsha of Mercury, or if it were under influence of this planet and is placed in a sign, constellation or navamsha that shows multiplicity, the likelihood would have been that the individual would have had more than one child within the band of years that Mars rules. The concepts of Factor and relationships between planets have already been explained. It gives us an idea of the probable

139

How to Time an Event

year of happening of an event. This makes it very easy to determine the likely bands of years for an event. Having determined the bands in this manner we can easily then determine the right major, sub, and inter-period planets. The relevant year of life in which a particular planet will show its effect Planet

Year

Lal Kitab years

16

th

22

nd

24

th

Venus

25

th

To 27 (60 -62 )

Mars

28

th

To 33 (63 -68 )

Jupiter Sun Moon

st

st

th

rd

th

th

Planet

To 21 (51 -56 )

Mercury

To 23 (57 -58 )

Saturn

th

(59 )

Rahu th

rd

th

rd

nd

Ketu

Year nd

32

36

th

nd

42

48

th

Lal Kitab years th

th

th

th

34 to 35 (69 -70 ) st

st

th

th

th

To 41 (1 -6 ) th

To 47 (7 -12 ) th

th

th

To 50 (13 -15 )

th

It appears that the band of years that Lal Kitab has given is more applicable to real charts. We give below, in chronological order from birth, the specific years in which each planet remains operational and prominent, and the total number of years it operates at a time. No planet operates for more than six years. Four planets operate for six years, two for three years, two for two years and one for one year. st

th

Jupiter-(16 -21 ) st (51 -56*) th st (86 -91 ) - 6 yrs

th

Sun-(22 -23 ) th th (57 -58 ) nd rd (92 -93 ) - 2 yrs

Saturn-(1 -6 ) th st (36 -41 ) st th (71 -76 ) - 6 yrs th

Rahu-(7 -12 ) nd th (42 -47 ) th nd (77 -82 ) - 6 yrs rd

th

Ketu-(13 -15 ) th th (48 -50 ) rd th (83 -85 ) - 3 yrs

th

nd

st

rd

th

Moon-(24 ) th (59 ) th (94 ) -1 yr

th

th

Venus-(25 -27 ) th nd (60 -62 ), th th (95 -97 ) - 3 yrs th

rd

Mars-(28 -33 ) rd th (63 -68 ) th rd (98 -103 ) - 6 yrs th

th

Mercury-(34 -35 ) th th (69 -70 ) th th (104 -105 ) - 2 yrs

Further refinement in timing can be done through transits. The use of this tool in conjunction with the one detailed in 4(C) below is very effective. We shall now borrow a concept from Bhrigu Samhita and use it in conjunction with the concept of band of years. We wish to bring it to the notice of the reader that a planet that rules a band of years shall during these years materialise an event relating to a karaka when it comes in contact through progression with the karaka, through sign, constellation or navamsha, or through traditional Parashari aspects. The

140

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

question is as to how do we determine the progression of the planet. We have seen above that Saturn, Rahu, Jupiter and Mars each have a band extending over six years; Ketu and Venus over three years; the Sun and Mercury over two years; and, the Moon over one year. We take that each planet while its band is operating begins its progression from the place that it occupied at birth and returns to that original location within the years of the band. Thus the planet makes a complete circuit of 12 signs from its natal position back to that position in six, three, two or one year as the case may be. It covers the sign that it occupied at birth in two steps that we will explain presently. In each other sign it remains for 1/12th of the total length of the band. We will explain this through an illustration. Suppose we are considering the progression of Venus. Its band extends over three years. In each of the 12 houses it shall remain for 365.2564*3/12=91.31 days. Suppose Venus is at 10° in Leo. It has to travel 20° more in the sign. This means that it would travel for 20*91.31/30=60.8 days to reach the end of the sign Leo. Once it has left Leo, it shall remain in Virgo for 91.31 days, in Libra for 91.31 days, in Scorpio for 91.31 days, and so on, till it reaches the start of Leo. It would take a total of 91.31-60.8=30.51 days to reach the exact location in Leo that it occupied at the time of birth. A Node or a retrograde planet travels backwards or it regresses. If such a planet were in Virgo, it would go to Leo, Cancer, Gemini, etc. Suppose Venus was retrograde in the above illustration. It has to go from Leo to Cancer. Since it is at 10° Leo, it shall first travel over these 10° before it enters Cancer. Therefore it will remain in Leo for 30.51 days before it enters Cancer where it will remain for 91.31 days, then to Gemini in which it will again remain for 91.31 days, and so on. When it has reached the end of Leo after completing the circuit, it shall travel for 20° in the sign Leo before it would be at it would at the place that it occupied at birth. Suppose the ruler of the band is a Factor for marriage of the individual. We are already acquainted with the concept of Essential Planet. When the ruler of the band in progression simultaneously contacts the concerned karaka (Venus or Jupiter) and the Essential Planet for marriage, the event would materialise. We should keep in mind that the positions of the karaka and Essential Planet shall be the natal positions. Let us consider Chart 1-2. A son was born to the individual on June 26, 1989. He was in his 38th year. The ruler of the band of years was Saturn. It started operating once the individual had completed 35 years

141

How to Time an Event

of age. This was on November 9, 1986. Saturn was at 17° 12'25" in Virgo. It has to travel over 12°47'35" in Virgo. It shall progress over Virgo for the next 77.9 days. Since Venus started progressing only when its band started, i.e. from November 9, 1986. It was in the VI house from the natal position of Saturn at the time of the birth. The Arudhas of the V house from the ascendant and karaka are in Capricorn and Scorpio respectively. The Essential Planet is Saturn. The ruler of the band must contact Jupiter (karaka) and Saturn (Essential Planet) at the same time to materialise the event. It must also be related to the Arudha of the V house from the natal Jupiter then the Arudha is in Scorpio. This happens in Aquarius. The owner of Aquarius is in Virgo with Venus. The latter is over Jupiter in the navamsha chart. The birth of a child shall happen during the six months Saturn is progressing over Aquarius. This is between January 25, 1989 and July 27, 1989. This would be in the sub-period of the Moon in the major-period of Venus. A question arises as to how it can be determined if an event would take place in the first band of years of a planet, or in a later one. It can be determined in the same manner as given in paragraph 22 of Chapter Three on Sub and Inter-periods. (B) There is another assignment of years to the planets. This is the natural period system as stated by Varahmihir in Brihajjatakam Chapter 8 verse 9. It is as follows: Planet

Years

Moon

Age 1st

Mars

2nd and 3rd

th th Mercury 4 to 12

Venus

th

Planet

Years

Jupiter

Age 33rd to 50th

Length 18

2

Sun

51st to 70th

20

9

Saturn

71st to 120th

50

Length 1

nd

13 to 32

20

The period marked by a planet shall be favourable if the planet is strong and well placed and vice-versa. Suppose the Moon is weak and afflicted in a chart. The individual will have a difficult time in the first year of his life. Here the affliction shall be by naturally malefic planets through association or aspect. An afflicted and weak Moon points to a difficult and delicate infancy. This is the reason behind the concept of balarishta (trouble or demise in infancy). If Jupiter is strong and well placed, the

142

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

individual will have a happy time between his 33rd and 50th years. It will be adverse if the concerned planet is afflicted and badly placed. Let us take two illustrations. We will first consider Chart 1-1 according to method (A). The individual got married in his 27th year. This year falls within the band of years of Venus. He had children in the 29* and 33rd years. These years fall within the band of years of Mars. We find that Venus is a Karaka-Factor for marriage in the chart. The individual should get married during the band of years of this planet. Mars is related to Jupiter. The V house from the ascendant is Pisces. Mars is related to it. The V house from Jupiter is Aquarius. Mars is in sambandha with Saturn in the navamsha chart. The V house from Arudha lagna is again a house of Saturn. Mars is a Factor for children. We will now consider these events according to method (B). The natural period planet at the time of marriage was also Venus. We have seen that Venus is the KarakaFactor for marriage. The natural period planet at the time of birth of the first child was Venus. Venus is a Factor for children. The second child was born in the natural period of Jupiter. It is the Karaka-Factor for children in the chart. We will consider Chart 1-2 according to method (A) first. A child was born to the individual on June 26, 1989. This was his 38* year of life. Saturn rules this year. Saturn is related to Jupiter. The V house from the ascendant is in Virgo. Saturn is placed there. The V house from the Arudha lagna is in Taurus. Saturn is associated with Venus. The V house from Jupiter is in Cancer. Saturn is in Hasta constellation of the Moon. Saturn is a Factor for children. Birth of a child is possible during the band of years of Saturn. We will now consider this chart through method (B). The child was born in the natural period of Jupiter. It is easy to see that Jupiter is the Karaka-Factor for the event. The method (A) is superior to method (B), since the length of a band of years in the first method is never more than six years, unlike method (B) that has a span extending to even 50 years. (C) Another method is as follows. This method, as we will see in this Chapter and the one on transit, is of immense value for fixing the time of an event. This also works very well in conjunction with method (A) above. Once a span of time has been determined, we can reach the right year for the event through this method.

How to Time an Event

143

Each house starting from the ascendant represents one year in the life of an individual. We have taken this principle from Chapter 74 verse 19 to 23 of Brihat Parashar Mora Shastra. The ascendant is the first year of life, the II house the second year and so on. The XII house represents the 12th year. The ascendant shall again represent the 13th year, and so on. The Ascendant therefore represents the 1st, 13th, 25th, 37th, 49th, 61st, 73rd, 85th, 97th etc. years of life. The 13th year of life means the year starting from the completion of 12 years of age and ending with the completion of age of 13 years. The II house stands for the 2nd, 14th, 26th, etc. years of life. We can determine the years represented by each house similarly. We can determine the band of years that may yield a particular event. A band can have at the most six years. This method helps us determine the year in which the event should happen. The method is stated below. (a) Take a house corresponding to a year of life and take it as the yearly ascendant. The chart so considered shall indicate the events that are likely to happen in that year. We can determine the yearly Arudha lagna in the usual manner. For example, we can take the II house as ascendant in a chart for the second year of life. The chart so considered shall indicate the events that are likely to happen in that year, (b) We then take up the karaka for the event in the chart and see if it is related to the Arudha of the relevant house from its position. For example, for birth of a child Jupiter should be related to the Arudha of the V house from its natal position, (c) We take up one ascendant at a time and see for which of the ascendants the karaka becomes the Karaka-Factor in the chart. This means, as we know, that the karaka is not only related to the relevant house from its position in the chart, it should also be related to the relevant houses from the yearly ascendant and the yearly Arudha lagna. The ascendant and its Arudha shall change for each year but the relevant house from the karaka shall be constant. It will not change. In whichever year the karaka becomes the Karaka-Factor it will most likely cause the event to take place in that year. We can determine the year of the event in this manner, (d) It is possible that more than one year qualifies according to the previous statement. How do

144

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

we select the right year out of the several probable ones? If the Karaka-Factor is related to the yearly Factor for the physical or mental self or becomes one itself or is related to the Factor for gain or loss in the year (depending on the expected event) in the chart that event will materialise in that year. In case this is not so in a selected year, we move to the next qualified year and examine it. We must be clear in our minds that this is merely a support to the Vimshottari period system and should not be taken as an independent method otherwise events would be expected to repeat themselves every 12th year. However, this in combination with method (A) above can be a formidable predictive tool. We get a band of years that can at most extend to six years, and we can then determine the concerned year through this method. We will illustrate this method with the help of a chart given in this work. Let us take Chart 1-1. This individual got married in his 27th year and a son was born to him in his 29th year. This is a chart of a male. Therefore Venus is the karaka for his marriage. The karaka for children is Jupiter. The III house from the ascendant represents the 27th year of life. This is Capricorn in this chart. The yearly Arudha lagna falls in Libra. Let us first examine the karaka. Venus is in Anuradha constellation of Saturn. Therefore Venus is related to Cancer. The VII house from yearly Arudha lagna is Aries. Venus and Mars have exchanged signs. The VII house from karaka is Taurus. Thus, Venus is the Karaka-Factor in his 27th year. The Arudha of the VII house from Venus is in Sagittarius. Venus is in Pisces in the navamsha chart. It is thus related to Jupiter as the latter occupies this sign in the birth chart. The Arudha of the XI house from Jupiter is in Taurus. Venus owns it. Venus is also a yearly Factor for gain. The date of marriage is February 12, 1973. The transit positions on the date of marriage are given below:

145

How to Time an Event

A child was born to the individual on November 27, 1974. This is

Chart II-1 Transit Lagna

Transit Navamsha

the 29th year of his life. The V house of the birth chart relates to the 29th year of his life. The yearly ascendant has Pisces. Let us examine Jupiter as it is the karaka for the event. Jupiter is the Karaka-Factor for the event in this year. Jupiter is related to Arudha of the V house from itself. It is also related to Arudha of the XI house from itself and it is the Karaka-Factor for gain. The transit positions on this date are as follows:

146

Chapter 2: The Major-Period As we have seen, we can determine the band of years in which an

Chart II-2

event is likely to happen through the method stated in paragraph 4(A). Having determined the band, we can determine the year of the happening of the event through this method. Within the determined year we can analyse the transit of the ruler of the band of years and reach the exact date on which the event would happen. This concatenation of usage of methods can serve as an alternative to the use of the Vimshottari period time frame. (D) The Bhrigu Samhita is a compilation of charts and their analyses. It is stated that when the chart of an individual tallies with the one analysed in the Samhita his past as described in the Samhita and predictions stated for his future in the Samhita turn out to be very accurate. The predictive methods used in the Samhita have virtually remained unknown. The signs and houses play a secondary role in the scheme of analysis. Whatever little of this great compilation has been understood, it appears that Jupiter plays a crucial role in it. The location of Jupiter at birth is of as great importance as that of the ascendant. As most of the time the Samhita does not state the ascendant, the chart is analysed through the position and progression of this planet. The inherent strength and principal characteristics of a chart can be analysed through the position of Jupiter but for timing of events Vimshottari period system is found inapplicable to a chart having the sign containing Jupiter as the ascendant. The charts that have been analysed in the Samhita do not have details of planetary positions etc. The Samhita has its own system of progression of planets. With the aid

How to Time an Event

147

of this unique method of progression events are timed with remarkable accuracy. We can make use of some of the principles of Bhrigu Samhita in our Vimshottari analysis. The Bhrigu Samhita says that (a) Jupiter travels over a sign in one year whereas Saturn does it in two years six months. The movement of these two planets is not in accordance with the normal mathematical calculations. It is in reality more like progression. When Jupiter is at 28° Leo at birth, it will have two more degrees to cover before it entered Virgo. Thus Jupiter will remain in Leo for 24 days after birth before it moved to the next sign. Thereafter, it shall remain in each sign for a year. Such movement is not according to the ephemeris. (b) Jupiter promotes constructive activity relating to a house and fructification of matters through its travel when it influences the concerned karaka, and the house or its owner, but Saturn obstructs or delays in a similar manner. The influence of Jupiter or Saturn shall be through occupation of or aspect to a house, or though association with or aspect to a planet, (c) When in a birth chart Jupiter or Saturn is retrograde, it would always travel in the reverse direction at the rate stated above. A retrograde planet in a birth chart shall never travel forward in the normal direction. This means that a retrograde planet in Leo shall go to Cancer, Gemini, Taurus, Aries, etc. It shall not proceed to Virgo, Libra, Scorpio, etc. The effect of the backward movement through occuption and aspect shall be the same as through the forward movement. It should thus be noticed that the movements of these two planets are not according to the ephemeris. These are notional movements, (d) The strength of each planet shall keep altering in its movement. Let us suppose that Jupiter is in Sagittarius at some time when Saturn is in Aries. Jupiter shall be considered powerful while Saturn shall be weak. This is important for predicting events, (e) When both Jupiter and Saturn influence a house, depending on the relative strength an event would either happen after certain amount of obstruction (when Jupiter in is stronger than Saturn in progression), or shall take a turn for final failure after initial promise (when Jupiter is weaker than Saturn), (f) It is observed that unless a house and its concerned karaka receive influence of Jupiter, matters relating to a particular matter relating to the house do not materialise favourably. Lastly, (g) death occurs when Saturn in progression reaches a position from where it influences natal Saturn and both the VIII and XII houses. Since this can happen at least

148

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

once every thirty years, no prediction should be made solely on this consideration.

Major-period Analysis 5.

We will deal with the analysis of major-periods in detail in this chapter. The principles and facts used in this analysis will apply mutatis mutandis to the period analyses at all levels.

6.

Many a time we notice that several planets are related to a house but all of these planets do not give results relating to the same aspect of that house. We notice that while one such planet gives results pertaining to one aspect of that house, the other gives results relating to the same house but to an entirely different aspect. For example, it is possible that out of two planets placed in the X house none may give results relating to the profession of the individual. While one may have a bearing on the education of the spouse, the other planet may show results pertaining to the wealth of his father. In the first case the planet would be found related to Mercury as the latter is the karaka for education and in the second the relationship shall be with Jupiter.

A planet will give results relating to a specific aspect of a house taken from the ascendant in the birth chart in its major-period if: (a) The planet is related to the house as taken from the ascendant. (b) It is related to the same number of house from the Arudha lagna. (c) It is related to the same number of house from the concerned karaka, (d) The planet is related to the karaka. (e) It is also related to the Factor for gain or loss, the self, whether physical or mental, etc. There is a subsidiary but very important condition. It is subsidiary because even when it is not taken into account, we are in a position to arrive at a correct prediction, but with it we can give a more qualitative content to our prediction. The condition is as follows:

How to Time an Event

149

(f) The relevant house from a karaka represents a particular aspect of human life. The VII house from Venus would specifically represent the first wife. The VII house from Jupiter would specifically represent the first husband in a female chart. We know that Arudha of a house represents that matter more strongly. Therefore Arudha of the VII house from Jupiter or Venus as the case may be, would very strongly represent the first husband or wife. The X house from Satyrn represents profession. The Arudha of this house shall represent profession even strongly. We say that a specific Factor shall materialise a particular event in the life of an individual. Since the Arudha relating to that event would represent that event even more strongly, the Factor ought to be related to the Arudha of that house as well. When we talk of first marriage, the Factor in the major-period of which marriage should materialise, should be related to the Arudha of the VII house from the karaka for marriage. This would of course represent the first marriage. The utility of this concept lies in facilitating in selection of the right major-period planet, and in making finer improvement in the quality of prediction. A period planet, whether a major, sub, inter or finer period planet, cannot give the desired result unless it is related to the karaka for the concerned event and to the Arudha of the relevant house from the karaka. These two conditions, besides others, will have to be satisfied by the concerned period planet. We have seen that the VII house from Venus shall represent wife. The Arudha of this house shall represent wife even more strongly. The Arudha of the third house from the VII house from Venus shall represent the second wife; etc. A Factor for marriage is likely to tell us that marriage would take place in its major-period, but if the Factor were related to the house of the second wife, we would know that this is going to be the second marriage of the individual. Similarly, the V house from Jupiter represents children. The Arudha of the V house from Jupiter shall represent the first child. The Arudha of the third house from the V house from Jupiter shall be the second child, etc. A Factor for children should tell us about the birth of a child but when the Factor is related to the house of the third child, we should be able to predict the birth of third child in its major-period.

150

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

We will enlarge on the above set of conditions in the light of Chart II-3 to make each clear. These are all necessary conditions and unless all are satisfied, barring the last in some cases, an event will not happen. A planet that satisfies these conditions will give specific results in its majorperiod. Therefore in real life analysis of birth charts we should examine the major-periods in the light of these conditions. We will have the occasion to see more of this in the last Chapter on Applied Astrology where we have analysed real life charts to give some more practical experience to the reader.

Chart II-3 Lagna

Navamsha

151

How to Time an Event

Superimposition chart. Navamsha chart planets are in brackets.

Female, January 27, 1961, 0629 hours, 28°N39', 77°E13', Time Zone 0530 hours East of Greenwich. Planet Longitude

Owner/C

Planet Longitude

Owner/C

Sun

9s13°33'08"

Moon

Venus

Jupiter

Moon

1s21°59'59"

Moon

Saturn 8s29°20'25"

Sun

Mars

2s7°20'18"

Rahu

Rahu

4s13°18'57"

Ketu

Merc

9s27°29'37"

Mars

Ketu

10s13°18'57"

Rahu

Sun

Ascdt

9s0°31'27"

Jupiter 8s26°48'44"

11s0°28'49"

Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed. Condition (a): A planet shall give results pertaining to a house from the ascendant if it is related to it. This is the basic principle. Unless a planet is related to a house from the ascendant, events relating to that house cannot happen in the major-period of that planet. So, if we wish to study whether the mother of the individual will keep good health during a particular major-period, or how would the quality of his education be, or again whether he would acquire a vehicle or property in the major-period of a planet, we will have to study if the concerned planet is related to the IV house from the ascendant. In case the planet has no relationship with the IV house, we can be sure that it would not impinge on the affairs of the house during its major-period. A planet in its major-period shall be indifferent to the affairs of the houses it is not related to.

152

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

In Chart II-3 the individual got married and had a child in the majorperiod of Rahu. Rahu occupies Cancer in the navamsha chart. This is the VII house in the birth chart. Rahu is related to the VII house. Rahu is with the Moon and Venus in the navamsha chart. The Moon is in the V house in the birth chart and Venus owns the house. Thus, Rahu is related to the V house. Condition (b): A planet will give results relating to a house if it is related to that number of house from the Arudha lagna. Thus, to give an illustration, a planet that is related to the IX house from the ascendant will give results relating to that house if it is related to the IX house from the Arudha lagna too. This is an affirmation of inclination of the planet to give results relating to that house. The Arudha lagna in Chart II-3 is in Scorpio. The VII house from Arudha lagna is in Taurus. Rahu is with Venus in the navamsha chart. The dispositor of Rahu is the Sun. It occupies Taurus in the navamsha chart. Rahu is thus related to the VII house from Arudha lagna. The V house from Arudha lagna is Pisces. Venus is placed in this sign in the birth chart. It is with Rahu in the navamsha chart. Condition (c): The karaka for marriage in a female chart is Jupiter. The VII house from it is Gemini in this chart. Mars occupies Gemini in the birth chart. It is in Aridra constellation of Rahu. Further, the dispositor of Rahu in the birth chart is with Mercury. Rahu is thus related to the VII house from the karaka. Condition (d): A planet will give results relating to events signified by a karaka if it is related to that karaka. In this chart Jupiter is in a constellation of the Sun. The latter is the dispositor of Rahu. Thus, Rahu is related to the karaka for marriage and for children. Let us take another example. If we are considering wealth, Jupiter is the karaka for it and the II house represents it. Suppose a planet is related to Jupiter, the II houses from the ascendant, Arudha lagna and Jupiter. It will deal in its major-period with matters relating to wealth of the individual. We should not however say that it would not deal with other matters relating to the II house. It may be related to Mercury and the II house from it and therefore may be inclined to deal with the speech of the individual too. Condition (e): An individual develops a very close relationship with

How to Time an Event

153

certain individuals. These are his children, parents, siblings, spouse, and sometimes friends. He also comes in very close long term contact with some others like his boss and direct subordinates, colleagues, partners, etc. Disease, journeys, accidents, injuries, acquisitions, incarceration, hospitalisation etc. are matters that too involve his physical self. In such matters, and they have to be thought out each time since it is impossible to give an exhaustive list, the major-period planet has to be related to the Factor for the physical self (ascendant, Arudha lagna, the Sun sign). There could be other matters that do not directly affect the physical self, but they have a bearing on the mental state of the individual. In fact every action directed to or of an individual has a reaction in his mind. The mental self feels that it was affected or was the doer in the act, thus leading to accumulation of karmas. In matters like humiliation, the physical self generally remains unscathed but the mental self is mauled. When an individual attains a high position, his physical self is unaffected but the mind experiences a sense of importance, arrogance, happiness and elation. In such matters the Factor for the event must be related to the Factor for the mental self. If an individual has to gain or lose, the Factor shall be related to the concerned Factor for gain or loss. Birth of a child is the gain of a child. Marriage is gain of a spouse, etc. Condition (f): We notice that the Factor is related to the relevant Arudha for the event. Thus, if we are considering first marriage, the Factor for marriage shall all be related to the Arudha of the VII house from Venus or Jupiter as the case may be. This facilitates selection of the right planet as the Factor. Let us consider the marriage of the individual and birth of her first child in Chart II-3. Both of these events took place in the major-period of Rahu. The VII house from Jupiter is in Gemini. The Arudha of this house is in Leo. This is the house for first husband. Rahu occupies it. The V house from Jupiter is in Aries. The Arudha of this house is in Leo. This is the house for the first child. Rahu we have seen is placed in this sign. The second child of the individual was born in the major-period of Jupiter. The V house from Jupiter is Aries. The III house from this is Gemini. The Arudha of this house is in Leo. Jupiter is in a constellation of the Sun. The dispositor of the Sun in the birth chart is with Jupiter.

154

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

PRACTICAL HINT: A planet that is related to the karaka and concerned houses from the ascendant, Arudha lagna, and karaka, gives the result relating to a particular event in its major-period. In short, a Factor for the event gives rise to that event in its major-period. A planet related to a karaka in a birth chart should be examined for the houses it is the fit receptacle for. When it is related to those karakas for which it is the fit receptacle, it shall be able to give results relating to those matters in its major-period. Suppose a planet is related to Mars in the birth chart. Suppose it is also related to the IV houses from the ascendant, Arudha lagna and Mars. It shall give results relating to the property of the individual. If it is not related to the VI houses from the ascendant, Arudha lagna and Mars, it shall not cause any injury or enmity. If it is related to the VIII houses from the ascendant, Arudha lagna and Mars, it shall cause major injury or accident. Thus, a planet related to Mars and different houses shall clearly tell us as to what it is going to do in the domain of Mars and what not. This shows that a planet related to a karaka will not give results relating to all the significations of the karaka. A look at a birth chart shall be able to tell us as to what could transpire in the major-period of a planet. We will first locate the relationships that the planet has with other planets. The relationship with other planets shall be the relationship with different karakas. (a) Only matters relating to these karakas would materialise in the major-period of this planet. No other matter would emerge during the major-period. Suppose a planet is not related to Jupiter in a male chart. There shall be no developments relating to children, wealth, his liver, his elder siblings etc., during the major-period of this planet. Suppose a planet is not related to Saturn. The individual cannot die in the major-period of this planet. Suppose a planet is not related to Rahu in the birth chart. The individual cannot go abroad during the major-period of this planet. Suppose a planet is not related to the Sun. The individual should not aspire to get a high position during the major-period of this planet. Suppose a planet is not related to the Moon. Nothing relating to his mother or home would happen in the major-period of this planet. These illustrations can be as numerous as we wish, (b) Having determined the karakas that the planet has relationships with, we should take up one karaka at a time and according to its significations examine whether the

How to Time an Event

155

planet is a fit receptacle for that signification. We will thus be able to determine as to which of the various significations the planet would give results of. To illustrate, suppose the planet is related to Saturn. Saturn signifies disease, danger, loss etc. Suppose the planet is not related to the VI house from the ascendant. It cannot be a fit receptacle for disease as it has to be related to the three VI houses from the ascendant, Arudha lagna and Saturn to be one. The planet will therefore not cause disease in its major-period. Suppose further that the planet is related to the VIII houses from the ascendant, Arudha lagna and the natal position of Saturn. It shall cause danger for the individual as it shall be a fit receptacle for it. Suppose again that the planet is not related to the XII house from Saturn. It shall not then be a fit receptacle for loss. The individual will not suffer from loss in the major-period of Saturn. 7. (A) The nature and quantum of results that a planet will give in its major-period will depend on the strength of the planet, as per Chapter 47 verse 3 of Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, the strength of the house it occupies, the matters for which it is a Factor, the Factors that it is related to and the sambandhas that the planet forms with other planets. (B) A planet could be a Factor for a matter represented by a house, say the VII house for marriage, and it could also be a Factor for disputes. Its tendency would be to cause disputes, dissatisfaction and bickerings in marriage. On the other hand a planet could be a Factor for marriage and also of another say the V house for happiness. It would cause happiness and friendliness in marriage. Let us consider the following chart taken from October 1998 issue of the Astrological Magazine. The individual died in the Bombay blast of 1993. She was killed on March 12, 1993 in the major-period of the Moon. The Moon is a Factor for longevity and is also a Factor for end. The VIII house from the ascendant in the chart is Sagittarius. Jupiter is in Aries. This is a neutral sign to Jupiter. Jupiter is in a constellation of Venus. Venus is a great enemy of Jupiter. The Moon is with Jupiter. It is inimical to Jupiter. Jupiter occupies Scorpio in navamsha. We have seen that Mars is not friendly to Jupiter. The Sun occupies Sagittarius in navamsha. It is neutral to Jupiter. Mercury also occupies Sagittarius in navamsha. It is inimical to Jupiter. Jupiter is in Scorpio with Mars and

156

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

Saturn in the navamsha chart. Saturn is again inimical. Mars as we have seen is not friendly. Not even one placement or association that Jupiter has is friendly. Thus, the VIII house from the ascendant is weak. The other two houses are coincident. The VIII house from Arudha lagna and Saturn are Virgo. There is no planet in the sign in the birth chart. Mercury as we have seen is in an inimical sign. It is associated with an inimical Sun. Mercury is in Moola constellation of Ketu. Ketu being like Mars is naturally inimical to Mercury but on temporal basis it is friendly to it. Therefore it is neutral in the resultant relationship to Mercury. Mercury is in its own navamsha. It is with the Moon in the navamsha chart. It is highly inimical to the Moon. The owner of the house is extremely weak. Rahu occupies Virgo in the navamsha chart. This is a friendly position. Thus, this VIII house also does not have much strength. Saturn is the karaka for longevity. It is in its mooltrikona sign. It is with highly inimical Mars and inimical Jupiter. It is also in a highly inimical Dhanistha constellation of Mars. The longevity of the individual shall have to be short.

Chart II-4 Lagna

157

How to Time an Event

Female, December 15, 1964, 1604 hours, 18°N58' 72°E50', Time Navamsha

Superimposition chart. Navamsha chart planets are in brackets.

Zone 0530 hours East of Greenwich. Planet Longitude

Owner/C

Planet Longitude

Owner/C

Sun

8s 0° 08'18"

Ketu

Venus

Jupiter

Moon

0s 9° 34'43"

Ketu

Saturn 10s 6° 34'51"

Mars

Mars

4s 24° 54'22"

Venus

Rahu

1s 29° 38'53"

Mars

Merc

8s 8° 1'25"

Ketu

Ketu

7s 29° 38'53"

Mercury

Venus

Ascdt

1s 1° 12'27"

Jupiter 0s 23° 53'06"

7s 1° 50'48"

Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed.

158

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

The Moon is related to Saturn. Saturn is the karaka for death. The Moon is capable of causing death. We should see the kind of death that the birth chart indicates. The Moon is in a prishthhodaya and violent sign. The VIII house from Mars is Pisces. There is sambandha between Mars and Jupiter. Mars is related to Mercury through Jupiter and Ketu. Thus, Mars is the Karaka-Factor for extreme violence. The Moon is in Aries with Jupiter. Thus, the Moon has strong influence of a violent Mars. 8. The general signification results that a planet gives in its major-period are not dependent on its relationship with different houses that qualify it for Factorship. But when we are considering the majorperiod of a Factor we ought to examine the signification of the Factor too. This will give us new insights in our analysis. Parashar says in Brihat Parashar Mora Shastra, Chapter 47 verse 2 that there are two kinds of results in a period, viz., general and specific. The signification (karakatwa) of the planet produces the general results. The location of the planet in a house etc. produces specific results. Therefore, many a time these results add to the overall analysis of the planet. The location of a major-period planet, the planets that the majorperiod planet is in sambandha with and the relationships that it enters into with houses determine the nature of general signification results that it gives in its major-period. The strength of the major-period planet, the strength of the house that it occupies and the influence that it receives too shall determine its general signification results. The following considerations will add to, amend or subtract from the results. A planet in association with the owner of the V or IX house shall give favourable results in its period according to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chapter 48 verse 10. The location of Saturn in a sign of Jupiter will make Saturn give positive general signification results. As a special case, Saturn in Scorpio for Aquarius ascendant will give wealth through out the life of an individual. The location of the Moon in the III house will make it give both positive and negative general signification results.

How to Time an Event

159

Phal Deepika in Chapter 20 verse 55 and Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra in Chapter 48 verse 20 have condemned the period of a planet in the VIII house. When the location of a planet is adverse but it is powerful otherwise, the results will be mixed and the period may be characterised by both positive and negative results. If the Moon is within 72° of the Sun, the results in its period will not be satisfactory irrespective of its location. It is noticed that favourable and unfavourable locations for a planet do not cancel each other out. The planet gives both favourable and unfavourable general signification results in its periods. A combust planet is not expected to give positive general signification results especially if it is associated with a naturally malefic planet. The combustion of planets is indicated in birth charts. If Jupiter is combust the negative results will be confined to the beginning of the period. Thereafter the period will be positive. The individual during such a period may also go on a pilgrimage. The association of a Node with a naturally malefic planet for the chart will make the planet give highly negative general signification results. 9. Results Relating to General Significations of Planets: We have seen that each planet owing to its signification is inclined to give certain results in its periods. These could be good or adverse according to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chapter 47 verse 3, depending on the strength of the planet. When the planet is weak, badly placed or afflicted by naturally malefic planets the general signification results shall be adverse. The sage has also stated specific conditions for each planet when it is likely to give good or adverse results. These have been recorded below at appropriate places. From the reading of these conditions, it is clear that in most cases, they follow certain laid down rules, but in some exceptional cases it appears that these rules have been transgressed. Then these are to be taken as axioms that can only be verified through experience. The quantum of result will be based on the strengths of the planet, house occupied and of the dispositor. Uttar Kalamrita, Phal Deepika and Jataka Parijat too have given general signification results for the period of each planet. These have also been included in the details given below.

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

160

Not all of these works distinguish between circumstances when a planet is likely to give favourable results or otherwise. We will now describe the general signification results for each planet in its period as laid down by Parashar in Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chapter 47, and by Uttar Kalamrita, Phal Deepika and Jataka Parijat. The result of a planet in the VI house shall be adverse in case the planet is afflicted or weak. A powerful planet will not be wholly adverse. The circumstances in which the planet is expected to give good or bad general signification results and the type of results are recorded below. It must be borne in mind that the results stated below are indicative. Each of the probable result should be analysed further to be sure of their validity. However, these indications are valuable and should always be closely studied.

Sun Positive The Sun is likely to give good results if it is in Aries or Leo. It will give good results if it is placed in the XI house, in an angle or a triangle. It will give even better results at any of the aforesaid places if it is associated with the owner of the IX or X house. It will give good result if it is powerful. There shall be great happiness. The individual will acquire wealth. The government will honour him. The favour of and income from the government and attainment of high position of authority can also be anticipated. The period will also make good clothes and abundant agricultural income available to the individual. The father of the individual will be happy and prosperous. The individual will be able to live happily, in prominence and comfort. The individual may be inclined to take up yoga and spiritual practices. A son will be born to him when the Sun is in sambandha with the owner of the V house. He will acquire all kinds of wealth and vehicles if the Sun is in sambandha with the owner of the II house. He will get good and comfortable vehicles when it is in sambandha with the owner of the IV house.

How to Time an Event

161

Negative When the Sun is debilitated, placed in a house of the Adverse Trio with a malefic planet, is associated with a Node, is weak or is associated with an adverse planet the results will be bad. If the Sun is under favourable aspect of a beneficial planet, there shall be some relief and happiness during this period. If the aspect is by a malefic planet, the adverse results will be intolerable. This will be an adverse time. The individual will suffer at the hands of the government. He will be dishonoured. He may face opposition from his relatives, friends and acquaintances. There may be popular opposition to him. His father or elderly paternal uncle may die or he may have to face all kind of problems. The number of enemies of the individual will multiply. There may be an accident involving fire. He will face failure in his efforts and loss of wealth. The individual may suffer from heart ailments or may have severe digestive malfunction. The individual may have low vitality or may suffer from fever. There may be inauspicious events at home. He may have to leave his native place and undertake fruitless journeys. According to Jataka Parijat Chapter 18 verse 59, he may face trouble or loss on account of animals. He will have disease in stomach, eye or his teeth. An elder male member of the family or the father of the individual may face trouble. According to Phal Deepika, Chapter 19 verse 18, the individual will suffer from burning in the eyes. He will lose his servants. He may suffer loss due to animals or fire.

Moon Positive When the Moon is full and powerful and associated with a beneficial planet, it is expected to give good results. Such a Moon in Taurus or Cancer, in an angle or triangle, or in the XI house will give extremely favourable results. The good results will be accentuated several fold when such a powerful Moon is associated with a powerful owner of the IV, IX or X house. There will be wealth, happiness, gain and comforts through out the period. There will be auspicious events at home. The individual will

162

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

have the facility of vehicles. He will be close to the seat of power. There will be success in his enterprises without much effort. This period will bring happiness and high position to the individual. The individual will gain white or good clothes. A child may be born to the individual. There will be huge income if the Moon is powerfully placed in the II house. He may acquire good assets and items of luxury. He will fare exceedingly well at studies. According to Kalidas, the author of Uttar Kalamrita Chapter 6 verse 7, the mother of the individual will be happy. The individual may get land and buildings during this period; and, he may get tanks dug and other philanthropic works carried out. He may go abroad on a journey that may result in wealth and pleasure. According to Jataka Parijat Chapter 18 verse 72, the individual will get married or may get women. He will turn wealthy. He may suffer from rheumatic trouble. According to Phal Deepika, Chapter 19 verse 7, the individual shall be happy. According to Phal Deepika, Chapter 19 verse 19, the individual will be able to gain from mantras. Negative When the Moon is debilitated or waning, it will cause loss of wealth. When it is powerfully placed in the III house, it will cause both happiness and pain. If it is weak and afflicted, it will cause mental pain and bodily discomfort. It will also cause trouble through servants or mother and loss of wealth. The mother of the individual will be unhappy. A weak and afflicted Moon in one of the houses of the Adverse Trio will cause trouble through the government. It will make the individual mentally disturbed. The mother of the individual will face unhappiness. The individual will not have the sense of physical well being. When the Moon is powerfully placed in one of the three adverse houses, it will cause both loss and profits. The individual will be happy and disturbed from time to time. According to Uttar Kalamrita, Chapter 6 verse 7, in the period of a negative Moon the individual will have a miserable existence. There will be loss of wealth. He will annoy others. He will suffer from fever and poor health. He will not have mental peace. He will have to deal with some trouble or the other in the family all the time. His opponents will have an upper hand over him. According to Jataka Parijat, Chapter 18 verse 72, the individual may suffer from rheumatic trouble and suffer loss of wealth.

How to Time an Event

163

Mars Positive When Mars is associated with or receives aspect from a beneficial planet, and is exalted, is in its own sign, in an angle or triangle, or placed in the II or XI house, it will give good results. A strong Mars placed in an angle or the III house is also favourable. The period will be favourable. The individual may reach a high and powerful position in life. There may be gain of wealth, property and valuable assets. He may have authority. The government may honour him. He is also likely to get vehicles. He may make a mark for himself in a foreign country. His siblings will be happy and prosperous. The individual will be successful in his endeavours. His income will increase. He will be able to get the better of his opponents. He will win cases in courts. He will be happy with his wife and children. The government will honour him. He will earn wealth through his own efforts. The individual can earn well from sheep or goat rearing or from business, trade or enterprises dealing with electricity or fire. He will be courageous and assertive. He will have a clear and logical mind. He may make a mark for himself as a surgeon. The start of the period will be favourable. The period may end with some unfavourable results. According to Jataka Parljat, Chapter 18 verse 83, the individual will gain from property, factory, fire or vehicles. He may take up a profession of arms or get into trading. He may take to drug business or such vocation for which firmness is required. The individual will defraud others successfully. According to Uttar Kalamrita, Chapter 6 verse 8, the individual will become wise. He will have a clear and logical mind. His enemies will suffer and get routed. According to Phal Deepika, Chapter 19 verse 20, the individual will gain from his enemies. He will be in the good books of the government and shall receive favours from it. His farms will yield good produce. Negative When Mars is placed in one of the Adverse Trio houses, and it is debilitated or weak and it is associated with or receives aspect from a malefic planet, the period will give highly unfavourable results. Mars also gives adverse results when it is associated with a malefic planet or it is

164

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

under aspect from such a planet. The individual will suffer because of his properties and fire. He will be involved in several disputes and litigation. He may suffer wounds or may have diseases of blood. He may have serious trouble with his eyesight. His siblings will find life difficult. They may fall out with the individual. Government may cause problems for him. The individual may be attracted to immoral persons of the opposite sex and he may suffer losses on their account. There may be general distress and loss of wealth. According to Phal Deepika, Chapter 19 verse 9, the individual will work hard to make his employer wealthy. According to Jataka Parijat, Chapter 18 verse 83, the individual will have diseases relating to bile or blood. He will have fever. His relations with his wife will sour due to a woman of easy morals. His relations with his children, relatives and guru will also turn sour. According to Uttar Kalamrita, Chapter 6 verse 8, the younger brother or sister of the individual will face a difficult time. The individual will face the ire of the government. He may get injured or suffer from wounds. He will suffer losses due to fire or property. He may get involved in disputes. His eyesight may give trouble. He may suffer from ailments in the eye. There may be problems arising out of weapons.

Rahu Positive When Rahu is in an angle or a triangular house, exalted, in its mooltrikona sign, own sign or in Virgo, it is likely to give very good results. Rahu will give similar results when it is associated with or has the aspect of beneficial or yogkaraka planets, placed in an angle, or triangle, or in the III or the XI house or in a favourable sign. Rahu is generally favourable in a sign of Mercury. The individual will be very happy. He will have wealth and property. His superiors and friends will help him achieve the desired objectives. He will acquire vehicles. A son will be born to him. He will construct new houses. He will be religiously inclined. There will be happy events in his life. A foreign government will honour him. There will be much cause to celebrate. He will acquire new clothes and assets. The individual will be in a position of authority. The individual

How to Time an Event

165

may gain through foreigners or through such means that could not be considered above board. Another authority states that a beneficial Rahu will ensure successful journeys, promotion and enhanced income from transport, speculation or gambling. According to Jataka Parijat, Chapter 18 verse 95, the individual will go abroad during this period. Rahu in Aries, Taurus or Cancer will give wealth and status. The individual will lead a happy family life. Rahu in Taurus, Cancer, Leo or Virgo will improve wealth and status of the individual considerably. Rahu in Virgo, Sagittarius or Pisces shall give wife, children and wealth. The individual will reach a high position. According to Uttar Kalamrita, Chapter 6 verse 13, the individual will have excellent finances. He will have a very high status. The individual will go on pilgrimages. According to Phal Deepika, Chapter 19 verse 15, the individual will be successful in his ventures and wealthy and shall become well known. Negative Rahu in the VIII or XII house causes endless troubles in its period. Similar will be the result if it is in sambandha with a maraka planet or associated with a malefic planet. A debilitated Rahu is equally troublesome. Rahu in a sign of Jupiter, particularly in Sagittarius, should be examined carefully. During this period, the individual is likely to lose his position, property and reputation. He will be highly perturbed and confused. He will suffer financial losses and his wife and children will have a difficult time. The Nodes, when adverse can cause unending trouble during their periods. There may be an unsuitable change of residence. The major-period of an unfavourable Rahu is characterised by loss of health and wealth in the beginning of the major-period; gain of wealth and improvement in condition in his own country in the middle; and loss of position, change of residence and renewed troubles at the end. There is likelihood of deception and fraud. According to Jataka Parijat, Chapter 18 verse 95, discomfort and loss of position shall mark the period. The individual will be separated from his family. He will develop health problems. He will become controversial and shall be involved in disputes. According to Uttar Kalamrita, Chapter 6 verse 13, there may be danger from reptiles, weapons, fire,

166

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

poison or disease. Persons from lower stratum of society may harm the individual. He may suffer a fall or face enmity. According to Phal Deepika, Chapter 19 verse 21, the individual is likely to be in danger of being poisoned or he may suffer losses. The individual may develop trouble in the head or eyes. There will be trouble from the government too. According to verse 14, the individual may have trouble in his feet or lose his position. He may develop trouble on account of theft, fire or weapon. His children and relatives may face difficulties. Lowly placed persons may cause trouble to him. He may be disgraced. He may be relocated. He will be unsuccessful in his ventures. He will be mentally disturbed due to his troubles.

Jupiter Positive Jupiter yields good results if it is exalted, or is in its own or mooltrikona sign. It is also conidered good in Leo and Aquarius. It is beneficial if it is in an angle, triangle or in the XI house. It will give good results if it is in its own or exalted navamsha. The individual will come by wealth, vehicles, learning and success. He will enjoy good health. He will turn religious. There may be birth of a child in the family. He will enjoy power and high status. It may see marriage of a female individual or a happy married life. He will have an excellent house. His ambitions will be fulfilled. He will live in comfort and shall be happy. His elder siblings or in a female chart the husband of the individual may experience a happy period in their lives. Negative Jupiter, when debilitated, combust or associated with a malefic planet and placed in the VI or VIII house, shall be troublesome. Such a Jupiter causes loss of position, removal from residence, distress to children, mental disquiet, and loss of wealth. He may go on pilgrimages. The individual may have malfunctioning of liver or raised blood pressure. A female individual may experience marital stress or her husband may have trouble. The eldest child or the son of the individual may not fare well in life. According to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chapter 47 verses

How to Time an Event

167

49-51, the unfavourable results will be felt only at the commencement of the period. During the rest of the period, the individual will still enjoy the munificence of Jupiter. According to Uttar Kalamrita, Chapter 6 verse 10, the individual will not have good relations with his father. He may suffer from tuberculosis. According to verse 22, the individual will have trouble in the ears. He will develop cough and cold. The individual may lose his father or a senior uncle

Saturn Positive Saturn should be exalted, in its mooltrikona or own sign, in a friendly sign, in exaltation in navamsha, own or its mooltrikona navamsha, or in the III, IX or XI house for good results to come about. It gives good results in an angle or triangle, in Sagittarius or Pisces; or, in association with or under aspect of a beneficial, particularly a yogakaraka planet. There will be prosperity from activities in which labour is engaged, or from agricultural or mining activities. The individual will be religious. He will conform to social norms. He may assume a position of responsibility. He will be successful and earn a name for himself. He will turn wealthy. He will have a good house to live in. He will have vehicles and ornaments. He will do well in academics. He may get married. Children may be born to the individual. He will be happy and comfortable. Saturn will grant a high position, good clothes, an enthusiastic disposition and vehicles. According to Phal Deepika, Chapter 19 verse 23, the individual will gain from trouble or war in which his country would be involved. He will also gain through his servants. He will employ persons. Negative Saturn placed in the VI, VIII, or the XII house, in debilitation, or when combust will show adverse results. There may be danger from poison or weapons. He may lose his job or position. He may lose his parents. His wife and children may face illness or adversity. There may be displeasure of the government leading to losses or imprisonment. He may be involved in litigation. There may be industrial dispute, trouble

168

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

from labour or insubordination from the employees. There may be loss of wealth and property. The individual will be in danger of falling seriously sick or he may be paralysed. According to Phal Deepika, Chapter 19 verse 13, the individual may be involved with a mature woman. He may suffer losses in business and agriculture. He may talk rudely. He may be separated from his family. His wife and children may fall sick. According to verse 23, the individual may suffer from rheumatism, gout, cough or piles. There may be burning in his hands and feet. His wife and children may have an unhappy time.

Mercury Positive Mercury in exaltation, in its own or friendly sign; or in an angle, triangle or the XI house tends to show good results. A powerful Mercury will show exceedingly good results if it has the aspect of a beneficial planet; is placed in the IX house; or, is the owner of the X house. The individual will keep good health and earn very well. He will be successful and highly prosperous. He will gain from writing, publishing, friends, brokerage, trade or travelling. His will be a happy family. He, his wife and children will do well in life. The family will keep good health. He will become learned and well known. He will have good and favourable contacts with the government. His conduct will be worth emulating. He will be virtuous. According to Uttar Kalamrita, Chapter 6, verse 9, the individual may go abroad during this period.

Negative When Mercury is associated with or under aspect of a malefic planet, the individual will face opposition from the government. He will find it difficult to maintain his mental equilibrium and physical well being. There will be enmity with his relatives. He may go abroad. He will depend on others. He will have to face opposition. He may have to suffer from urinary trouble. When Mercury is placed in a house of the Adverse Trio the individual will suffer losses, and will not lead a comfortable life. There will be rheumatic trouble. He will suffer from jaundice. There will be

How to Time an Event

169

danger from the government, thieves and fire. He will lose his property. He will sign documents without due thought and care and will face the consequences of such an act. The individual will have mental tension and nervous trouble. He will be unsuccessful in his endeavours and suffer losses. He may have to travel a lot without much benefit. There may be enmity with businessmen. The individual will experience prosperity, academic success, and happiness from children at the commencement of the period. The government will honour him in the middle of the period. Towards the end of the period, there will be distress. According to Uttar Kalamrita, Chapter 6 verse 9, there may be loss of relatives, irritability, clouding of the intellect and trouble from traders.

Ketu Positive Ketu in an angle, XI house, in a triangle, in a beneficial sign, under aspect of a beneficial planet, in its own, mooltrikona or exaltation sign shall give good results. Ketu in a sign of Jupiter is favourable. The individual will receive favours from the government. He may get a good position. He will acquire vehicles and a child may be born to him. He may go on long tours. He will be comfortable. He will be happy with his wife and children. Ketu in the III, VI or XI house shall also give favourable results. The individual will have ruling powers, good relations with others, and wealth. The individual will be daring and be able to suppress his enemies. He will gain by taking bold decisions. He will gain from friends. A positive Ketu will give rajyoga at the commencement of the period. In the middle, it will create a situation when the individual will constantly be apprehensive of his safety and the welfare of his family. At the end of the period, he will undertake journeys to far off places and he may have physical discomfort. According to Uttar Kalamrita, Chapter 6 verse 14, the individual will gain from a foreign government or organisation. He may successfully compose poetic works.

170

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

Negative Ketu associated with or under aspect of a malefic planet and placed in the II, VIII or the XII house is not favourable. Ketu in a sign of Mercury is also troublesome. A debilitated Ketu or when its dispositor is debilitated or badly placed in an Adverse Trio house will also be troublesome. In such cases the individual may be incarcerated, his larger family may have troubles, he may be anxious all the time, he may lose his position, and he may have to give up his house. There will be loss of wealth. He may suffer from mental depression. He may have to live in the company of persons whom he does not like. He and his family may also keep poor health. According to Phal Deepika, Chapter 19 verse 17, the individual may develop boils. He may face a slanderous accusation and may have to leave his homeland. He may be very unhappy. There may be diseases of teeth and feet. There may be danger from weapon, fire, enemies or government. Phal Deepika has stated specifically in verse 25 that the individual faces sorrow or mental imbalance due to women during this period.

Venus Positive An exalted Venus is extremely favourable. It shall also be favourable if it is in its own sign, or in an angle or triangle. The individual will attain a high position. He will acquire vehicles and wealth. He will get delicious food. He will enjoy music and dance. When Venus is in its mooltrikona sign similar good results are expected. The individual will get married. If he is already married, he will have a pleasant life with his wife and children. There will be a lot of entertaining at his place. Others will also continuously entertain him. When the planet is so placed, the individual may recover in this period his lost wealth and position. He will be happy in life with women, and due to enhanced income and accumulating wealth. He may go overseas on pleasure trips. He will succeed at business of luxury or fashionable goods. He will lead a luxurious life.

How to Time an Event

171

When Venus is placed in the I or IV house as owner of the IX or X house, the individual will be happy and comfortable. He will rule over a territory. He may build a temple or tank. He may feed others. He will be wealthy and known. He will get married and shall have children. According to Phal Deepika, Chapter 19 verse 12, the individual may go on a cruise. The government may honour him. He will be happy because his desires would be fulfilled. He will gain from agriculture and international trade. Women will help him. He becomes wealthy according to verse 26. Venus in Aswini constellation is considered favourable. It is also favourable in the XI house. Negative Venus in one of the houses of the Adverse Trio or in debilitation and associated with a malefic planet or under its damaging aspect will make the individual fall out with his relatives and friends. There may be separation from these relatives and friends. Married life will usually be the first casualty. Relations may sour or the wife or his children may keep sick all the time. There will be losses in business. The individual may suffer from kidney trouble or disease in the sex organs, urinary system, or the prostate. If the individual is unmarried, marriage will be a difficult proposition during this period. If Venus is the owner of the II or VII house, the individual may not keep good health. According to Uttar Kalamrita, Chapter 6 verse 11, the individual may develop a venereal disease. According to Phal Deepika, Chapter 19 verse 26, the individual may lose an elder in the family. His relatives will face adversity. He may be mentally disturbed. 10. Results of the Period of a Planet: These considerations are very important. These will give specific results referred to by Parashar. These results are again indicative and pointers for analysis in the right direction. We must counter check these results through the Factor analysis. This section has six parts. The first is the analysis of the results of the period of a planet that has its sign in a house. Parashar in Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chapter 7 verse 43 has stated that for assessing the results of a house, its

172

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

owner ought to be closely analysed. The second is the analysis of the results of the period of a planet that occupies a house. The sign in the house will certainly modify the results. A planet could be debilitated or exalted owing to the sign. It could be in its own mooltrikona. Such considerations would alter its strength and therefore its capacity to give results and their quality. The third consideration will be the relationship a planet has with various houses. This also takes into account the first two above in a general way. We have already studied the manner in which a planet gets related to houses. When the major-period of a planet operates, the planet will give results of the houses that it is related to. The results due to the Factorship would emerge. The fourth part of this analysis is the assessment of results due to linkage formed between two houses. We have clarified earlier in Chapter One that planets have basic and specific relationships with houses. A planet can own or occupy a house. Finer relationships are based on basic relationships. Finer relationships arise due to the location of a planet in a sign, navamsha or constellation. The owner of the sign, navamsha or constellation occupies another house. Similarly a planet gets into a sambandha in a birth or navamsha chart. The planet with which it is in sambandha occupies another house. This also gives rise to a linkage. Thus, certain linkages are formed that are enumerated ahead, (a) The owner of a house forms a linkage with a house when it occupies another house. For example, let Mars be in the IV house in a chart having Libra ascendant. Mars shall own the II and VII houses. The owner of the VII house shall be in the IV and a linkage between these two houses will be set up. Similarly a linkage will be formed between the II and IV houses, (b) When there is sambandha between two planets, the houses occupied by the two shall be related. A linkage will be formed between these two houses. Further, each house that one planet owns would form linkage with the, house that the other planet occupies, (c) A linkage is also formed between two houses when a planet, occupying a house, is related to another house through navamsha or constellation. Suppose Mars is placed in the II house in Swati constellation of Rahu and the latter occupies the IX house. A linkage between the II and IX houses shall be formed. Similarly, suppose Jupiter occupies Cancer in the II house in a birth chart and the Moon is placed in the III. A linkage

How to Time an Event

173

between the II and III houses is formed. To give a third illustration, suppose in a birth chart having Capricorn ascendant Mercury is placed in Pisces in the III house and occupies Leo navamsha. If the Sun occupies the IV house in the birth chart, a linkage is formed between the III and IV houses, (d) We should also consider the specific relationship. Suppose a planet projects an aspect to within 5° of the sensitive point of a house or within the orb to a planet occupying the house. The concerned planet shall link the house the planet occupies and the house that receives the aspect, (e) In the preceding case the houses the planet owns shall also be linked to the houses receiving the aspect. The effect of this linkage shall be experienced to a lesser extent though. It must however be noted that the results given for linkages are independent of karakas and they are therefore general in nature. Depending on the respective karaka used in defining a Factor the related effect should be picked out of the general description. The following description is subject to the above consideration. Parashar has mentioned in Chapter 24 verses 145-148 of his Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, that the results of location of the owner of a house in another house will depend on the strength of the owner and the house, and the influence that the owner and house receive. He has further stated that if a planet owns two houses it may give contradictory indications for the same matter. In such a case, the two results will cancel each other out. All other different results will come to pass. Some more information on results relating to linkage can be found in our work on predictive astrology. Most of the results stated by Parashar are axiomatic in nature, and they should be accepted as they have been given. However, in addition to what the sage has said, the other results too arising out of linkage between two houses should be taken into account. Let us take the case when the owner of the VI house is placed in the IV. This may lead to disturbance of mental peace for the individual. Parashar has dealt with this linkage in verse 64 of Chapter 24 of Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra. He does not mention this result presumably since this is easy to deduce. Here a statement made by Parashar in verse 7 of Chapter 23 of Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra assumes tremendous importance. It says that just as results are deduced from the ascendant for the individual,

174

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

similarly deductions may be made for younger brothers and other relatives from the III and other houses respectively. This is supported by Phal Deepika Chapter 15 verses 20 and 25. We should take the house that represents a relative as the ascendant for that relative and deduce matters relating to his life from the chart of the individual. Suppose we are considering younger brother/sister, The III house in the chart of the individual will be taken as the ascendant for the younger brother/ sister. His wealth will be judged from the IV house. His children will be judged from the VII house, etc. Therefore, the linkages formed between two houses and other analyses, as discussed above, will also indicate results for various relatives of the individual. This should however be used for initial exploratory analysis of the chart. Here two considerations have to be kept in mind. Firstly, we know that the Factor for siblings shall indicate the results relating to them according to the influence it receives of other Factors. If a Factor for disease influences a Factor for father, his health shall be delicate during the major-periods of these two Factors. If a Factor for wealth influences a Factor for siblings, they shall experience matters relating to wealth during the major-periods of these two planets, etc. This is the view of the life of the sibling from the eyes of the individual whose chart is being considered. There is a second view too. This is by taking the Arudha of the III house from Mars. This would represent the eldest among the younger siblings of the individual. When we take this Arudha as the ascendant, we are in a position to analyse the life of another individual. This analysis would give us the psychological and physical personality of the sibling, his mental make-up and all other aspects of life that we wish to analyse. The fifth is the analysis of the results from a karaka. We have already referred to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chapter 7 verses 3943. Parashar has said that details regarding a relative may be assessed from the same number of house counted from the karaka for the relative as the house that represents the relative from the ascendant. We are already using this principle as fundamental to our analysis. We need not dwell on this any further. The sixth is the effect of placement of each planet in a sign. It is described in detail in our previous work on predictive astrology. The placement of a planet in a sign makes it give certain unique results. The method to determine such results is given earlier.

How to Time an Event

175

11. According to Phal Deepika, Chapter 20 verse 14, if the owner of a house is well placed, occupies its own or friendly sign or the sign of its exaltation or is retrograde it will give very good results. We can also take that the owner will give good results if it occupies its mooltrikona sign. On the other hand, if the owner is placed in an inimical sign or the sign of its debilitation, is combust or it occupies one of the houses of the Adverse Trio from the ascendant the results shall be unpleasant. In sum, a strong planet as assessed on the basis of criterion stated earlier in this work shall yield favourable results and a weak one shall not do so. According to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 3 verse 63 Chaukhamba edition, a planet in exaltation will be capable to give its full favourable result. The result will be 75% if it occupies its mooltrikona sign. It will be half in its own sign. In a friendly sign, the planet will give 25% result. When it occupies a neutral sign, the result will be 12.5%. In an inimical sign, or when the planet is combust or debilitated, there will be no favourable result. This is only an illustration as to how important a role the strength of a planet plays. The statement of Phal Deepika Chapter 20 verse 57 too is worth taking note of. It says that even when a planet is debilitated, combust or is placed in an inimical sign, it shall give mixed results in case it occupies a good house in a birth chart and is placed in its friendly, own, mooltrikona or exaltation sign in the navamsha chart. The good effect of the period shall be visible in its second half. Varahmihir in Brihajjatakam states the reverse too. According to him the period would still be a mixed one in case the planet is in its friendly, own, mooltrikona or exaltation sign in a birth chart but it gets debilitated in the navamsha chart or occupies an inimical sign there. The following is a general assessment of each house based on the strength of the owner of the house. Secondly, since matters pertaining to each house are generally represented by different Factors, they could take shape according to the strength of each Factor. Thus, suppose we are considering the Factor for physical self. When the Factor is strong good results pertaining to physical self shall manifest in the major-period of the Factor. Let us again take as an illustration the IV house. A Factor for education, when strong, shall give good education. A Factor for vehicle if weak will cause problems relating to vehicle or may ensure

176

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

that the individual is not able to afford a vehicle. Both the matters relate to the IV house from the ascendant but the effect of varying strength of Factors shall bring out differing results. Thirdly, the strength of the house shall also be a major player in determining results relating to that house. When the house is strong, matters pertaining to the house shall flourish, and vice-versa.

I House Good health and prominence could be the result if the owner is powerful and well placed. The signification of the planet will determine the manner and area of rise of the individual. For example, if the Sun is the owner of the first house, the individual will achieve prominence in or due to government. If it is Mercury, he may excel in literary or communicative activity. If it is Venus, he may become highly proficient in fine arts or dramatics; and, again if it is Jupiter, the excellence may be in the field of finance, academics or teaching, etc. He will be successful in his endeavours. He will be happy. The aspect of Jupiter on the ascendant or on a planet that would have caused blemish in the character of the individual would be sufficient to remove the adverse effects. A powerful owner of the ascendant under influence of Jupiter is a sure indication of a blameless and virtuous character. If the planet is weak there could be distress. The individual may suffer from restriction on his freedom. The owner of ascendant that is not placed in an inimical sign and is neither combust nor debilitated, but alone in an angle makes the individual happy. Whenever there is an exchange between the owners of the ascendant and another house, matters relating to the concerned house flourish. According to Jataka Parijat Chapter 18 verse 42, an individual will suffer heavy loss of wealth or expenditure and face enmity during the sub-period of Saturn in the major-period of the owner of the I house. According to Phal Deepika, Chapter 20 verse 15, an owner of the I house that is debilitated, is placed in one of the Adverse Trio houses, is in an inimical sign or is combust shall cause fear in the mind of the individual. He may have to live incognito. He may come under threat of incarceration. He may feel that his liberty is restricted. He may also lose his position or the residence that he occupied due to his high position.

How to Time an Event

177

He may keep poor health. He may be mentally disturbed. According to verse 2 a powerful owner of the ascendant will raise the $tatus of the individual. He would lead a comfortable, happy and healthy life. According to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 13 verse 1 Chaukhamba edition, the owner of the I house in one of the houses of the Adverse Trio with a malefic planet will cause physical discomfort and unhappiness. The influence of a malefic planet on the ascendant or the Moon without influence of a beneficial planet will give similar results. The owner of the I house will cause illness when it is combust, debilitated or placed in an inimical sign. Beneficial planets in angles and triangles ensure good health. Beneficial planets in the I house make one handsome.

II House There may be addition to the family if the planet that owns the house is powerful and properly placed. Such a planet will also ensure happiness because of children or members of the immediate family. The individual may get a favourable communication. When the planet is under aspect of a waxing Moon the individual is likely to get wealth, happiness and comforts. This house represents education of the individual in his childhood. If period of the owner operates at that time, the individual will do well at school provided the planet is well placed and powerful. The individual may earn well due to his proficiency in speech. If the planet is weak there could be mental and physical distress. The individual could be indiscreet in his speech. The sub-period of the owner of the house or of a planet occupying the house can be troublesome according to Parashar. The individual may fall out with his friends. The sub-period of the owner of the II house when weak and afflicted can cause marital discord. The sub-period of the Sun, Mars, Saturn or Rahu will cause heavy loss of wealth in the major-period of malefic owner of the II house. The sub-periods of these planets in the period of an owner that is associated with or placed in the sign of a malefic planet too will show similar results according to Jataka Parijat, Chapter 18 verse 43. The individual will also face ire of the government.

178

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

According to Phal Deepika, Chapter 20 verse 3, the individual will enjoy good meals in the period of a beneficial owner of the house. He will earn well through his speech. He will be praised for his eloquence. His family will prosper. He may receive a favourable letter or news. A weak owner of the house according to Phal Deepika Chapter 20 verse 15 will cause eye trouble. The individual will not be able to talk properly in an assembly. His family may disintegrate. He may suffer from disease in the mouth. There may be trouble through the government and loss of status. The Moon, when powerful, occupying a triangular house under aspect from Venus will ensure good eyesight throughout the life of the individual. Beneficial planets in the II house give polite and pleasant speech to the individual, malefic planets there will do the reverse. The individual will become an astrologer if the owner of the house is powerful and Mercury occupies an angle. Kalyan Verma in his magnum opus Saravali Chapter 34 verses 18 to 20 says that Jupiter in the house under aspect of Mercury, Mercury in the house under aspect of the Moon or a weak Moon in the house under aspect of Mercury will cause heavy loss of wealth. On the other hand the Moon receiving aspect of Jupiter or Venus will make the individual prosperous. Jupiter and Venus in the II house show prosperity for the individual. This is a rajyoga too. The owner of the house in the II or X house shows that the individual will be wealthy. The II house when related to the V house shall give wealth through creative work, increase in family and much love and affection among the family members. Its relationship with the XII house can bring about separations in the family and loss of wealth.

Ill House Younger brother/sister of the individual could prosper in case the owner of the house is powerful. The individual will be popular. He will get to hear favourable reports and news. He will succeed in his endeavours. He may be put at the head of a body of men or an

How to Time an Event

179

organisation. If the planet is weak or afflicted, the individual will have trouble from his younger brothers / sisters, they may develop adverse relations with him, and generally there shall be unfavourable results. According to Brihat Parashar Mora Shastra, Chapter 70 verse 24, the third sign from the sign that Mars occupies is the house that would also determine courage, matters relating to younger siblings and valour. This is the standard principle of the relevant house from the karaka being representative of the matter that the house from the ascendant stands for. According to Jataka Parijat, Chapter 18 verse 45, the individual may face trouble from enemies and thieves in the sub-period of a malefic planet that is associated with the owner of the III house. Parashar has categorically stated that the Sun could cause death of elder brother if it occupies the III house; Saturn could similarly be adverse for the younger brother and Mars could be bad for both elder and younger brothers. The individual will not have siblings if the owner of the sign occupied by the Moon goes to the III house. According to Phal Deepika, Chapter 20 verse 16, the individual may lose his younger sibling, he may face public criticism and he may be defeated in the period of an afflicted or weak owner of the house. He may face problems caused by his secret enemies. The exaltation of the owner of the III house from the Moon will imbue the personality of the individual with virtues. The same effect will be seen in case the owner of the III house from the Moon is in the IX house from the ascendant.

IV House The individual will acquire property and vehicles in the period of the owner if the planet or house is powerful. He will have profits from agriculture and property. The individual will have plenty of immovable property if Mars is placed in an angular or triangular house in a birth chart and the powerful owner of the ascendant is under the influence of a beneficial planet. The association of the owners of the IV and X houses in an angle or a triangular house shall give the individual a palatial house. He may get admission to the college of his choice. His education will

180

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

proceed smoothly. He will have a good house to live in. He will have domestic peace and happiness. His status will improve. If the planet is weak the mother of the individual will suffer and there may be adverse results with respect to the assets of the individual. He may face danger from water. He may be mentally disturbed. According to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chaukhamba edition, Chapter 70 verse 22, the IV sign from the sign occupied by the Moon would also determine matters relating to mother, village and residence. According to verse 29, the fourth sign from the sign occupied by Mercury shall determine matters relating to clan and friends. According to Jataka Parijat, Chapter 18 verse 47, a malefic owner of the house may cause loss of position, removal from residence and opposition from relatives and friends in the sub-period of a malefic planet. According to Phal Deepika, Chapter 20 verse 5, the individual will gain from agriculture and enjoy a happy domestic life in the period of a favourable owner of the house. He may acquire vehicles and immovable property. His status may improve. He will help his relatives. When the planet is weak it will cause trouble and unhappiness to his mother, relatives and close acquaintances. He may face complications relating to his house or farm. He would be in danger from water. A malefic planet in the house shall cause trouble to the father in its period. The individual takes to travelling after the death of his parents if there are two malefic planets in the house. Trouble to mother could be foretold in the period of the Moon when it is associated with or receives aspect from malefic planets. Such malefic planets too shall cause trouble to the mother in their periods. The mother will experience difficult times in the period of the Moon when malefic planets hem it in. Malefic influence on the VI and VIII houses from the Moon with no mitigating beneficial influence is also indicative of trouble to the mother. The trouble could take the form of death of the mother when the adverse influence is intense. An exchange between the owners of the ascendant and IV house will make the mother of the individual long lived. The longevity would be good for the mother in case the owner of the IV house is powerful and is placed in a triangular house from the Moon. The owner of the III house and the Moon in a house of the Adverse Trio will cause immediate death of the mother of the individual after birth.

How to Time an Event

181

All adverse indications for the individual and for his mother in a birth chart would be erased if Jupiter and Mars join together or Jupiter projects an aspect to Mars according to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 11 verse 8, Chaukhamba edition. The individual will live in his place of birth when a fixed sign is in the ascendant and the owner of the ascendant too occupies a fixed sign. Jupiter and Venus in mutual aspect make one a mathematician. The relationship of the IV house with the XII shall cause loss relating to matters of the IV house. It could cause loss of mother, house, vehicle or property. The particular area of loss can be determined through the use of karaka as has been clarified elsewhere. A planet that relates the IV house to the XII from the ascendant is likely to cause a change of residence for the individual. A planet relating the IV house to the IX could make the individual go abroad and live there. However, without use of the right karaka such statements can only be conjectures.

V House The individual will acquire academic excellence, high position, children and happiness through them when the owner of the house is powerful. His children will do well in life. He will be honoured. A weak planet owing the house will cause stomach trouble. According to Jataka Parijat, Chapter 18 verse 48, the individual will face trouble from the government in the sub-period of a malefic planet in the major-period of the owner of the house. The period of a beneficial owner of the house shall cause the individual to progress steadily on spiritual path. He will have happiness from his children. He may turn wealthy. He will have favour from persons in authority. According to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chaukhamba edition, Chapter 70 verse 31, the fifth sign from the sign occupied by Jupiter shall also be the house that would determine matters relating to children, knowledge, and religious inclination of the individual. There are a very large number of methods that profess to be able to give the number of children that would be born to an individual but in practice most of these do not work. We shall first give the method

182

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

that has worked well. We will then give the other methods for the knowledge of the reader, (i) This method seems to work well. To determine the number of children determine the V house from karaka Jupiter. Take the Arudha of this house. See as to how many planets occupy or project aspects to the house. The aspects shall be according to to the traditional rules. Further see the number of planets that associate with or get into sambandha with the owner of the Arudha. The number of children shall be according to the number of planets so identified, (ii) According to Chapter 70 verse 33 of Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra the number of navamsha occupied by the owner of the V house shall determine the number of children. Thus, if the owner of the V house is Venus and it is at 10° 22' in Aries it shall be in the 4th navamsha of the sign. Thus, the individual is likely to have four children, (iii) An alternative view given in Chapter 17 of Hora Sara is that the number of completed navamshas by the owner of the V house shall determine the number of children. In this case the number of completed navamshas is three. The individual should have three children, (iv) The number of completed navamshas of the planet that occupies the V house is also said to give the number of children, (v) According to Chapter 17 of Hora Sara the number of completed navamshas by the karaka Jupiter shall indicate the number of children, (vi) Yet another view is that the number of navamsha would mean the number of sign in the navamsha chart that the planet owing the V house occupies. This means that Taurus would be the second navamsha, Capricorn the tenth etc. This number would be equal to the number of children the individual would have, (vii) It is also taken that the number of children shall be equal to the number of signs that separate the sign that the owner of the V house occupies in the navamsha chart from the sign in the birth ascendant. Suppose the owner of the V house is in Cancer navamsha. If the birth chart has Gemini in the ascendant, Cancer shall be the second sign from Gemini. The individual will have two children. This method is given in Shuka Nadi. (viii) We will now consider two methods given by Jaimini. According to Jaimini Sutras we should draw the Saptamsa chart. See whether the ascendant in the chart is odd or even. When the sign in the ascendant of the Saptamsa chart is odd, take the V house from the ascendant in the chart as the ascendant for the first child, the third house from the V, i.e., the VII house as the ascendant for the second child, the third house from the VII, i.e., the IX house as

How to Time an Event

183

the third child, etc. The house or the owner of which meets a Node in the Saptamsa chart shall determine the last and youngest child. When the ascendant in the Saptamsa chart is an even sign, count the V house from the ascendant in the reverse direction. It would be the IX house from the ascendant. This would be the ascendant for the first child. The third house from the IX house counted in the reverse direction shall be the VII house. This would be the ascendant for the second child. The V house in this manner shall indicate the third child, etc. The house that has a Node or the owner of which meets a Node shall be indicative of the last child, (ix) It is also considered in Jaimini system that the number of planets that occupy or project aspects to the V house from the ascendant shall determine the number of children. The aspect shall be according to the Jaimini system. In this system all movable signs project aspects to all fixed signs and vice-versa except the adjacent ones. Therefore Scorpio and Libra shall not aspect each other. All common signs project aspects to each other. Thus, Gemini will project aspect to Sagittarius. A planet in a sign that projects aspect to another sign shall be considered to be projecting an aspect to that sign and to a planet in it. Thus, if Venus is in Aquarius, and Mars in Taurus, they shall project aspects to Libra. If Jupiter occupies the V house in Libra and Venus and Mars project aspects to the house, the individual is expected to have three children. The gender of the child would be according to the gender of the concerned planet and influence on it. The number of siblings can also be determined in the same manner. We know that a planet will give a result in its major-period if it is a Factor for it. If it is under influence of Mercury strongly and the common signs and constellations indicating multiplicity are involved it should make the event happen more than once in the major-period of the planet. If it were not so the event would happen only once. The Factor would give the result when its major-period runs. We can determine planets the sub-periods of which in a major-period would give the expected result. If the Factor is going to cause the event to materialise only once, only one sub-period will yield the result. The number of eligible sub-periods could be more than one if the Factor were going to cause the event to happen more than once in its major-period. The number of eligible sub-periods could be the number of times the events would

184

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

take place. It could also happen more than once in the same subperiod. Multiplicity in a major-period will happen when conditions for it are satisfied. According to Phal Deepika, Chapter 20 verse 6, the individual will offer hospitality to and receive it from his friends when the owner of the house is powerful. He will lead a pleasant life. He may get the post of a minister or a counsellor. The individual would be praised and honoured. When the planet is afflicted or weak the individual may be worried on account of his children. The combust or afflicted and weak owner of the V house may cause trouble to or even death of children. The individual may be defrauded. He would have to travel aimlessly. He may suffer from stomach trouble. The government of the region may take him to task. According to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 16 verse 13 the owner of the V house associated with the Moon occupying a drekkan owned by the Moon shall give only daughters to the individual. A drekkan is the one-third division of a sign. Saturn or a Node in the house causes miscarriage. The Sun and Mars in the house may destroy children. The individual would be childless if the Sun occupies the ascendant and Saturn the VII house. The association of the owner of the V house in a favourable angle with Jupiter will ensure birth of children to the individual despite adverse influence on the house. The aspect of Jupiter on the owner of the V house will also have a similar effect. In fact, when a planet occupying the ascendant or the IX house, associated with the owner of the ascendant or the V or projecting an aspect to one of these owners has the aspect or association with Jupiter, Venus or Mercury the birth of a child is assured. A planet beneficially associated with the Sun will also be capable of giving a child. The individual will get a child early in life if the owner of the V house is powerful and it receives aspect from a beneficial planet. The individual would not like to have children if the Sun and the owner of the V house in birth chart occupy a sign owned by Saturn. When these planets go to a sign of Mars, the wife of the individual will have such disinclination. The wife of the individual will beget a child from some other man according to Saravali, Chapter 34 verse 28 when the V house has a sign

How to Time an Event

185

of Saturn having aspect of Mercury but it does not have aspect of the Sun Mars or Jupiter. Similar effect should be predicted if the house has the sign of Mercury with Mercury therein, and the Sun, Mars or Jupiter does not project an aspect to it. According to Saravali, Chapter 34 verse 29 when the V house has the sign of Mercury or Saturn with the owner therein and has the aspect of the Moon, the individual adopts a child. According to Saravali, Chapter 34 verse 41 children will die as they are born when Mars occupies the V house without favourable influence. If Jupiter or Venus projects an aspect to it only the first child will die. When the owners of the ascendant and V house are associated in a sign of a planet that is inimical to them, there could be loss of children. Such a location of the owner of the V house in association with the owner of the ascendant will damage other matters related to the V house too. The individual could be irreligious and an atheist. This principle is uniformly applicable. If instead of the V house the owner of the III house is so involved there could loss of younger siblings. The children will live long if the owner of the V house occupies a sign of a beneficial planet and has the aspect of a beneficial planet too. According to verse 42, Mars or Saturn in the house indicates distress or sickness to the individual, the iocation of Mercury, Jupiter or Venus therein indicates happiness and prosperity. A relationship between the V and XII houses is generally bad as it threatens separation from, loss of, or deprivation of happiness from children.

VI House If the planet owing the house is powerful the individual will have good health and his enemies will not trouble him. He will be powerful and wealthy. This period will bring trouble from thieves, enemies and diseases if the planet or house is weak. There will be mishaps. Others will impose themselves upon him. According to Phal Deepika, Chapter 20 verse 7, a powerful owner of the house shall help the individual keep sound health. He will overcome all opposition. He will be powerful. According to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chapter 18 verse 13, Chaukhamba edition, a malefic planet in the VI house, the owner of the

186

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

house too associated with a malefic planet and Saturn associated with Rahu will keep the individual in poor health. According to Chapter 18 verse 27, Chaukhamba edition, the individual will have fear from dog in his 10th or 19th year of life in case the owners of the ascendant and the VI house join each other in the VI house. Verse 26 Chaukhamba edition states that an exchange between the VI and XI houses shall cause loss of wealth due to enemy in 31st year of life. According to Phal Deepika, Chapter 20 verse 17, there will be thefts in his house in the period of a weak or afflicted owner of the house. The individual will feel financial inadequacy. He may keep unsatisfactory health. He may develop boils. People will misbehave with him. According to Jataka Parijat, Chapter 18 verse 49, there will be fear of losses through fire in the sub-period of a malefic planet in the majorperiod of the owner of the house. Such a sub-period will also cause disease and trouble from the government. The individual may face disgrace or reduction in status in such a sub-period. A malefic planet in the house shall cause trouble to the mother in its period. Jatakabharnam, Chapter on Transits, verses 27 and 28, state that the Sun represents the head, the Moon throat and chest, Mars the back and abdomen, Mercury hands and feet, Jupiter the waist and thighs, Venus rectum and testicles and Saturn knees. When the planet concerned reaches a position that is adverse (in one of the Adverse Trio houses, in combustion, in debilitation or in some other unsatisfactory state) it causes trouble in the concerned part of the body. According to Varahmihir, a person having the Sun in the navamsha of the Moon and vice-versa in his birth chart, or these two planets together in Cancer or Leo, will suffer from tuberculosis or similar other lung disease. Further, according to him, Saturn in the VII house and Jupiter in the ascendant will cause rheumatism. When Mars replaces Saturn in the VII house, the sanity of the individual will be jeopardised. According to Jatakabharnam, Chapter on Adversity verse 14, Mars in the V, VII or IX house and Saturn in the ascendant will cause rheumatism. The same verse also states that a waning Moon and Saturn in the XII house too will cause rheumatism. When Aries, Taurus, Leo, Scorpio, Sagittarius, Capricorn or Aquarius rises in the ascendant, and a malefic planet projects an aspect to the

How to Time an Event

187

ascendant, the individual, according to Varahmihir turns bald. According to him, the individual will be weak-sighted if the Sun in the V or IX house receives malefic influence. When Mars replaces the Sun in this combination, he may have some deformity. Saturn so placed will keep him in poor health all his life. Malefic planets in the II, V, IX and XII houses threaten the liberty of the individual. Similar could be the result if the owner of the ascendant is afflicted and the rising drekkan is either serpent or fetter. The last drekkan of Cancer, the first drekkan of Scorpio and the last drekkan of Pisces are termed as serpent (sarpa) drekkans according to Phal Deepika Chapter 3 verse 13. The first drekkan of Capricorn is the fetter (nigad) drekkan on this authority. According to Jatakabharnam Chapter on the VI House, verse 2, malefic planets destroy disease and enemies through their aspect or occupation of the house. On the contrary beneficial planets so related to the house promote these aspects in the life of the individual. This house represents service under someone. Therefore, malefic planets in this house or associated with the owner of the house cause trouble in service during their periods. When the owner of the house is debilitated or afflicted, then too similar results will follow.

VII House The sub-period of the owner of the house can be troublesome according to Parashar. A powerful owner of the house with influence of beneficial planets gives wealth and status. The individual will enjoy life. There will be successful partnerships in business. The individual will travel purposefully according to Phal Deepika Chapter 20 verse 8, during the period of powerful owner of the house. When the Moon is in the house with Mercury, Jupiter or Venus, the individual will be very wealthy. According to Jataka Parijat, Chapter 18 verse 49, during the major-period of the owner of the house and sub-period of a malefic planet the individual may have to travel aimlessly or go abroad. An individual will stay at a distant place in the major-period of a planet that is related to the Arudha of the VII house from the natal Moon. When Rahu is related to the Arudha it shall be a distant foreign country.

188

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

The planet that owns the VII house, when powerful, will ensure marriage of the individual or a happy married life. Location of favourable or yogakaraka planets in the VII houses from the ascendant and Venus/ Jupiter (depending on the gender of the chart) will make the married life of the individual happy and long. He may solemnise a marriage at his home. There could be distress to wife if the planet is weak, debilitated or combust. It may cause losses because of the opposite sex. Venus with a malefic planet anywhere in birth chart is an indication that the wife of the individual may die early. The combined aspects of the Sun and Jupiter on either the ascendant or the VII house will cause very early death of the wife. The location of the dispositor of Venus in a house of the Adverse Trio too will shorten the life span of the wife. The wife of the individual will always keep poor health when the owner of the VII house is a malefic planet and a malefic planet occupies the house. If this combination occurs simultaneously in the II house the individual will remain unmarried. According to Varahmihir when alongwith waning Moon in the V house and malefic planets in the VII and XII houses, a malefic planet also occupies the ascendant the individual will remain unmarried. The Sun in the house makes the wife of the individual barren. The Sun in the VII house with malefic influence will cause the spouse to neglect the individual. The domestic life will be happy in case the owner of the II house has no affliction and it is well placed. This will be further confirmed in case the owners of the II and VII houses are together in a friendly sign and good house. The location of the owner of the II house in the XII with the Moon indicates incompatibility between married partners and early separation. If the owners of the ascendant and the IV house are associated in the ascendant in a birth chart, the wife of the individual will live mostly at her mother's place. Venus in the VII house imparts beauty to the breasts of the wife of an individual. When the Nodes occupy the I/VII axis the spouse remains under the control of the individual. The location of Saturn and Mars in the VII house puts a question mark on the moral character of the wife of the individual. Venus in the navamsha sign of Mars or Saturn under aspect of the respective planet; and, the Moon, Saturn and Mars in the VII house will turn the couple morally depraved according to Varahmihir. Jatakabharnam, Chapter on the VII House, verse 7 states that an

How to Time an Event

189

individual and his wife would both be of loose morals when the VII house has a sign of Mars or Saturn and either of these planets projects an aspect too to it. When the owner of the house occupies a sign that Venus or Saturn owns and has the aspect of a beneficial planet, the individual is likely to have more than one wife. Similar result may be expected if the owner of the house occupies its own sign or is exalted, and receives aspect of a beneficial planet. The location of the owner of the VII house in a movable sign imparts an inclination to marry more than once. The location of the owner of the VII house in a fixed sign may not cause multiple marriages. However if the only aspect that Venus receives is of the full Moon or Jupiter, the individual will marry once and the married life will be happy. The association of the owners of the II and VII houses in an angle or a triangular house shall also have the same effect. When the Karaka-Factor for marriage has the influence of Mercury, and is in a sign or constellation that shows multiplicity, an individual is likely to marry more than once. In this respect the birth chart of Elizabeth Taylor is very instructive. If a Factor for marriage has similar influence, the individual may marry more than once in the major-period of that Factor. The owners of the ascendant and VII house associated in one of these two houses indicate that the individual would have two wives. Venus in Cancer or a dual sign is the surest indication of more than one marriage. The association of Venus with a malefic planet also points to this fact. According Saravali Chapter 34 verse 46 the individual would marry a widow in case the Moon occupies the VII house with Saturn. A waning Moon in the V house and malefic planets in the VII and XII houses place the individual under the control of his wife. Venus with the Moon; and, Mars with Saturn in the VII sign from Venus will keep the individual unmarried. Let us take the birth chart of Shri Yogananda Parmahamsa, a renowned Kriyayogi who passed away in 1952 in USA. He came from a good family and was highly spiritual from his early childhood. He became a disciple of Swami Sri Yukteswar Giri and renounced the world. He was deputed by his guru to spread the light of spiritualism in the West. He went and established a centre in the USA. He, in the true tradition of Indian spiritualism, had remained unmarried.

190

Chapter 2: The Major-Period Male, January 5, 1893, 2038 hours LMT, Gorakhpur, UP, India,

Chart II-5 Lagna

Navamsha

26°N45', 83°E24', Time Zone 0533 hours East of Greenwich. Planet Longitude

Owner/C Planet Longitude

Owner/C

Sun

8s23°12'46"

Venus

Venus

Mercury

Moon

4s03°14'27"

Ketu

Saturn 5s20°13'27"

Moon

Mars

11s13°18'54"

Saturn

Rahu

0s12°41'37"

Ketu

Merc

8s00°55'28"

Ketu

Ketu

7s12°41'37"

Rahu

Mercury

Ascdt

4s06°38'32"

Jupiter 11s23°51'23"

7s24°44'30"

Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed. We know that the XII house from natal Saturn shows denial. The sign Leo is placed in the XII house from Saturn and the Moon occupies

How to Time an Event

191

it Saturn is in Hasta constellation of the Moon. Saturn is thus related to the XII house from its natal position. Saturn is in Cancer in the navamsha chart. This relates Saturn to the XII house from the ascendant. The XII house from Arudha lagna is Pisces. Mars and Saturn are in sambandha with the Moon in the navamsha. Mars is in Uttarbhadra constellation of Saturn. Mars occupies Pisces. Saturn is thus the Karaka-Factor for denial. Venus is similarly the Karaka-Factor for marriage and spouse. Venus is in a navamsha sign of Saturn. Venus is in Jyestha constellation of Mercury. The latter is in association with the Moon in the navamsha chart. We have seen the close relationship that the Moon has with Saturn. Thus, the Karaka-Factor for denial is related to the Karaka-Factor for marriage. The denial of marriage in the chart is clear. We notice that this is a bachelor's chart. Malefic planets in the IV and VIII houses from Venus will cause death of the wife of the individual from fire. The wife will die due to a fall if malefic planets hem in Venus. Mars in the VII house with only malefic influence will cause early death of the spouse. The location of the owner of the VII house in a house of the Adverse Trio is also indicative of the same effect. The loss of wife will take place early according to Jatakabharnam Chapter on VII house verse 14 when Rahu in the house is hemmed in by Mars in the VI house and Saturn in the VIII. According to Jatakabharnam Chapter on Female Horoscopy verse 20 a malefic planet in the VIII house shall cause death of spouse in the life of the individual. It further says that the death of husband would happen in the major or sub-period of the owner of the navamsha sign in which the owner of the VIII house is placed. Jatakabharnam is also of the view in this verse that placement of a beneficial planet in the II house from the ascendant would mean that the female would die before her husband. According to Jataka Parijat, Chapter 18 verse 49, the wife of the individual could face trouble or may even die during the major-period of the owner of the VII house and sub-period of a malefic planet. The individual may be separated from his wife according to verse 18 when the planet is weak or afflicted. The individual will face adverse conditions in life due to his wife. Marriage will give rise to prosperity if the owner of the VII house and Venus are placed in III, VI, X or XI house from the ascendant. In this case, association of these two planets is not necessary. Marriage will

192

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

be followed by misfortune, according to Chapter 20 verse 64 of Prasna Marg, when the owners of the I, II and VII alongwith Venus are badly placed, combust, debilitated or in inimical signs in the navamsha chart. Prasna Marg has given certain combinations for timing of marriage. These combinations are effective. We will give some important combinations for timing of marriage. The elegance of these combinations lies in their simplicity, (i) According to Chapter 20 verses 59 and 60, marriage will take place early in life if the owner of the VII house is a naturally beneficial planet and it is associated with the owner of the ascendant, (ii) Marriage would take place early if Venus is powerful in the chart and it is associated with the owner of the ascendant, (iii) Venus and the owner of the VII house in angular houses too indicate early marriage, (iv) When the owner of the VII house is close to the owner of the ascendant, or a naturally beneficial planet is near the ascendant or VII house, the individual will get married early in life, (v) Saturn and Mars in the VII house receiving the aspect of a beneficial planet will delay marriage, (vi) The owners of the ascendant and VII house close to each other, or one owner close to the other house in birth chart indicate early marriage. This is a strong indication and is capable of over ruling the influence of Saturn on various VII houses, (vii) The individual would marry early in case the ascendant, II and VII houses have beneficial planets in them. On the other hand, when these three houses and Venus are afflicted, the marriage of the individual will be delayed, (viii) According Saravali Chapter 34 verse 56 the individual will remain unmarried when Venus and Mercury occupy the VII house. In this case he will also not have any children. He will marry at an advanced age if this combination receives aspect of a beneficial planet, (ix) According to Jatakabharnam Chapter on the VII House, verse 3, when the house has beneficial sign and planets, and aspect of such beneficial planets, the individual would get married early. Such influence by malefic sign and planets will delay marriage and if it has the influence of both beneficial and malefic planets, marriage will take place after obstructions and failures, (x) Verse 13 says that when Rahu occupying the VII house receives aspect of two malefic planets the individual either remains unmarried, or loses his wife early if he marries at all. (xi) However, Rahu in the VII house and the owner of the VII house powerfully located in an angle will give much sexual pleasure to the individual through his marriage.

How to Time an Event

193

According to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 18 verse 3, the location of Venus in this house makes the individual highly sexed. The individual may have attraction for prostitutes if Mercury occupies the house. The individual may marry a relative of his if powerful Mercury occupies the VII house. An exchange of navamsha signs between Saturn and Venus makes the individual very highly sexed. The individual would indulge in oral sex with a female (since the analysis has been malecentric in the classics, this would mean a heterosexual contact) when Venus occupies a sign of Mars in the birth or navamsha chart and Mars influences Venus. When Saturn replaces Mars in the above combination, the individual does it with a male (since the analysis has been malecentric in the classics, this would mean a homosexual contact). According to Jatakabharnam verse 12 of Chapter on Female Horoscopy a female shall be homosexual if there is exchange of signs between Venus and Saturn in the navamsha chart and there is mutual aspect between the two. The same result should be expected when there is a sign of Venus in the ascendant and the ascendant in the navamsha chart has Aquarius. According to Varahmihir when Venus occupies the VII house with either of the combinations relating to Mars and Saturn referred to above, the individual will be a philanderer. A question is put to astrologers regularly. People wish to know if a male or female will marry a particular female or male respectively. The answer to this query has three elements for analysis, (i) We know that the VII house from the karaka represents the spouse. The Arudha of the VII house from Venus in the birth chart of the male shall be the strongest representation of the persona of the first wife. It should therefore be closely related to the Arudha of the place that the Sun occupies in the chart of the female. Similarly, the Arudha of the VII house from Jupiter (first husband) in the chart of the female should be closely related to the Arudha of the place the Sun occupies in the male chart. When both these conditions are satisfied in the charts of male and female it shows that the two would have marital relationship at some juncture in their lives. We can with some changes analyse for any wife/husband. Incidentally, if the Arudha of the place that the Sun occupies in a birth chart were related to the Arudha of the place of the Sun in another chart, the two individuals would remain in physical proximity to

194

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

each other throughout their lives. In case, the major-periods of Factors for physical self are current in two charts and the two Factors are related then during the currency of both these major-periods the two individuals would remain in physical proximity to each other, (ii) A period planet at the time of marriage related to the Arudha of the place of the natal Sun in one chart shall be related to the Arudha of the VII house from the relevant karaka in the other chart, and vice-versa. It shall also be related to the two relevant karakas. This means that a period planet in the birth chart of the male related to Venus and the Arudha of the VII house (representing the wife) from the place of natal Venus in the chart of the male shall be related to the Sun and Arudha of the place of the natal Sun (representing the physical self of the wife) in the female chart. Similarly a period planet in the chart of the female related to Jupiter and the Arudha of the VII house from Jupiter shall be related to the Sun and the Arudha of the natal place of the Sun in the male chart. The principle is simple. The period planet related to the Arudha of the VII house from natal Venus in the birth chart of the male shall represent the spouse of the individual. This would be the same as the physical self of the female represented by the Arudha of the natal place of the Sun in the female chart. The same is true for the other chart as well. Since this statement relates to a period planet it is true for major, sub, inter, sookshma and prana period-planets. When (i) the Arudha of the VII house from natal Jupiter/Venus is related to the Arudha of the IX house from natal Rahu, (ii) Rahu is related to the Arudha of the VII house from Jupiter/Venus, and Jupiter/ Venus is related to the Arudha of the IX house from Rahu, the individual will get married in a foreign country. Here the matter is considered from Jupiter in a female chart and from Venus in a male one. When (i) the Arudha of house of marriage (VII from the karaka Jupiter or Venus as the case may be) is related to the Arudha of the IX house from Jupiter, (ii) the karaka for marriage is related to the Arudha of the IX house from Jupiter, and (iii) Jupiter is related to the Arudha of the house of marriage, the marriage would be fortunate for the individual. In case, (i) the Arudha of the house of marriage is related to the Arudha of the house of obstacles (VI house from natal Saturn), (ii) the karaka for marriage is related to the Arudha of the house of obstacles, and (iii) Saturn is related to the Arudha of the house of marriage, there would be major obstacles in the marriage of the individual. When (i) the Arudha of the

How to Time an Event

195

house of marriage is related to the Arudha of the house of sorrow, humiliation, and major trouble (VIII house from natal Saturn), (ii) the karaka for marriage is related to the Arudha of the house of sorrow etc. and (iii) Saturn is related to the Arudha of the house of marriage, the individual will have a very bad marriage. When (i) the Arudha of the house of deprivation (XII house from natal Saturn) and the Arudha of the house of marriage are related; (ii) Saturn is related to the Arudha of marriage; and, (iii) the karaka for marriage is related to the Arudha of deprivation, the individual will not get married in life and will remain a spinster/bachelor. Let us consider Sri Yogananda's chart again. The VII house from natal Venus is in Taurus. The Arudha of Taurus is in Aquarius. Saturn owns this sign. The XII house from natal Saturn is in Leo. The Arudha of Leo is in Aries. Venus is related to Mars through Jupiter. When (i) the Arudha of the house of romance (V house from natal Venus) is related to the Arudha of marriage; (ii) the karaka for marriage is related to the Arudha of romance; and (iii) the karaka for romance is related to the Arudha of marriage, the individual would have his marriage arising out of a love affair. The principle for the above is clean. We should determine the Arudha houses. These two should be related to each other. The Karaka for one should be replaced to the Arudha for the other, and vice-versa. The Sun, Moon and Saturn in the VII house, according to Jatakabharnam Chapter on Adversity verse 11, having no influence of beneficial planets shall cause trouble to the individual in his teeth. According to Jataka Parijat, Chapter 18 verse 49, during the major-period of the owner of the house and sub-period of a malefic planet the individual may fall sick.

VIII House The Moon or a retrograde beneficial planet under adverse influence in one of the houses of the Adverse Trio will cause death in infancy. The period of such a Moon or planet will be very troublesome for the child. The influence of a beneficial planet on the Moon or the retrograde Planet will mitigate the adverse effect to some extent. The individual may get a legacy in the period of a powerful owner of the house. He may discharge his debts. His status may improve. His

196

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

old disputes may be settled. A weak or afflicted planet may inflict sorrow, poverty, illness, and disgrace. There may also be financial losses. There will be mishaps. According to Jataka Parijat, Chapter 18 verse 50, the individual may face trouble from his enemies in the major-period of the owner of the house and the sub-period of a malefic planet. He may fall seriously sick. He may lose his position. According to Phal Deepika, Chapter 20 verse 9, he may be able to employ others to help him in his work in the period of a powerful owner of the VIII house. According to verse 18, during the period of a weak or afflicted owner of the house the individual may die. He may be dishonoured. He will be apprehensive. He may face numerous troubles. He may have to stay away from home. There is a possibility that he may have to suffer sorrow. According to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 20 verses 2 and 3 Chaukhamba edition, the individual will be short lived if the owner of the I, VIII or X house, or Saturn is placed in the VIII house with malefic planets. The location of Saturn in the VIII house is good for longevity but a retrograde Saturn is not good in the house. The individual would be long lived according to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 20 verse 4 Chaukhamba edition if the owner of the VI or XII house occupies the I, VI, VIII or XII house. According to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 20 verse 5 Chaukhamba edition the individual will have a long life if the owners of the I, V and VIII houses are in their own signs, navamshas or in friendly signs. Owners of the I, VIII and X houses and Saturn occupying angles, triangles or the XI house according to verse 6 will make the individual long lived. A powerful owner of the ascendant according to verse 7 in an angle having aspect of beneficial planets will make the individual longlived and prosperous. The individual may die between 20 and 32 years according to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 20 verse 10 Chaukhamba edition, when the owner of the VIII house occupies an angle but the owner of the ascendant is weak. A short life will have to be predicted, according to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 20 verse 11 Chaukhamba edition, if the owner of the VIII is debilitated, the VIII house has influence of malefic planets, and the owner of the ascendant is weak. According to Chapter 70 verse 38 the VIII house from Saturn shall also determine the longevity of the individual. The Moon and Venus in the VIII house give a strong tendency for illicit sexual liaisons.

How to Time an Event

197

The location of the owner of the VII house from the ascendant in the VIII house from the Moon will cause death of the individual in the period of the owner of the VII house. The death of an individual will take place in the major-period of Rahu and the sub-period of its dispositor if Rahu occupies the IV or VIII house and the dispositor is debilitated or placed in an inimical sign. The death of the individual will happen in the major-period of Rahu and sub-period of its dispositor if Rahu occupies the II or VII house and its dispositor is placed in an angle. The location of the owner of the VIII house with the Moon in the sign of a powerful beneficial planet will give very good longevity. The longevity shall be very good again if the owner of the VIII house and Saturn are in the sign of a beneficial planet and the Moon is powerful in birth chart. The longevity of an individual will depend on the strength of Saturn and the VIII houses from the ascendant, Arudha lagna and Saturn. Each strong element among the three is likely to contribute approximately 25 years to longevity. Death comes when the longevity has come to an end. For causing death the Factor for longevity should be under influence of the Factor for end. The major-period of a planet that is the Factor for one and is related to the other will be competent to cause death in its major-period at a time when longevity is likely to exhaust itself. When (i) the Arudha for longevity (VIII house from natal Saturn) is related to the Arudha for major accident (VIII house from natal Mars); (ii) Saturn is related to the Arudha of major accident; and, Mars is related to the Arudha of longevity, the individual would die in an accident. When the Arudha of disease (VI house from natal Saturn) and the Arudha of longevity are related, and Saturn is related to both the Arudhas, the individual would succumb to a disease. When (i) the Arudha of longevity is related to the Arudha of a foreign country (IX house from natal Rahu); (ii) Rahu is related to the Arudha of longevity; and, (iii) Saturn is related to the Arudha of a foreign country, the individual would die abroad.

IX House A powerful IX house, according Jatakabharnam Chapter on the IX House verse 3, causes all other favourable houses in birth chart to give

198

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

their results without much effort, and vice-versa. A debilitated or malefic planet in the house will cause trouble relating to fortune. The aspect of owner of the house on this house shall promote the fortune of the individual. The location of beneficial planets inthe house is conducive to good fortune in the country of birth. The owner of the IX house represents the fortune of the individual. When it is powerful and it is placed in a good house, according to Jatakabharnam verse 4, the individual shall be fortunate. The dispositor of the owner of IX house is also a significator for fortune. The owner of ascendant has a strong role in obtaining for an individual all that his fortune indicates. Any prediction relating to the fortune of the individual must be done after these three planets have been examined. The individual may get honour, prosperity, academic success and religious inclination if the planet that owns the IX house is powerful. There may be happiness because of children, wife or grand children. Father of the individual will prosper and keep good health. If the planet is weak a senior member of the family will pass away, and the father will fall sick or may even die. The association of the Sun and Jupiter in an angle makes the father wealthy and happy. According to Jataka Parijat, Chapter 18 verse 50, the individual may go to jail or he may lose his independence during the sub-period of a malefic planet, in the major-period of the owner of the IX house. His parents may pass away. He may suffer losses. According to Phal Deepika, Chapter 20 verse 10 when the owner of the house is powerful, it will ensure a happy existence for the individual. He and members of his family will lead a pleasant life. He would be wealthy and religiously inclined. His work will be appreciated. According to verse 19, during the period of a weak or afflicted owner of the house, the wife and children of the individual will suffer. He would face financial setbacks. His father or an elderly member of the family may pass away. It is also stated that when troubles arise in the period of the owner of the IX house it could be due to flaw in worship of a divine entity that the individual had been worshipping. The individual will cause trouble to his father if Saturn and Rahu occupy the IX house. The location of Saturn in the IX house from where it projects an aspect to the Sun is indicative of the fact that the individual would neglect his father, he would not receive any patrimony and would behave badly with him. In fact, trouble to father is possible in the period of the Sun when it is associated with or receives aspect from malefic planets. Such malefic planets too may cause trouble to the

How to Time an Event

199

father in their periods. The father will experience difficult times in the period of the Sun when it is hemmed in by malefic planets. The individual will not get along well with his father in case the sign in the ascendant of birth chart of an individual is the sign in the VI or VIII house in birth chart of his father. The individual will be fortunate from the age of 32 according to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 20 verse 10 if the owners of the II and IX houses exchange houses. According to verse 11 the individual will not have cordial relations with his father if the owners of the ascendant and VI house join each other in the IX house. The father of the individual would pass away according to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra'Chapter 20 verse 19 Chaukhamba edition when the individual would be 44 years of age in case the owners of the IX and XII houses exchange houses. According to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chaukhamaba edition Chapter 70 verse 7 the IX sign from the sign occupied by the Sun shall also determine matters relating to the father of the individual. Therefore, whatever is concluded through the study of the IX house should be confirmed from study of the IX house from the Sun. According to verse 16 the owner of the IV house from the ascendant or the Moon, placed in the I, X or XI house from the ascendant or the Moon respectively, would indicate that the individual would be an obedient son of his father. According to verse 17, if the sign in the III house from the ascendant or the Moon in a birth chart of the father were placed in the I house from the ascendant or the Moon respectively of an individual, it would indicate that he would benefit from the wealth of his father. According to verse 17 if the sign in the X house from the ascendant or the Moon in birth chart of the father were placed in the ascendant or the Moon sign respectively of an individual, it would indicate that he would be as able as his father. According to verse 18 when owner of the X house goes to the ascendant in a birth chart the individual would be abler than his father would. When (i) the Arudha of the father (IX house from the Sun) and the Arudha of disease are related; (ii) the Sun is related to the Arudha of disease; and, (iii) Saturn is related to the Arudha of the father, the father of the individual will keep poor health. When the (i) Arudha of fortune (IX house from Jupiter) and the Arudha of first child are related; and, Jupiter is related to both the houses, the first child shall be fortunate. When (i) the Arudha of father and the Arudha of wealth (II house from Jupiter) are related; (ii) the Sun is related to the Arudha of wealth;

200

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

and, (iii) Jupiter is related to the Arudha of father, the father of the individual shall be wealthy.

X House Help and recognition from the government will be the result of a powerful planet that owns the house. The individual having a strong owner of the X house will get wealthy. When the planet is weak, it will cause trouble and decline in prestige. According to Phal Deepika, Chapter 20 verse 11, the efforts of the individual will be successful during the period of a powerful owner of the house. He will be honoured and his status will improve. He will lead a comfortable life. During the period of a weak or afflicted owner of the house according to Phal Deepika, Chapter 20 verse 19, the individual will have to remain away from home for long. He will be considered a failure. He will experience unpleasant events. According to Jataka Parijat, Chapter 18 verse 51, during the sub-period of a malefic planet in the major-period of a malefic owner of the house, the individual will lose his position. His comforts and wealth will be lost. His relatives may also have trouble. A malefic planet in the house shall cause trouble to the father in its period. The individual takes to travelling after the death of his parents if there are two malefic planets in the house. According to Varahmihir when the Moon occupies the VII house and receives the aspect of Saturn, the individual takes to menial jobs below his dignity. He also states that the Sun, Mars and Saturn in the X house would not be good for the status of the individual. According to Saravali Chapter 34 verse 71, when the ascendant falls in the drekkan of Mercury and it receives aspect from the Moon, the individual will be reduced to menial status. According to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 22 verse 4 Chaukhamba edition the individual gains from business or government when the owner of the X house in his birth chart occupies an angle or triangle with beneficial planets. The reverse will cause losses. According to verse 5 Chaukhamba edition the individual will commit misdeeds in case the X and XI houses have malefic influence. The same result could be stated according to verse 17 Chaukhamba edition in case the owners of the VIII and X houses exchange places and have malefic influence.

How to Time an Event

201

The Moon in the X house, according to Jatakabharnam Chapter on the X house verse 3, allows the individual to earn his livelihood through speech, artistic skills and enterprise. Mars in the house, according to jatakabharnam verse 6, persuades the individual to earn his livelihood through exercise of authority. He may live abroad. Mercury in the house, according to Jatakabharnam verse 7, makes the individual earn livelihood through his intellect. Jatakabharnam verse 9 states that Venus in the house will impart artistic skills to the individual through which he would be able to earn his livelihood. The state and future of the profession of an individual can be determined through the Arudha of the X house from Saturn. When (i) this Arudha house is related to the Arudha of a relevant house from a karaka, (ii) the karaka concerned is related to the Arudha of profession (Arudha of the X house from Saturn) and (iii) Saturn is related to the Arudha of the relevant house from the karaka, the state and future of the profession shall take on those characteristics. For example, in case (i) the Arudha of profession is related to the Arudha of the VI house from Mars; (ii) Mars is related to the Arudha of profession and (iii) Saturn is related to the Arudha of the VI house from Mars, the individual would pursue a vocation that would involve violence and use of weapons. This profession would deal with crime. This is therefore a formula for employment with police. If instead of the VI house from Mars, it were the VIII house that operates, the individual would be employed with the army. It is easy to deduce the nature of the profession from the Arudha of the X house from Saturn. The Arudha of the house shall be called the Arudha of profession. When the Sun is related to the Arudha of profession, the profession shall be related to the government. In case, the Sun is related to the X house from the ascendant, this deduction would be fully confirmed. When Saturn is related to the Arudha of profession, the profession would be lowly. When the Moon is related to the Arudha of profession, the profession could be related to water or other liquids; when Mars is so related the profession could relate to weapons, fire etc; when Mercury is related in this manner, the profession could relate to press, writing, publishing, multiple jobs etc. When (i) the Arudha of the X house from Saturn is related to the Arudha of the XI house from Jupiter (Arudha of income), (ii) Saturn is

202

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

related to the Arudha of income, and (iii) Jupiter is related to the Arudha of profession, the individual would earn much wealth through his profession. When (i) the Arudha of profession is related to the Arudha of the XII house from Saturn, and (ii) Saturn is related to both the houses, the individual will experience changes in his job or profession. When ( the Arudha of the VI house from Saturn is related to the Arudha of profession, (ii) and Saturn is related to both the houses, the individual will face many obstacles and difficulties in his profession and the health of the profession will not be good. When (i) the Arudha of the IX house from the Sun is related to the Arudha of profession, (ii) Saturn is related to the Arudha of the IX house from the Sun, and (iii) the Sun is related to the Arudha of profession, his father would be closely related to his profession. When (i) the Arudha of the III house from Mars is related to the Arudha of profession, (ii) Saturn is related to the Arudha of the III house from Mars, and (iii) Mars is related to the Arudha of profession, the younger siblings of the individual will be related to his profession. When (i) the Arudha of profession is related to the Arudha of the X house from the Sun, (ii) Saturn is related to the Arudha of the X house from the Sun, and (iii) the Sun is related to the Arudha of profession, the individual will reach a high position in his profession. When (i) the Arudha of the IX house from Rahu is related to the Arudha of profession, (ii) Rahu is related to the Arudha of profession and (iii) Saturn is related to the Arudha of the IX house from Rahu, the individual will pursue a profession that will have much to do with foreign countries. When (i) the Arudha of the XII house from Ketu is related to the Arudha of profession, (ii) Ketu is related to the Arudha of profession and (iii) Saturn is related to the Arudha of the XII house from Ketu, the individual will pursue a career related to the occult or spiritualism. When (i) the Arudha of profession is related to the Arudha of the V house from natal Venus, (ii) Saturn is related to the Arudha of the V house from natal Venus, and (iii) Venus is related to the Arudha of profession, the individual would be in the field of entertainment. When (i) the Arudha of profession is related to the Arudha of the V house from the natal Moon; (ii) Saturn is related to the Arudha of the V house from the natal Moon; and, (iii) the Moon is related to the Arudha of profession, the individual would be an actor. These are some illustrations to elucidate the principle.

How to Time an Event

203

A question is generally raised as to whether an individual would have a profession or job, or he would be dependent on others. This is particularly true for housewives. We should work out the Arudhas of the X house from Saturn and the I house from the place of the Sun in a birth chart. When these two Arudhas are related to each other, and the karakas are related to the alternative Arudhas, it is an indication that the individual would be involved with a profession or job.

XI House A powerful planet will ensure a large circle of friends and gains to the individual from these friends. There shall be steady income. Prosperity to and good relations with the elder brother/sister are also indicated. Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 23 verse 2 Chaukhamba edition states that when the owner of the XI house occupies an angle, triangle, place of exaltation or own sign in the house, it will give favourable results, even when it is combust. Verse 3 Chaukhamba edition promises full gains to the individual whose birth chart has the owner of the XI house in the II house and the owner of the II house in an angle with Jupiter. Verse 9 Chaukhamba edition states that when the owners of the II and XI houses exchange places the individual becomes fortunate after his marriage. The individual gains through his siblings according to verse 10 when the owners of the III and XI houses exchange places. A weak owner of the house will cause illness particularly in the ear, and obstruction in income. His friends may deceive him. The individual may develop strained relations with his friends. The elder brother/sister of the individual or his child may fall out with him or he may suffer in life. His elder brother/sister may cause problems. The elder brother/sister or the individual's child may fall sick. There may be adverse communications. According to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 24 verse 11 Chaukhamba edition the individual will not gain inspite of all efforts if the owner of the XII house in debilitation, combustion or in one of the Adverse Trio houses has, alongwith the XII house, the influence of malefic planets. According to Jataka Parijat, Chapter 18 verse 51, during the sub-period of the Sun, Mars, Saturn or Rahu in the major-period of the owner of the house, the individual will have to bear losses. He may also face trouble from the government. According to Phal Deepika,

204

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

Chapter 20 verse 12, there will be increase in the number of servants of the individual during the period of the owner of the house. He will expand his business and derive good benefits from it. There will be all round progress for him. During the period of a weak or afflicted owner of the house, according to verse 20 the elder brother of the individual may face trouble. The individual may develop trouble particularly in his left ear. He may be cheated. He may lead an unhappy life. There may be severe financial setback. According to Saravali Chapter 34 the individual will gain from items indicated by the karakatwa (signification) of a planet that owns or occupies the house or has its aspect on it. The Arudha of the XI house from Jupiter is the house of gains. When (i) the Arudha of gains is related to the Arudha of the IX house from the natal Sun, (ii) Jupiter is related to the IX house from the Sun, and (iii) the Sun is related to the Arudha of gains, the individual would gain through his father. We can determine gain through any relative in this manner. When (i) the Arudha of gains is related to the Arudha of the IV house from Mars, (ii) Jupiter is related to the Arudha of the IV house from Mars, and (iii) Mars is related to the Arudha of gains, the individual would gain through immovable property. We can thus consider any activity and determine whether the chart shows gain through it or otherwise. In place of Mars, if we substitute Venus we can determine whether the individual would gain through vehicles. When (i) the Arudha of the XI house from Jupiter is related to the Arudha of the IX house from Rahu, (ii) Rahu is related to the Arudha of gain, and (iii) Jupiter is related to the Arudha of the IX house from Rahu, the individual would gain from abroad.

XII House A powerful and beneficial planet will persuade the individual to spend on good causes or people. There may be gains from abroad. A weak planet may cause many problems. There may be disease and dishonour. He may be incarcerated. His wealth and property may deplete. According to Jataka Parijat, Chapter 18 verse 52, there will be tension between the individual and his wife and children during the major-period of the owner of the house and sub-period of Sun, Mars, or Saturn. He will lose his wealth and reputation. The individual may be poisoned in

How to Time an Event

205

the sub-period of Rahu in the major-period of the owner of the house. According to Phal Deepika, Chapter 20 verse 13, during the period of powerful owner of the house, he will get favours from the government. During the period of a weak or afflicted owner of the house, according to verse 20 there is a possibility of the individual falling ill. There may also be incarceration, loss of wealth or dishonour. It is seen that Jupiter in the XII house from any house will-make the relative indicated by that house wealthy or the relative be instrumental in the individual becoming wealthy. As an illustration, Jupiter in the IV house will either make the children of the individual wealthy or they will help the individual turn rich. A similar conclusion can be drawn when Jupiter is in the XII house from a planet. The house that the planet owns or its karakatwa (signification) shall determine the relative. When Jupiter is in the XII house from the Sun and the Sun owns the III house, the younger siblings of the individual will be wealthy and they may help the individual too to earn wealth. In this case, instead of the younger siblings it could also be the father of the individual. The Sun, Moon, Venus or Rahu in the XII house, according to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 10 verse 11 Chaukhamba edition are particularly bad. However, the aspect of any of these planets on the house shall be favourable. A malefic planet in the house shall cause trouble to the mother in its period. The individual takes to travelling after the death of his parents if there are two malefic planets in the XII house. The location of the owner of the XII house in an angle or triangle with influence of beneficial planets indicates that the individual is happy with his wife. The individual will have to travel much abroad if the XII house and its owner have malefic influence. He may travel within the country in case the influence on these two factors is of beneficial planets. Jatakabharnam Chapter on Adversity verse 14 states that a waning Moon and Saturn in the XII house will cause rheumatism. The Arudha of the XII house from natal Saturn shows loss or separation. When the (i) Arudha of loss is related to the Arudha of the IV house from Mars, (ii) Mars is related to the Arudha of loss, and (iii) Saturn is related to the Arudha of the IV house from Mars, the individual would suffer losses through property. When (i) the Arudha of separation is related to the Arudha of the VII house from karaka Venus/Jupiter, (ii) the karaka is related to the Arudha of separation, and (iii) Saturn is

206

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

related to the Arudha of the VII house from the karaka, the individual would be separated from his first spouse. 12. The result of the period of a planet that relates a house to another is given below. A planet that relates a house to another house shall cause matters relating to the house materialise in the context of the house with which it is related. Let us take an example. Suppose the Sun owns the IV house and it is placed in a constellation of Saturn that occupies the VI house from the ascendant. Therefore when the period of the Sun starts, dispute relating to a matter pertaining to the IV house could happen. Here the aspect of signification of the planet is not taken into account. Such analysis can therefore give ambiguous results. The statements made below however shall be useful when we take Factors instead of planets. Thus, if we consider a Factor for property getting related to a Factor for dispute, no ambiguity remains with respect to the outcome of the major-period. Let us take another example. Suppose Jupiter owns the X house and it occupies a sign in the navamsha chart that is the IX house from the ascendant. The period of Jupiter could cause an improvement in the job or profession of the individual. Here too when we consider a Factor for profession getting related to a Factor for fortune the result that would arise in the major-period of either of the Factors becomes clear. We will now try to assess the results due to linkage formed between two houses when the owner of a sign occupies another house. The linkage would be between the house that each planet occupies and the houses that it owns. The effect of other kinds of linkage would also be similar. Suppose the owner of the constellation that the owner of the IV house occupies is placed in the XII house. It could cause a change in residence. The effect of such linkages is given in much detail in my earlier work Predictive Astrology-An Insight:

How to Time an Event

207

First House In First The individual shall enjoy good health. He may be good to look at. His sex life may be active and it may not be circumscribed by marriage. His status may improve. He may become prosperous. He will lead a comfortable life. He may marry twice. A powerful owner of the house shall make the individual religious and of righteous behaviour. When the concerned planet is Mercury, the period of the planet shall be productive of great fame, learning and wealth. When the owner of the first house is weak, the sub-period of the owner of the first house shall be adverse with regard to wealth, status, mental equilibrium and morals of the individual. In Second He will be religious. He may also be wealthy. He may put on weight. His status will improve. He may become prominent in his family. He will be well behaved and interested in scholarship. These happy effects will be absent if Sagittarius is the sign in the I house. In such a case, the individual will keep poor health, and may have trouble from or because of his children. In Third The individual should have several siblings and shall become prominent among them. His siblings will also fare well during this period. The number of his friends will multiply. His financial position will improve. His endeavours will be successful. He will be happy. He may travel frequently. He may be connected with the field of writing or communication. He may marry twice. If the VII house from natal Venus is under adverse influence in the chart, the individual may during this Period indulge in unnatural sex. In Fourth The individual will have good relations with the government and his parents. He may have good longevity. He will look after his parents.

208

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

His parents will lead a happy life. There is possibility of some gain from the father. He may find success in his efforts. The individual will get all the comforts in life. He will possess good vehicles. He will lead a mental life. He will be handsome. The location of the owner of a Dharma house in a Moksha house is good provided the planet is in a compatible sign and strong. In such a case, the individual will be religious and he shall try to evolve spiritually.

In Fifth The individual will become well known and wealthy during this period. His status may improve. He may beget a child. He may develop interest in music or dance. There may be some cause for worry because of his children during this period. According to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 25 Chaukhamba edition verse 5 he may lose his first child. The location of the owner of a Dharma house in another such house is good provided the planet is in a compatible sign and strong. In such a case, the individual will be religious and his conduct will be blameless.

In Sixth The individual shall maintain good health and shall be able to overcome his opponents in case the owner of the first house is a malefic planet and powerful here otherwise adverse results shall accrue. The owner of the ascendant associated with or receiving aspect from a malefic planet will give rise to trouble from enemies and disease. He will become wealthy. According to Bhrigu this position is conducive to acquiring property. He will have high status. This location of the owner of the first house shall be particularly beneficial for Libra ascendant. If the planet is in sambandha with a malefic planet here, and has no beneficial aspect, the health of the individual will remain precarious and he shall be heavily indebted.

In Seventh The individual will have a well-behaved and beautiful wife. His married life shall be cordial and happy. If the owner of the first house is powerful here, the individual will improve his status during this period substantially.

How to Time an Event

209

This location of the owner of the I house is good for mental brilliance of the individual. A weak or malefic planet will make him travel aimlessly. Such a planet may also reduce the wealth of the individual. In Eighth The individual will be able to reduce expenses and save his money. Bhrigu says that the individual may become miserly. He also states that the longevity of the individual will depend on the natural nature of the planet that owns the I house. When it is a malefic planet, the longevity would be curtailed. If the planet is powerful and has beneficial aspect, he will be respected. He may flower into a scholar during this period. The location of the owner of a Dharma house in a Moksha house is good provided the planet is in a compatible sign and strong. In such a case, the individual will be religious and he shall try to evolve spiritually. Brihat Parashar Mora Shastra Chapter 25 verse 8 Chaukhamba edition says the individual will be a gambler, irritable, thievish and sickly. He may indulge in extra-marital sex. There may be several deaths in the family during this period. He may have unhappy married life. When the planet influences the sensitive point of the house, he will be wealthy and may get patrimony. This position is generally indicative of a difficult period. In Ninth The affairs of the individual will look up during this period if the owner of the ascendant is powerful. He will be popular, religious and friendly. He will be well known or may even become renowned. He will become wealthy and shall live happily with his wife and children. He will be close to his father and may gain from him. His efforts will be successful. The siblings may also prosper and be on good terms with him. The location of the owner of a Dharma house in another such house is good provided the planet is in a compatible sign and strong. In such a case, the individual will be religious and his conduct will be blameless.The Period of the owner of the I house shall be exceedingly good for Leo or Aquarius ascendant.

210

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

In Tenth The individual will become learned. He will have good relations with his parents. In fact according to Bhrigu, the individual will be sympathetic to the elderly. He will be in the good books of the government. He will hold a high position. His affairs will progress satisfactorily. He will be successful in his endeavours. He will be wealthy. He will be well known and shall be of good conduct. He may go on visits to religious places. His conduct may be beyond reproach. The period will give fame, high status, power and authority if Aries is in the ascendant. In Eleventh He will have steady income, and shall succeed at his enterprises. He will be energetic, imaginative and laborious. He will be fortunate. His ambitions will be fulfilled. He may have good relations with his elder siblings and may gain through him. He may have contact with several women. He will be well known. He will have a large circle of friends, (if the planet involved is not one like Saturn that indicates constriction), and be true to them. The period shall be very good if the ascendant is Cancer and the Moon is beyond 72° of the Sun and away from a Node. The individual becomes very famous if this period comes late in life. In Twelfth He may live away from his place of birth. He may have irritable temper and talk unpleasantly. He may develop tendency to gamble. He may not be on good terms with his relatives. He will have adequate wealth to meet his requirements, but his expenses will also be heavy. Satyacharya has emphasised expenditure of patrimony. Ii could be for good or bad reasons according to the strength and nature of the planet. He may become sickly or he may have to work very hard. The aspect or association of a beneficial planet with the owner of the ascendant will reduce the adverse results. Excessive travelling will mark this period.

How to Time an Event

211

Second House In First The individual will be in service. He will be wealthy but very careful with his money. The period of the owner of the house shall be marked by heavy expenditure if the owner is weak or associated with natural malefics. He may appear selfish. There may be some reduction in income or the individual may feel some restriction on his resources. He shall have children. He will not have cordial relations with his larger family. His libido would be strong. He will be matter-of-fact in his dealings. The individual may get persuaded to act fraudulently during this period. His wife may pass away. In Second He will be well behaved, very prosperous, and happy. His business becomes profitable. He will become a fine orator. His family will do well in life'. He may marry more than once. When Aries is the sign here, though the benefits will materialise, there will be no peace in the family. In Third The results will depend on the influence that the planet receives here. If a beneficial planet is involved by way of association or aspect, the individual will be successful in his efforts. He may earn his wealth through jobs related to communication or writing. Involvement of a malefic and adverse influence on Venus may make him get involved with prostitutes for earning his keep. If Mars is the owner of the II house, the individual may indulge in smuggling; if it is the Sun, he may fall out with his brothers. In Fourth The period of the owner of the II house here will be good. There ls a possibility of getting patrimony. He may rise in status. He may have mental peace. These good results will accrue if the planet has beneficial influence on it. When Leo is in the II house, the beneficial results wilt be replaced by loss of wealth, troubles to parents and loss of parental Property.

212

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

In Fifth This generates a powerful contact between two places of wealth. The source of wealth could be through his children, nobility or religious establishment. The individual will become powerful unless the planet involved is weak or afflicted here. Even his children will be engaged in earning money. He will be generous and helpful. Bhrigu has a different opinion. According to him the individual will suffer during the period of the owner of the II house in the V house. It will also cause the individual to behave in a despicable way. A planet making this contact is likely to cause birth of children since the V house is getting related to the house of family. In Sixth He will be careful with his money and may have to face litigation or dispute over his wealth. This is an indication that the individual may earn his wealth through medical profession, theft, loans or litigation. There may also be squabbles in the family. If the owner here has malefic influence, the individual will have to face severe trouble from his enemies. He may also suffer from disease in the chest or rectum according to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 25 verse 18 Chaukhamba edition. He would be hard put to maintain an adequate bank balance. There may also be losses through disease, servants or theft. If the influence is favourable, he may earn by taking loans, with the help of his maternal uncle or may benefit through his rivals. Bhrigu says that the individual will be happy with respect to his maternal relatives. In Seventh The individual may develop interest in treatment of diseases and ailments. He may start an affair of the heart. If there is adverse influence on the planet, he and his wife may indulge in extra marital affairs. The spouse may assist the individual in earning of wealth. When the owner of the II house is a beneficial planet, the wife of the individual could be wealthy. In case the planet is a malefic one her behaviour would be troublesome. He could also acquire wealth from his father-in-law or abroad.

How to Time an Event

213

In Eighth There will be failures in enterprises. When there is severe adverse influence on the planet, the individual may develop suicidal tendencies. The planet having favourable influence will grant prosperity and legacy. There will be reduction in marital happiness. There may develop a dispute with a highly placed elder brother/sister. A weak or afflicted owner of the II house in the VIII will take the individual to a far off place where he may lead a poor existence. Bhrigu feels that the individual may develop interest in Tantra during this period. It shall keep the bank balance of an individual intact and growing. In Ninth The individual will show ability in his profession and shall succeed at it. He will be wealthy, happy and religious. He may be a proficient speaker on philosophical subjects. This location indicates that his children should do well in life during this period. If this period operates after the age of childhood is over, the individual will enjoy good health. Adverse influence on the planet here will cause severe difficulties in earning of wealth. According to Bhrigu a malefic owner of the II house in the IX shall cause poverty to the individual in its period. In Tenth This is a position that vouchsafes a high status if the planet is powerfully placed with no adverse influence. Such a location also makes for very affectionate relationship with the parents. His wealth may accrue from the government. The individual may have more than one wife. He may not be happy with his children. Very high status and huge wealth will be the result when Leo is the sign in the II house. In Eleventh The individual will be honourable, wealthy and hard working. He may be well known. There will be gain in status in the period of the Planet. There will be good income in the period of a beneficial owner of the II house that occupies the XI. There may also be an addition to the family by way of birth of a child or marriage. When Mercury or Jupiter is lnvolved, he may earn well through talking or delivering lectures.

214

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

In Twelfth He will have heavy expenditure but adequate income to take care of his expenses, provided there is no adverse influence on the planet. He may earn abroad or through religious pursuits. When there is substantial favourable influence, the expenses will be limited and the individual will lead a luxurious life with plenty of wealth. If the influence is adverse, the expenses will be heavy and he will be hard put to arrange for them. There may be some worry because of the eldest child. This influence tends to cause separation from the family.

Third House In First The individual will be fortunate and successful in his efforts during this period. When the owners of the ascendant and III house are friendly, the individual may live happily in a joint family with his younger siblings. He may earn through music or drama. He will be irritable and highly sexed. He will travel regularly over short distances and may be involved in writing or publishing. There is a possibility that he may get involved in making spurious goods. When there is adverse influence on the owner of the III house it could make the individual unpopular or notorious. When Mercury and Jupiter are unfavourable and the IV and V houses are under malefic influence, the individual may remain illiterate. In Second The individual may be inclined to marry more than once. He will be highly sexed. Favourable influence on the planet will make the individual very wealthy. He may start putting on weight. He may develop a timid and lazy attitude. Adverse influence on malefic owner of the III house could make the younger brother highly troublesome. The mother of the individual may fall seriously sick during the period of the owner of the III house.

How to Time an Event

215

In Third The individual will be happy with his younger brother/sister. The vounger siblings will prosper. The individual will become rich. There is a possibility that the individual may get financial favours from the government. The individual may face trouble relating to his property in the period of a malefic owner of the III house or when the owner is afflicted. He may not be happy with his work too during this period. In Fourth The individual may help his father and brother, but he may take away some wealth of his father without his concurrence or knowledge. He may not retain cordial relations with his mother. If the planet is under adverse influence, the individual may become dependent on his father. There may be some trouble from his wife. A weak owner of the IV house could cause illness to his mother and trouble relating to property during the period of the owner of the III house. The individual would find passion coming in the way of his superior mind.. In Fifth The spouse of the individual will be highly efficient. She will be formidable if the planet is under adverse influence. When the owners of the V and III houses are friendly, the individual may live happily in a joint family with his younger siblings. His children will do well during this period. When the planet is under adverse influence, the individual may become dependent on his children or younger brother/sister. A powerful owner of the III house will raise the status of the individual. A malefic owner of the III house will cause problems during its period to the individual relating to his profession. This location of the owner makes the individual highly romantic and passionate. In Sixth Unless the planet has favourable influence, the results will be adverse. The individual may have trouble from his younger brother/ sister, or his relations may get soured with them or his maternal uncle. There may be whisper of his illicit relations with his maternal aunt. His enemies may trouble him. He may fall sick. Under favourable influence,

276

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

he may acquire property. He could be a successful physician. His enterprises will suffer from obstacles and disputes. In Seventh The wife of the individual may have to live with his younger brother for some time. The individual may take up a job during this period. He would be unhappy during his early years. When the owner of the III house is under adverse influence, the individual may find himself in trouble for a theft. He may start a partnership in communication or publishing business if there is good influence on the planet. The individual, if unmarried, may get married through advertising in the newspapers during this period. The individual may develop illicit relations with the wife of his brother who would be living abroad. This will happen when there is a female sign in the VII house, or the owner of the III house occupies a female navamsha, and Saturn and Mars form papakartri yoga (occupy adjoining houses) with the owner of the III house. This location makes for a passionate nature as the owner of a Kama house shall be placed in another such house. In Eighth This period will be troublesome for the younger brother/sister of the individual. It may not be good for him as well. There will be sickness and charges of theft against him, particularly when there is adverse influence on the planet. When there is substantial favourable influence, the elder brother/sister may rise high in life during this period. The malefic owner of the III house in the VIII could cause trouble to the individual in his arms. In Ninth This period will be bad for the father of the individual. His wife or a woman will help him in his success. He will not be happy with his father. His children will do well. If there is favourable influence, the younger brother/sister will also do well. When the owners of the IX and III houses are friendly, the individual may live happily in a joint family with his younger siblings.

How to Time an Event

217

In Tenth The individual will be successful in his efforts. He will be a self-made man. He will look after his mother well. He will have favours from the government. His conduct may not be good. He will have a happy time. He may have a job related to publishing or writing, if Mercury is powerful in the chart. He will earn well. If there is adverse influence, the individual may have relations with some hardhearted persons of opposite sex. He will have several kinds of happiness due to his success in his efforts. In Eleventh The individual will serve somebody. He will be intelligent and bold, but with poor education. He will have good income. His health may remain disturbed from time to time during this period. Leo in the III house will bring during this period wealth through younger brother/ sister. In Twelfth He may not be on good terms with his younger brother/sister. The younger brother/sister may not fare well in life. He may live in a foreign country. When there is adverse influence, there may be danger from the State. The conduct of the father will be suspect. The individual will owe his success to his wife or women in general. When there is Aries in the III house, there will be fall from high position and heavy expenses during this period.

Fourth House In First The individual will acquire property, vehicles and wealth during this Period. He will keep good health. He will have all the comforts. His mother will also be happy and healthy. He may take to studies during this period and may become highly proficient in a field. The individual may get married. There will be cordial relations with his father but some relatives from the side of the father may cause trouble for the individual.

218

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

The individual may be known for his excellence and because of his father. His children may keep indifferent health during this period if the owner of the I house is weak or it is a malefic planet under affliction. In Second The individual will be rich and will lead a very comfortable life with his family. The wealth may come from the mother or maternal relatives. His father will also enjoy wealth earned by the individual if the owner of the IV house is a beneficial planet. The brothers/sisters of the mother will be extremely helpful. He will be dignified and clever. If there is malefic influence, he may be greedy, may keep bad company and may not have good relations with his father. In Third The individual will be capable of taking bold decisions. He will successfully manage his enterprises and earn well from them. He will employ people. He will keep good health. When the planet is under adverse influence there is a likelihood of the individual falling out with his parents. In such a situation, he may lose some of his property or face trouble on its account. In Fourth This is in many ways a position in the period of which the results may turn out to be severely different from the previous position. The affairs of the house will flourish. He will have cordial relations with his father. The father will be happy due to the honour he receives from the government. His mother will be a happy and contented person. The individual will be renowned, and will live comfortably. He will be very prosperous. He will possess vehicles. There will be domestic peace. He will be very attached to his wife. In Fifth The individual will become well known. He may enjoy wealth bequeathed to him by his father. He may put his father's money to productive use. He will turn religious. His may become popular. He will get favours from the government. He will be capable of earning wealth

How to Time an Event

219

through his own efforts. In Sixth The location causes tension in relations with the parents if the owner of the house is a malefic planet. His mother may have several troubles one after the other. She may remain sick. His mental equanimity may also be disturbed. He may have to work hard and may not be able to have any leisure. He may become inclined to act in unfair or dishonest manner. If there is adverse influence, the individual may become thievish. He may be careless in his attitude to matters that are his responsibility. His property may become a matter of dispute. His domestic peace may be disturbed. His moral character may not be above board. Much will depend on the state of various karakas concerned with the IV house. If the Moon is weak and afflicted in the chart, the mother of the individual may be beset with troubles; if it is Venus, he may find the vehicle causing troubles and disputes, etc. A beneficial owner of the IV will give wealth and property. When with this location, the IV house from the natal Sun is related to the VI house from Saturn it could cause heart disease. When with this location, the IV house from the natal Sun is related to the VI house from Mars also, the heart disease would necessitate surgery. In Seventh The individual will be an intellectual but he may suffer from stage fright. He will give up his patrimony. There may be marital discord. When there is adverse influence, his wife may cause unhappiness to his father. He will lead a comfortable life. He may start an automobile business. He may take up agriculture in partnership. In Eighth His mental equanimity may be disturbed. He may have to work hard and may not be able to have any leisure. His domestic life will be disturbed. There will be unhappiness from parents. He may lose his assets. There will be trouble due to property. There may be a vehicular accident during this period if the IV house from Venus is also related to the IV house from the ascendant.

220

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

In Ninth This period will be highly satisfying. The individual will be popular, happy and shall be religiously inclined. He will gain from agriculture, real estate or automobile business. There may be some tension with the father. The individual will stay away from his father. He may live a long distance away from his place of birth. He will acquire knowledge. The malefic owner of the IV house shall cause trouble to the father of the individual.

In Tenth He will have honour from the government. He may do well professionally. He will be happy and wealthy. He is likely to acquire property with his own efforts. The mind will be exalted. He will be repelled by pettiness. When there is adverse influence on the planet, there may be separation between the parents, or he may fall out with his mother. There may also be trouble professionally. Such a planet will cause lot of tension due to adverse conditions in office or relating to work. In Eleventh It makes the individual prone to venereal disease. Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 25 verse 47 Chaukhamba edition ascribes poor health for the individual on account of this position. It may also cause infringement of his comforts, and troubles or even death to his mother. He will be very rich. There may be good income from agriculture or property. He will look after his father. He may visit abroad. He will become philanthropic. According to Bhrigu, the father of the individual will live abroad.

In Twelfth The individual will turn lazy and foolish. There will be no domestic happiness and comforts. He may take to vices. He may not have a suitable residence. His parents will also be very unhappy. He or his parents may live abroad. In case of adverse influence on the planet, classical authors suspect moral turpitude on the part of his mother during this period. This is a relationship between matters relating to the IV house with the house of loss.

How to Time an Event

221

Fifth House In First The individual will be an intellectual. He shall not be happy because of his children. He may try to defraud or acquire others' wealth. He will be known in society. A compatible owner of the V house here will incline the individual towards religion. When the sign in the V house is Leo, the position of the Sun in the I house is indicative of a superior rajyoga during this period. In Second More than one child may be born to him depending on his age during this period. If he has children, they will do well in life. He will be highly placed, wealthy and known. When the planet is powerful and under beneficial influence, he may become famous over the world. He will look after his larger family. He may suffer from asthma or cold. He will like music and dance. In Third The individual will be successful in his efforts. He will talk softly. His children will help his younger brother/sister, or there may be close contact between the two. The unhelpful nature of the individual will be well known. He may be of miserly nature. In Fourth He will hold a high position. His mother will be happy since he will love her. He will be rich and live in a beautiful house. The eldest child of the individual may live away from his place of birth. He may hold an advisory post, or he may be a teacher. The individual will follow the example of his father. In Fifth He will become wealthy and eminent. This location will be important with respect to affairs of the children. When there is malefic influence on the planet, his children may have trouble during the period. Malefic influence on the owner of the house may deny him children.

222

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

In Sixth There will be tension between the individual and his children. If other indications support, there may be loss of a child during this period. This is also an indication that the individual may take a child in adoption. When the planet has adverse influence or it is weak and afflicted here, the individual will also be ailing. He may have pain in the stomach when the planet or the Sun receives adverse influence in transit during the period. This location is not good for the marriage of elder brother/sister. In Seventh The individual will be very careful with his money. He and his wife will be well behaved and happy. His business dealings will be fair and he will be truthful. He may have a heightened libido. He will be happy with his children. There may be much love between the individual and his wife. He may turn his romance into a long-term relationship. In Eighth This period will be bad for the individual. He will be disturbed in case the owner of the V house is related to the V house from Jupiter, because of his children or for not having them. He may suffer from cold and respiratory trouble. He will have short temper and shall be unhappy. There may be marital discord. In Ninth He will have good standing with the government. He may write books during this period. He may go to places of religious importance. His son will do well in life. There is no doubt that the success in life will also bring wealth in its wake. The younger brother/sister of the spouse may be instrumental in income of the household. In Tenth This period will give rise to a rajyoga. He shall not only have high status but will also have wealth, vehicles and comforts. He will be well known. The level of renown will depend on the favourable influence that the planet receives here and its strength. This could be deemed

How to Time an Event

223

to be the best location for the owner of the V house. He may be a high government official. In Eleventh He will become learned and may write books during this period. He will be very intelligent and will do well academically. People will generally like him. He will have a large circle of acquaintances. He will be rich and highly placed. He will be happy with his children. During this period, he will be happy and luck will favour him. In Twelfth There will be separation from, worries and unhappiness because of his children. The individual may adopt a child. He may also have digestive trouble. His expenses will mount. Money may be spent on speculation. He may have an affair of the heart. He will have sex outside marriage. According to Bhrigu if the owner of the V house is a beneficial planet, the individual will be happy and live abroad.

Sixth House In First Parashar in Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chapter 24 verse 61 is of the view that the period may bring fame and wealth to the individual, but he will suffer from illnesses, and will have disputes. He may have strained relations with his relatives. He will be honourable and enterprising. If the period operates at the appropriate age, the individual may find some difficulty in having children. In Second He will live abroad. He will be a powerful speaker. He may develop enmity due to the manner in which he talks. He may come to harm due to his loose talk. His finances will be in an unsatisfactory state. His family members may remain indisposed and he may have to spend on their treatment. He will be known in his community. He will be enterprising

224

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

and willing to take chances. He will lead a comfortable life. He will be engrossed in his work. There may develop family disputes. In Third His wife may turn wayward. He may experience excessive anger. His enterprises may engender disputes. He will avoid taking risks. His subordinates will be troublesome. He may not be happy with his younger brother/sister. There will be good vitality but at the same time several bouts of sickness during this period. In Fourth His mother may pass away or there may be troubles on her account. She may suffer from ill health. He will be rich. His relations with his father will take a turn for the worse. He will be prone to fits of anger. There may be lack of domestic happiness. His property may become a cause or matter for dispute. In Fifth He will have tension in relations with his children. If there is beneficial influence, the individual will be clever professionally and wealthy. He may have some hidden fear in his mind. The individual will notice that his wealth and friends are not permanent. Bhrigu suggests that when the owner of the VI house is a beneficial planet, the individual may have a good time during this period. In Sixth He will maintain good health. He may not earn well during this period. He may pick up fights with all and sundry for no reason. He may not pull along with his relatives. He will be able to suppress his enemies. He will live at his place of birth. He will be careful with his money. In Seventh His marriage will be a failure. The wife may become sickly or she may have repeated miscarriages. She may not conceive. He will otherwise have all the benefits of wealth and repute. It will be difficult for him to

How to Time an Event

225

have a going partnership. There will always be trouble in such enterprises. In Eighth This period will demean the individual. He will not only be sick from time to time but will show traits of poor character. He will be interested in sex outside marriage, crave for wealth not rightfully his and shall be quarrelsome. There will be serious family disputes. The individual may have trouble in his right eye. A highly afflicted and weak owner of the VI house here will tend to generate Vipareet Rajyoga and the period may therefore see rise in status and power for the individual. The rajyoga will not lessen the adverse nature of the period otherwise. It may only modify results relating to wealth and status. In Ninth It severely restricts good fortune. His business may show profits but it will suffer losses too from time to time. He will hardly show interest in learning. He may take to business in stone or wood. His father will have troubles. His relations with his father may show an adverse trend. This is particularly bad if the Moon, Mars or Saturn owns the VI house. It shall be favourable to some extent in the case of Mercury. In Tenth The individual will develop into a good public speaker. He will be well known. He may live abroad and do well there. Patrimony may be a matter of litigation and dispute. There is possibility of a dispute with the government or the individual may have tense relations with his boss. Bhrigu thinks that the period will cause trouble to brother of the individual too. In Eleventh A child may be born to the individual after much difficulty. In the alternative, he may face trouble because of his children. The individual may mix with undesirable persons. He stands to lose by way of theft or through enemies if there is adverse influence on the planet. When the sign Libra is placed in the VI house, there will be continuous inflow of wealth during this period. There may also be some sickness.

226

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

In Twelfth The individual will be cruel to animals and lascivious by nature. He will spend his money on vices. He will not like the company of cultured people. He may keep poor health. His relations with his maternal uncle will be prominent during this period. According to Bhrigu there is possibility of death of the individual during a journey. A highly afflicted and weak owner of the VI house here will tend to generate Vipareet Rajyoga and the period may therefore see rise in status and power for the individual. The rajyoga will not lessen the adverse nature of the period otherwise. It may only modify results relating to wealth and status.

Seventh House In First He will have prominent sex urge and may indulge in adultery. He may suffer from rheumatism or gout. He may not be steadfast on his word. If the planet is placed well in the house, he may be very attached to his wife. When the planet is beneficial the individual will have a very happy married life. In addition, he will be a capable partner. He may travel a lot during this period. His mother may have good status in this period. She may be involved in educational pursuits. In Second The individual will become prosperous after his marriage. He may gain from women. There may be more than one marriage. He will have prominent sex urge and may indulge in adultery. He may become lazy and keep postponing taking decisions and action. In Third There may be loss of a child, perhaps a male child, in this period. His wife will be energetic and decisive. This position many a time makes for immoral behaviour on the part of the wife. The relationship between two Kama houses tends to make the individual develop excessive interest

How to Time an Event

227

in sex. When Mars is the owner of the VII house placed in the III, the individual will receive much help from the family of his wife during this period. In Fourth The spouse of the individual will generally disagree with him. She may also be immoral having relations outside marriage. The individual will be religious. He may have dental trouble. His father may gain a legacy. The adverse results will be toned down if there is favourable influence on the planet. In Fifth The individual will be romantic. His children will be very attached to his wife. He will have a favourable run of fortune. He will be dignified and prominent in society. He will have large income. He will be happy. There may be trouble in married life. He may have opportunity to associate with highly placed persons. In Sixth The wife will be sickly. He may not have cordial relations with his wife. He will be irascible and unhappy. He may be morally degraded. There is a possibility of his contracting tuberculosis during this period. The wife of the individual may pass away during this period. In Seventh He will be happy and healthy. He may have a strong sex urge. He may have rheumatic tendency. If there is Libra or Aquarius in the VII house, the individual may seek sex outside marriage. He will have a happy married life. His wife will be chaste and very well behaved if the owner of the house is the Sun. Married life may not be harmonious in case the mooltrikona sign in the house is Aries, unlike Sagittarius that will ensure perfect harmony. His partnership may prosper. This period will be good for the children of the individual. They will be successful.

228

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

In Eighth He may go to prostitutes. Married life will be tense and disturbed. Wife may be disobedient, irritable and sickly. There may be inflow of some wealth due to the wife. In Ninth This is a good position. The individual will experience good fortune during this period due to the efforts of his wife. According to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 25 verse 81 Chaukhamba edition he would have sex relations with several women. The individual may be successful at interviews. These good results will not happen in case Leo is the sign in the VII house. The wife may be in close contact with her younger brother/sister. In Tenth He will have wealth and a child may be born to him but a disobedient wife will trouble him. He may be in partnership with the government. If the sign in the VII house is Aries, the individual will be troubled by a disturbed career. In Eleventh There may be income through his wife. He may marry a friend or colleague. He may have trouble due to his children. According to Parashar the individual is likely to have daughters. His mother may suffer from disease in the chest. When Cancer is placed in the VII house, besides a disturbed married life, other results will also be troublesome during this period of the planet. Saturn as the mooltrikona sign owner of the VII house in the XI will give excellent results in its period but health will remain unsatisfactory. In Twelfth There will be reduction in wealth and the individual will become miserly. His wife will be responsible for heavy expenditure. He takes to cloth or garment business. The individual will benefit from foreign trade during this period. When Libra is the sign in the VII house, Venus during

How to Time an Event

229

this period will give wealth and respect. Bhrigu says that the wife of individual will be arrogant, mean and troublesome.

Eighth House In First He will face a lot of opposition during this period. He may even be charged with theft. He may fall sick with boils. He will not experience physical felicity. He may not show interest in religion. He may benefit from the generosity of the government. A well-placed owner of the VIII house here will cause rajyoga. The results will be very different when there is Libra in the VIII house. This period would develop interest in the individual in the occult and Tantra. This period will be highly beneficial for the individual provided it is not the first after birth. In Second He will earn some wealth but will not be able to regain lost wealth. There may be serious losses or depletion of wealth. This will be accentuated in case there is Virgo in the VIII house. In such a situation, the individual may not be true to his word and be unreliable. When Libra is placed in the VIII house, there may be good income but also heavy losses. The result would be better if the owner of the house is a beneficial planet. In Third He may have serious differences with his younger brother/sister. He may get into trouble for something that he had written or signed in case the owner of the VIII house is also related to the III house from radical Mercury. He will not have servants. There will be serious trouble in the neck or arms of the individual. He is likely to acquire landed property in case Aries is placed in the VIII house. In Fourth This is a bad position for the parents. The individual may not have

230

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

cordial relations with them and dispute may start with them over property. He is unlikely to have residence, property or friends, yet according to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra Chapter 25 verse 88 Chaukhamba edition he will be totally unconcerned about such matters. He may be mentally disturbed during this period. If the horoscope shows adverse influence, he may develop signs of mental disorder. Location of the owner of the VIII house in the IV cannot be considered good. There will be trouble to the mother and the individual will have heart trouble when Leo is placed in the VIII house. Similarly, the placement of Aquarius in the VIII house will not give good results during this period. In Fifth He may be wealthy. He may have only a limited number of children. He may not be very sharp intellectually. He will be long lived. His children may remain unwell. There may be losses in speculation. In Sixth He will be successful at litigation. He may be able to put down his enemies. He may not be healthy in his childhood. If this period occurs during the childhood of the individual, he may suffer from snake or insect bite, or may face danger from water. A highly afflicted and weak owner of the VIII house here will tend to generate Vipareet Rajyoga and the period may therefore see rise in status and power for the individual. The rajyoga will not lessen the adverse nature of the period otherwise. It may only modify results relating to wealth and status. The location of the owner of VIII house in such a way in the VI house will not be conducive to long life. Bhrigu says that when Jupiter receives aspect of a beneficial planet in the VI house as the owner of the VIII, the individual will be long lived. In Seventh There will be serious reverses in business when the owner of the VIII house is associated with a malefic planet in the VII house. His partnership may dissolve. He may marry twice and may have extramarital affairs. Married life may have problems. His wife may remain sickly. She will be miserly too. He may suffer from trouble in the abdomen or boils. He may have some psychological or fear complex.

How to Time an Event

231

In Eighth The wife may not be faithful but shall be a source of wealth. The individual may fall from a high status or may find disputes developing in the family. If the planet is powerful a legacy may come the individual's way. He may be unreliable and shall be a person whose word cannot be taken at its face value. This makes for a person with poor character. He will be long lived. According to Bhrigu the individual may expect income from foreign sources during this period. He is also of the view that the individual would be of stout physique. In Ninth Fortune will not favour the individual. He may defraud.others or steal. His will continue to be a source of trouble. His father may fall sick or face adversities. There may be misunderstanding between the father and son. He will be irreligious. He may be of loose morals and cruel. His married life will be difficult due to harsh temperament of his wife. The results will be very adverse when Sagittarius is placed in the VIII house. In Tenth This position too causes tension between the father and son. If there is no beneficial influence, the individual may be unemployed. He may face tension at work. He may face dishonour or insults. His mother may pass away during this period. The individual will join a job much below his expectation. However, a well-placed owner of the VIII house here will cause a rajyoga. The result will be bad if Leo is placed in the VIII house. It will be worse still if Aquarius occupies the VIII house. In Eleventh The individual will have an unhappy childhood. The individual may be in serious financial difficulties in the major-period of a weak owner of the house. Beneficial influence on the owner of the VIII house shall tend to make the individual live long. The period of the owner of the VIII house placed in the XI will give good results if it comes in the old age of the individual.

232

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

In Twelfth He may not be healthy. If this period occurs during the childhood of the individual, and the ascendant or the eighth house has adverse influence, he may suffer from snake or insect bite, or may face danger from water. He may have to go to a distant place for hospitalisation. The father of the individual may lose his property. A highly afflicted and weak owner of the VIII house here will tend to generate Vipareet Rajyoga and the period may therefore see rise in status and power for the individual. The rajyoga will not lessen the adverse nature of the period otherwise. It may only modify results relating to wealth and status. An afflicted owner of the VIII house will reduce the longevity of the individual.

Ninth House In First This would be a relationship between two Dharma houses. The individual will develop interest in religion. His status will improve. He will be successful at whatever he attempts. He will be known in society for his good character. He will be wealthy. He may go in for higher education. The stated good results may not be possible if there is Cancer in the IX house. In Second The results with respect to status, popularity, wealth and learning will be similar to the position of the planet in the first house. The individual will be happy with his wife and children. He will be truthful. When there is Libra in the IX house the good results will be accentuated. According to Bhrigu, the individual may expect some trouble on account of vehicles. In Third This is a very fine position provided the planet is powerful and free from affliction there. The individual will be successful in his ventures. He will have cordial relations with his younger brother/sister who may help him. He will be wealthy. He will be extremely lucky.

How to Time an Event

233

In Fourth This position will make the individual successful at college examinations. He will do very well at academics. His mother may suffer from bad health. He will gain property during this period, and may have close cordial relations with his parents. The gain of property will be marked if there is Aries in the IX house. He will be friendly and open hearted. There is a possibility that he gets a high position or honour from the government. The individual will have vehicles and he will be in a happy and contented state of mind. In Fifth This again is an excellent location. The individual will be wealthy. A high position is indicated if Leo occupies the IX house. A high financial status is indicated if Aquarius occupies the IX house. A child will either be born to him or his children will prosper during this period. According to Brihat Parashar Hora ShastraChapter 25 verse 101 Chaukhamba edition the individual will have fortunate children. He will be learned and religious. In Sixth The individual will not be fortunate. His reputation will be at stake. His efforts will not succeed. His enemies will trouble him. There may be litigation. There may be serious setbacks in business due to the machinations of his enemies. His father may oppose him. His elder brother/ sister will also have a difficult time. His relatives from his mother's family will bother him. According to Bhrigu, the individual will gain from his enemies though he will be constantly under their fear. If Aries occupies the IX house, there will be gains from cousins and benefits due to' enemies, but it may also cause injury to father during this period. In Seventh His partnership will flourish. He may gain through the efforts of his wife. She will be dignified and well behaved, particularly so if there is Cancer in the IX house. He will be successful and well known. He will gain through inter-personal contacts. When the planet is placed well in the house, there may be cordial relations between the wife of the individual and his father. An adverse influence on the planet may make

234

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

the father sickly during this period. In Eighth This is adverse. He will be unfortunate, mean minded and violent. His relations with his elder brother/sister shall be disturbed. He will be unsuccessful at whatever he does. The health of his father may be seriously jeopardised. There will be gain of status and wealth through patrimony. In Ninth This is favourable. He and his brother/sister will be fortunate, prosperous and happy. There will be cordial relations between them. He will be known as a highly successful person. His father will be prominent in his affairs. When there is Virgo in this house, the period of Mercury shall be one of the finest in the life of the individual. In Tenth He will be in the service of the government and will be at a high position. He will be happy with his parents. He will be respected in society. He may like to go on religious journeys. His conduct would be good and he shall be respected for his high values. There will be gain of property and assets during this period. In Eleventh This position promises increasing wealth. His elder siblings will also prosper. He may gain with the help or influence of his father. There is a possibility that he may gain from speculation. Such a location also ensures success and prosperity to his children. In Twelfth He will go abroad during this period. He will earn from abroad. He will be successful in his venture there and will earn well from there. When there is adverse influence on the planet, there is a possibility of the individual incurring losses in business or profession.

How to Time an Event

235

Tenth House In First He will be well known and wealthy. Location of Sagittarius in the X house will ensure excellent results during this period. If this period falls during the childhood of the individual and the ascendant or the VI house has adverse influence, he will be sickly. He will have high status and authority. When Venus is powerful in the chart, the individual may show inclination to poetry. In Second This is indicative of success at profession. The individual will earn substantial wealth through his profession during this period. He may also get wealth through his father. There will be happiness from father. He may also improve his status. He may become reputed. He will be learned and shall be taken to be an able and powerful orator. According to Bhrigu the individual may suffer from cough and cold during this period. He may show ill will to his mother if there is adverse influence on the planet and the Moon is weak, badly placed or under adverse influence in the chart. In Third There will be good relations with younger brothers/sisters and help and support from them. His servants will behave well and he will be happy with them. He will be able to achieve his objectives. He will talk well. In Fourth This is an excellent position. The individual will be close to his mother and solicitous of her welfare. He will be in possession of wealth and property. He will lead a comfortable life. He will have vehicles. When Mercury is strong in the chart, this position is indicative of a superb performance at college. This position also confirms that in case the period is current when the individual is seeking admission to a college of his choice, he will be successful. He will be dignified. He may get

236

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

residential accommodation from the government. His work place may be at his residence. In Fifth He will become highly proficient in several branches of learning. He will be happy with life. He will be rich. When the period operates at the right age, a son may be born to him. There will be filial happiness. According to Bhrigu the individual may develop interest in music and dance. In Sixth This position will cause pain, unhappiness and tension with his natural father. His skills will not earn him a good income. His enemies will bother him. The professional matters will be in dispute and he may not have good relations with his boss. There may be worry because of profession and there may be change in it during this period. He may not be happy with his profession. His enemies may bother him. In Seventh He will experience happy married life. He may have high status. He will be learned and will talk well. He will have professional success and wealth. His wife will keep good health. She will have all the comforts. Her mother will also be happy and healthy. She may take to studies during this period and may become highly proficient in a field. In Eighth He will not be able to show good performance at work during this period. He will talk ill of others. He will be long lived. The placement of Cancer in the X house will show results according to the distance of the Moon from the Sun. When the distance is more than 72°, the results may improve. The individual may have a good position and wealth though he may expect a fall from the position. But a weak Moon close to the Sun shall give highly adverse results. According to Bhrigu the individual will keep poor health and he may suffer from an undiagnosed disease.

How to Time an Event

237

In Ninth This is an indication of high position. He will gain wealth and a child may be born to him. He will behave well. He will be successful in his endeavours. It is likely to give some mental tension.

In Tenth The individual will be efficient and successful at his job. This indicates a high position. He will lead a comfortable life. His efforts will bear fruits. His mother will also be happy. The individual is likely to get residential accommodation from the employer. Such accommodation shall be imposing and large. If he is at college, he is sure to do exceedingly well at examinations and studies. This is also indicative of much wealth in the period of the owner. In Eleventh His elder brothers/sisters may be highly placed but they may leave their places of birth. He will be wealthy and happy. He will have highly placed children. There is a possibility of some child of his suffering from ill health during this period. When there is Sagittarius in the X house the results may be rather adverse. In Twelfth There will be unhappiness and worries. His enemies may bother him. He may have to pay money by way of taxes etc. This location is indicative of trouble from the government in the form of financial exactions. The individual may attain a high position or honour abroad. Bhrigu suggests that the individual may develop an illicit relationship during this period.

Eleventh House In First The individual will notice that his ambitions are fulfilled during this Period. He will be eloquent, happy and wealthy. The individual could be

238

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

a poet. It would not only be conducive to marital happiness, it would also make the wife of the individual instrumental in earning of wealth. In Second This is an excellent location. The individual will be extremely wealthy. He will lead a happy and successful life with his family. He may earn through his speech. Bhrigu considers this position conducive to making the individual miserly. In Third This is good for wealth and successful ventures but it may cause colic pain. His elder brother will be an intellectual and shall be happy because of his children; he may try to defraud or acquire others' wealth. He will be well known. This location is not good for the mother of the individual. She may keep poor health. In Fourth The individual will acquire property and assets. He may benefit from higher education or through his mother's family. There is a likelihood of some gain from the government during this period. The placement of Libra in the XI house is conducive to large inflow of wealth during the period of Venus. In Fifth There shall be wealth and happiness during this period. He will be scholarly, religious and well behaved. This position is particularly good for practice of mantras. The individual will be successful at it. His job could be of an advisor. His children will be virtuous, able, obedient and successful. When there is Virgo in the XI house, the matters relating to the V house will show very adverse results. In Sixth There may be trouble in the left ear or general ill health. He may earn his livelihood through service. He will live away from home, perhaps abroad. His enemies will trouble him. Bhrigu is of the opinion that the

How to Time an Event

239

maternal uncle of the individual may have good income. The individual may gain through his maternal uncle. In Seventh The individual will benefit through his wife and her relatives, but she will guide and command him as he may lack in worldly wisdom. He will be wealthy. He may have strong sex urge. In Eighth He will be unsuccessful and incur losses in his enterprises. His friends will also be instrumental in his losses. He will be long lived. His wife will predecease him. The individual may gain wealth during this period. In Ninth The individual will have favours and honour from the government. He will be rich. He may have profits and gains from abroad. He will have a good run of fortune. His younger brother/sister may also have good income. The brother/sister may be prominent in the life of the individual during this period.

In Tenth The individual will be rich and shall gain from the government. He will be philanthropic and genuinely interested in the welfare of the common man. This location also makes the father wealthy. His elder brother/sister may live away from the place of his birth. In Eleventh The individual will gain in whatever he does. He will become known as a learned man. The children of the individual will be successful in life. His elder brother/sister will also have a good time during this period. In Twelfth He will have to work hard to earn in small measures. The expenses during this period will be heavy. His father may change his residence.

240

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

The individual may earn from hospitals or abroad. He may have foreigners as friends. Such a location will also confer wealth on the elder brother/ sister of the individual. His friends may work against him. His mother will have to face disappointments during this period. He may marry more than once.

Twelfth House In First He will be low in vitality. His health may remain indifferent. He may suffer from lung or respiratory trouble. He may be hospitalised. He may leave home and live away from it during this period. He will be of expensive habits. He may not be wealthy. His expenses may mount and income may turn meagre. His conduct may be questionable. There may be discord with wife. In Second He will be religious and his speech will be pleasant. He will spend on good causes. He will be comfortable. There will be heavy expenditure leading to depletion of his bank balance. His father may face serious litigation and dispute over his property. Government too may be involved in this dispute. The individual may suffer losses due to his irresponsible talk. Bhrigu says that the individual will live away from his homeland during this period. In Third He will not be happy with his younger brother/sister. He will become self-centred. He may travel a lot and stay away from home. There may be loss of younger brother/sister. The mother of the individual may go abroad. In Fourth There may be loss of property, vehicle and assets. He may have difficulty with his collegiate education if the period operates during the

How to Time an Event

241

relevant part of the life of the individual. His mother will be unhappy with him. In such a situation, the individual will not have comforts or peace of mind. He may live away from home. In Fifth He may spend on entertainment, his children and speculation. The individual may have difficulty in begetting children or some other trouble relating to his children. He may visit shrines and holy places during this period for relief. Such a location can also lead to separation from his children.

In Sixth He will develop enmity with persons who have been close to him. He may become immoral and develop illicit relations with women. He will be unhappy and irascible. The individual may get a high position during this period. Finances of his children may get disturbed.

In Seventh There will be discord in married life. He may have to spend heavily on or due to his wife. She may fall ill and may be hospitalised. His own vitality will be at a low ebb. He may have to travel against his wish. He may develop relations with other women. This location is not good for educational pursuits, which will suffer during this period.

In Eighth The individual will have profits in his business. He will be comfortable and happy. There is possibility of an improvement in status. He may be hospitalised due to an accident. There may be tension in married life. He will have pleasant speech. His longevity shall be medium.

In Ninth He may go abroad. He will be self centred and arrogant. The individual will face losses and failures. In such a situation, there may be trouble with or due to his younger brother/sister. He will not succeed at interviews. He may lose interest in religion. He will not be able to pursue

242

Chapter 2: The Major-Period

higher education. If this period operates in the old age of the individual, he will, according to Bhrigu lose his wealth. In Tenth He may have to spend in compliance with government orders. His father may give him trouble. His assets and property may also be in jeopardy. He may change residence at the orders of the government. The individual may get a government job during this period according to Bhrigu. In Eleventh He may gain from abroad. His elder brother/sister may be rich. There will be losses in business and undertakings. In such a situation, the elder brother/sister or children of the individual may also have trouble due to bad health and losses. If the individual is hoping for the birth of a child, he will have to wait for the period to end, since this will not be conducive to that happy event to take place. In Twelfth The individual will face heavy expenses within the country. He is likely to prosper abroad. He may not keep good health. He may have enemies. His conduct will not be upright. If Libra is located in the XII house, the results will be better.

Chapter Three The Sub and Inter-Periods

Analysis of Vimshottari Periods and Assessment of their Results We will consider the sub and other finer periods in this Chapter. The statements made for the major-period analysis in the preceding Chapter apply mutatis-mutandis to the sub-period analysis. The changes in analysis that should be kept in mind shall be described in the course of the Chapter.

Sub and Inter-periods Analysis 2. We have seen in the previous Chapter that a major-period planet shall give results relating to a house only when it is related to the relevant karaka and the concerned houses from the ascendant, Arudha lagna and karaka. It may also be related to the Factor for gain or loss, physical self or for the mind as the case may be. A confirmatory tool is its relationship with the relevant Essential Planet and Arudha of the concerned house from the karaka. With respect to a sub-period, the relationship has to be majorperiod dependent. According to Uttar Kalamrita Chapter 6 verses 22 and 24, the sub-period planet is expected to give results of the house that it occupies as counted from the major-period planet. If the subperiod planet is in the IV house from the major-period planet, it will give results of the IV house, etc. Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra supports these statements vide Chapter 50 verses 90-96. This is the reason why results in the sub-period of a planet X in the major-period of another planet Y are not the same as those in the sub-period of Y in the major-

244

Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

period of X. The relationships to houses as taken from the major-period planet differ. We ought therefore to be very clear about these relationships. Broadly we can say that whatever is considered from the ascendant in the case of a major-period, the same should be considered from the place of the major-period planet in the case of a sub-period in it. An event will happen in a sub-period if the sub-period planet: (a) Is related to the concerned karaka, and the Essential Planet. The Essential Planet shall be the strongest planet that relates the Arudhas of relevant houses from the karaka and the natal location of the major-period planet. Thus, we determine the Arudha of the relevant house from the karaka. We determine the Arudha of the relevant house from the position of the major-period planet in the birth chart. We then list planets that relate these two houses. The strongest of them would be the Essential Planet. (b) Is related to the concerned house as counted from the house occupied by the major-period planet. (c) Is related to the same number of house as counted from the Arudha of place that the major-period planet occupies. (d) Is related to the same number of house from the natal position of the karaka. This means that the sub-period planet ought to be a Factor for the event as taken from the major-period planet. We can call it a Sub-Factor to distinguish it from a Factor. The sub, inter or a finer period planet will have two things in common with the major-period planet, viz., (a) it is related to the karaka for the event, and the Essential Planet, and (b) it is related to the relevant house from the karaka. It should also be related to the Sub-Factor for gain or loss, physical self or for the mind as the case may be. Let us suppose a male gets married for the first time in the major-period of Saturn, sub-period of Ketu and inter-period of Jupiter. Let us also suppose that the VII house from Venus is in Cancer. In this chart we will notice that Saturn, Ketu and Jupiter would be related to Venus and also to Cancer. The Essential Planet would vary for every period. (e) The Sub-Factor must relate to the Arudha of the relevant house from the karaka. Therefore, if we are considering birth

How to Time an Event

245

of the first child in a sub-period, the Sub-Factor concerned should also be related to the Arudha of the V house from Jupiter. No planet would give results pertaining to an event in its subperiod unless it is related to the concerned karaka. This is therefore a very convenient tool to identify possible planets that could give a particular result in their sub-periods. 3.

The inter-period planet shall give results subject to the overall direction and control of the sub-period planet. A planet will cause an event to happen when it is: (a) Related to the karaka and the Essential Planet. The Essential Planet shall be the strongest planet that relates the Arudhas of relevant houses from the karaka and the natal location of the sub-period planet. Thus, we determine the Arudha of the relevant house from the karaka. We determine the Arudha of the relevant house from the position of the sub-period planet in the birth chart. We then list planets that relate these two houses. The strongest of them would be the Essential Planet. (b) It is related to the relevant house from the sub-period planet. (c)

It is related to the relevant house from the Arudha of the place that the sub-period planet occupies.

(d) It is related to the same number of house from the karaka. This means that the inter-period planet ought to be a Factor for the event as taken from the sub-period planet. We will call a planet that qualifies according to these conditions as an Inter-Factor with respect to a sub-period planet. This also means that even an inter-period planet will not give results relating to an event in its period unless it is related to the concerned karaka. (e) Further, as in the case of a Sub-Factor, the Inter-Factor too must be related to the Arudha of the concerned house from the karaka. It should also be related to the Inter-Factor for gain or loss, physical self or for the mind as the case may be. 4.

From the above it is obvious that the principles in case of an interperiod planet are the same as those relating to the sub-period

246

Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

planet. In fact these principles can be taken down to the finer periods too. In a general statement we can say that an event would happen when the: (a) The inferior-period planet is related to the karaka. (b) It is related to the relevant house from the natal position of the superior-period planet. (c) It is related to the relevant house from the Arudha of the place that the superior-period planet occupies in the birth chart. (d) It is related to the same number of house from the natal place of the concerned karaka. We will again reiterate that an inferior-period planet will not give results relating to an event in its period unless it is related to the concerned karaka. This principle is a major help in determination of the right period planet since those planets that do not have relationship with the karaka concerned shall not be taken into consideration when we analyse the chart for determination of the right inferior-period planet. (e) It is reiterated that the inferior-period planet must be related to the Arudha of the concerned house from the karaka. It should also be related to the Inferior-Factor for gain or loss, physical self or for the mind as the case may be. We will explain the concept of Sub and Inter-Factors further through the following chart of Tom Cruise. He, as we know, is a Hollywood actor:

Chart III-1 Lagna

247

How to Time an Event

Male, July 3, 1962, 1205 hours, Syracuse, New York, USA, 43°N03', Navamsha

Superimposition chart. Navamsha chart planets are in brackets.

76° W09', Time zone 0500 hours west of Greenwich, 0100 hour Day Light Saving Time. Thus, effectively the time differential between the GMT and the Standard Time at New York would be 0400 hours. Planet Longitude

Owner/C

Planet Longitude

Owner/C

Sun

2s17°54'16"

Rahu

Venus

Mercury

Moon

3s7°48'17"

Saturn

Saturn 9s16°41'21"

Moon

Mars

1s2°46'33"

Sun

Rahu

3s15°42'57"

Saturn

Merc

1s26°25'23"

Mars

Ketu

9s15°42'57"

Moon

Jupiter

10s19°21'27" Rahu

Ascdt

5s3°48'03"

3s25°57'24"

Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed.

248

Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

The birth chart has a very close relationship between Venus and Saturn. This points to a possible break up of marriage. The VII house from Venus is in Capricorn. Its Arudha is in Libra. This is the Arudha house for first marriage. The XII house from Saturn is in Sagittarius. Its Arudha is in Aries. This is the Arudha house for separation. Mars occupies a sign of Venus, and Venus is in a constellation of Mercury that is associated with Mars. The chart thus shows a strong tendency to divorce. The individual has married twice and divorced twice. The first divorce took place on February 4, 1990 in the inter-period of Mercury in the subperiod of Saturn in the major-period of Mercury. This happened in the band of years controlled by Mars. Divorce is dissolution of marriage. Thus, it has two elements-marriage and its dissolution. The karaka for the first is Venus and for the second, Saturn. Divorce took place in the major-period of Mercury and in subperiod of Saturn. Mars, as we have seen, is related to the Arudha houses of marriage and separation. Let us first examine Mars. Mars is related to the VII houses from the ascendant and Arudha lagna through Venus, and it is in Capricorn in the navamsha chart. It is related to Venus. It will therefore give results relating to marital affairs of the individual. It is related to Saturn. It is also related to the three XII houses. It is therefore a planet that could bring about a divorce in the life of the individual. Mars rules the life of the individual from July 3, 1989 to July 3; 1995. The majorperiod of Mercury runs till February 17, 1992. The major-period of Ketu starts after that. Ketu is not concerned with the marital affairs of the individual. Mercury is in sambandha with Saturn in the navamsha chart. It is also related to the three XII houses. The Arudha of the XII house from Saturn is in Aries. The Arudha of the XII house from the ascendant is in Aries. Mars only relates the two houses. It is the Essential Planet for the major-period for separation. Mercury is with Mars. The Arudha of the VII house from Venus is in Libra. The Arudha of the VII house from the ascendant is in Capricorn. The Moon, Saturn, and Rahu relate the two houses. The Moon is the Essential Planet for major-period relating to marriage, being the strongest. Mercury is related to the Moon. Mercury in its major-period shall therefore cause marriage and separation. Venus is in Aslesha constellation of Mercury. Mercury is in a sign of Venus and it

How to Time an Event

249

is related to all the three VII houses. Mercury shall cause a divorce to take place in its major-period. The event must happen only between July 3, 1989 and February 17, 1992, as thereafter the major-period of Mercury shall come to an end. It must therefore happen in the subperiod of Saturn in the major-period of Mercury. We shall examine the sub-period planet Saturn to see if it is a SubFactor for marital matters. It is related to karaka Venus. It is in the VII house from the natal position of the karaka. The VII house from the major-period planet is in Scorpio. Mars is in the same sign in the navamsha chart as Saturn in the birth chart. The VII house from the Arudha of the natal place of major-period planet is in Pisces. Jupiter is in navamsha sign of Saturn. The Arudha of the XII house from Saturn is in Aries. The Arudha of the XII house from the major-period planet is in Gemini. Mars and Mercury are together. Mercury is stronger. It is the Essential Planet for separation for the sub-period. Saturn is in sambandha with Mercury in the navamsha chart. Saturn is a Sub-Factor for marital matters. We should now see if it is inclined also to be a Sub-Factor for separation. It is a karaka for separation. Since Mars is related to Saturn, the latter is also related to the XII house from the major-period planet. The XII house from the Arudha of the major-period planet is in Leo. Saturn occupies the same sign in the navamsha chart as the Sun in the birth chart. Saturn is related to the Arudha house for separation. We notice that it is related to the Essential Planet for separation for the subperiod. Thus, Saturn is a Sub-Factor for marital affairs and separation with reference to the major-period planet Mercury. It should separate the individual from his spouse. The II house from Mercury would represent family. This is Gemini. Saturn is in this sign in the navamsha chart. The Arudha from the natal position of Mercury is in Virgo. The II house from the Arudha of Taurus is Libra. Saturn and Venus are related. Thus, Saturn will also cause a break-up in the family. A divorce in the sub-period of Saturn in the major-period of Mercury is due. Let us now examine the inter-period. The event happened in the inter-period of Mercury. We will conduct a similar three-fold inquiry in the nature of Mercury as an Inter-Factor for marital affairs and separation.

250

Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

Venus is in a constellation of Mercury. Thus, Mercury is related to the karaka and to the VII house from the sub-period planet as well. The VII house from Venus is Capricorn. Saturn and Mercury are in sambandha in the navamsha chart. The Arudha of the place that Saturn occupies is in Libra. The VII house from it is Aries. Mercury is with Mars in the birth chart. Mercury is obviously related to the Arudha house for first marriage. Thus, Mercury is an Inter-Factor for marital matters with respect to the sub-period planet. Let us see if Mercury is also an Inter-Factor for separation with respect to the sub-period planet. There is a sambandha between Mercury and Saturn in the navamsha chart. Thus, Mercury is related to the karaka for separation. The XII house from Saturn is in Sagittarius. Venus is the dispositor of Mercury. It is over Jupiter in the superimposition chart. The Arudha of the natal place of Saturn is in Libra. The XII house from it is a sign of Mercury. Mercury is related to the Arudha house for separation. Thus, Mercury is an Inter-Factor for marital affairs and separation with respect to the sub-period planet. The II house from Saturn is in Aquarius. We have already seen that Mercury and Saturn are in sambandha. The II house from the Arudha of the natal position of Saturn is in Libra. The II house from here is Scorpio. Mars and Mercury are together. Thus, Mercury will also cause a break-up in the family. We will take up the second divorce. The VII house from Venus is in Capricorn. The Arudha of this house is in Libra. The III house from Libra is the house of the second wife. It is in Sagittarius. The Arudha of Sagittarius is in Aries. Thus the Arudha house for second wife is in Aries. The Arudha house for separation is in the same house too. Saturn and Mars are related very powerfully to each other. The second divorce happened on August 8, 2001. The individual was in his 40th year. Saturn was the ruler of the band of years at that time. Saturn is a Factor for marital affairs and also for separation. This band started on July 3, 1997 and ended on July 3, 2003. The second divorce happened in the major and sub-periods of Venus and inter-period of Saturn.

>

How to Time an Event

251

Venus is related to the XII houses from Saturn and itself. A divorce shall take place in the major-period of Venus. Venus is the Karaka-Factor for marital affairs. It is also a Factor for separation. It is related to Aries as it is related to Mars. The major-period of Venus shall see a divorce. This has to happen therefore between February 17, 1999 and July 3, 2003. The sub-periods of Venus, Sun and Moon shall operate during this period. Venus is a Sub-Factor for marital affairs and separation vis-a-vis the major-period. The II house from Venus is in Leo. Venus is related to it. The II house from the Arudha of the natal position of Venus is Taurus. Thus, Venus is a Sub-Factor for marital affairs and separation with respect to its own major-period and it causes a break-up in the family at that time. A divorce appears in the offing in the sub-period of Venus in its own major-period. We notice that Venus has substantial influence of Mercury. Venus is in Cancer in the birth chart, a movable but prishthhodaya sign, and in Aquarius in the navamsha chart, a fixed but shirshodaya sign. It is in the last drekkan of the sign. Therefore, Venus shall give the result slightly later in its sub-period. Let us now take the inter-period planet Saturn. Saturn is related to the karaka for marital affairs. The VII house from Venus is Capricorn. Saturn is in this/Sign. The Arudha of the natal place of Venus is in Aries. The VII house from it is Libra. Saturn is related to Venus. Thus, Saturn is an Inter-Factor for marital affairs with respect to the sub-period planet. Saturn is a karaka for separation. The XII house from Venus is Gemini. We have seen that Saturn is related to it. The XII house from the Arudha of the place of the sub-period planet is Pisces. We have seen that Saturn is related to Jupiter. Thus, Saturn is an Inter-Factor for separation with respect to the sub-period planet. Saturn is related to the Arudha houses of second marriage and separation. The II house from Venus is Leo. Saturn is related to Leo through Mercury. The II house from Arudha of the place of Venus is Taurus. Saturn is related to Venus. Thus, Saturn shall cause a divorce in its interperiod.

252

Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

5. We know that the Arudha of a house represents the matters of the house in a much more pronounced manner. For example, the Arudha of the IX house from natal Rahu shall represent journey abroad. A planet related to the Arudha of a house shall give results relating to that house in its period. Such a planet must also be related to the karaka for the event. Going back to the illustration taken above in this paragraph, when a planet is related to Rahu and the Arudha of the IX house from Rahu, it should cause a journey abroad. Since an individual travels abroad physically the Sun and Arudha of the physical self of the individual should also be related to this planet. A planet that is related to the Sun and Rahu and the Arudhas of the IX house from Rahu and the I house from the Sun should take the individual abroad in its major-period. It is however seen that such a planet does not always give rise to the anticipated event. It is noticed that the Arudha of the relevant house from the ascendant also plays a major role. We therefore take the Arudhas of the relevant house from the Karaka, and from the ascendant. There could be one or more planets that would relate these tow houses to each other. The most powerful planet that so relates the two houses shall be the seed planet, and it shall play the role of controlling the event. A factor related to the seed planet will give the result. A sub-factor should be related to the subseed planet. It can be determined by taking the relevant house from the place of major-period planet. We will analyse an episode of first marriage and divorce in the life of Tom Cruise through the above method. The VII house from natal Venus in the birth chart is Capricorn. The Arudha of the house is in Libra. The Arudha of the XI house from natal Jupiter is in Aries. Mars and Venus are related in the chart showing the possibility of marriage. The individual got married the first time in the majorperiod of Mercury and sub and inter-periods of Jupiter. Mercury is related to the Arudhas and karakas and so is Jupiter. We will now examine the first divorce. The Arudhas remain the same but now the karakas shall be Venus and Saturn. The divorce happened in the major period of Mercury, sub-period of Saturn and inter-period of Mercury. Mercury we have seen is related to the two Arudhas and Venus. Saturn is in sambandha with Mercury

How to Time an Event

253

in the navamsha chart. Thus Mercury major-period shall cause the divorce to happen. We can easily see that Saturn is also related to the Arudhas and karakas in the chart. 6. We have stated in the previous Chapter that some events affect the physical self and others the mental. The Sub-Factors for the physical and mental selves should be worked out with respect to the position of the major-period planet. For Sub-Factor for physical self we will consider the house occupied by the major-period planet, the Arudha of its place, and the place of the Sun. It should also be related to the Sun. For the Sub-Factor of the mental self we will consider the IV houses from the Moon, the place of the majorperiod planet and the Arudha of its place. The Factor should also relate to the Moon. We can similarly determine the Inter-Factors for physical and mental selves. 7. Many a time, the sub-period of a planet in the major-period of the same planet gives the desired result. This happens when the majorperiod planet gets strongly related to Mercury. Mercury has the unique tendency to give its results at the beginning of the period. It imparts this tendency to the planet that is related to Mercury and makes the planet give results early in its own sub-period. The movable signs too have a tendency to expedite matters. Therefore a planet placed in a movable sign would also be inclined to give its result early. This has been given in more detail in paragraph 22 of this Chapter. It is generally observed that the normal time for marriage or first childbirth for a female in traditional societies like in India is still after 18 years. For a male it is at least 23 years. For residents of Western countries we may add five years to both the ages. This varies from region to region in the world. When a planet is associated with or is in sambandha with Saturn in the birth or navamsha chart, it defers the event by three years, if it is related to Saturn through other means in either chart it does so by one year. If the planet is a karaka for the event and is in sambandha with Saturn the delay shall again be for three years. When Saturn occupies a house in either chart it similarly defers the event by three years. Here the occupation of a house in the navamsha chart

254

Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

means that Saturn is in the same sign in the navamsha chart that is placed in in the relevant house in the birth chart. Thus, if Cancer is placed in the V house in a birth chart and Saturn occupies Cancer in the navamsha chart, Saturn would be deemed to be in occupation of the V house through the navamsha chart. This mutatis mutandis applies to Mercury. Thus, when Mercury is associated with or is in sambandha with a planet in a birth or navamsha chart it advances an event by three years. If Mercury is related to a planet through other means in the birth or navamsha chart it does so by one year. When Mercury occupies a house in the birth or navamsha chart it advances the event by three years. The influence of Mercury or Saturn on a karaka will also work for advancement or deferment as the case may be of an event in the same way as on a planet. When Mercury and Saturn are in sambandha in a birth chart, the tendency of Mercury to prepone the event, and the tendency of Saturn to postpone it are neutralised. 8. Let us take some more illustrations. We refer to Chart 1-1. The male individual got married on February 12, 1973 in the inter-period of Mercury in the sub-period of Rahu in the major-period of Jupiter. This is his first marriage. The Arudha house for first marriage is in Aquarius. Let us first see if Rahu is a Sub-Factor for marriage in the majorperiod of Jupiter. Rahu is in a constellation of the Moon. The latter is in sambandha with Saturn in the navamsha chart. Thus Rahu is related to the Arudha house of first marriage. Rahu is in sambandha with Venus. The VII house from Jupiter is in Aries. Due to the sambandha between Rahu and Venus and again between Mars and Venus, Rahu gets related to the house. The Arudha of the natal position of Jupiter is in Sagittarius. The VII house from this sign is in Gemini. Rahu occupies this sign in the navamsha chart. Thus, Rahu is a Sub-Factor for marriage with respect to Jupiter. We should now examine if Rahu has some relationship with the element of gain. Rahu is related to the XI house from the karaka and major-period planet. Jupiter is in a constellation of Rahu. Rahu is also related to the XI house from the Arudha of the place occupied by the major-period planet. The Arudha of the XI house from Jupiter is in Libra.

How to Time an Event

255

Since Jupiter is the major-period planet, the Arudha of the XI house from the major-period planet shall also remain the same. Libra has three planets but Jupiter is the strongest. It is the Essential Planet. We have seen that Rahu is related to it. Let us see if Rahu is related to the houses of family from the majorperiod planet and Arudha of the place that the major-period planet occupies. This is the II house from the two places. The II house from Jupiter is Scorpio. Rahu is related to it. The II house from Sagittarius is Capricorn. We know that Rahu is related to Saturn and therefore houses owned by it. Further, the Moon is placed in Capricorn in the navamsha chart. It is in sambandha with Rahu. Let us now examine the inter-period planet. Mercury and Venus are in sambandha in the navamsha chart. Mercury is related to the Arudha house of marriage. It is related to the VII house from Rahu through Venus. The Arudha for the natal position of Rahu is in Aquarius. The VII house from it is in Leo. The Sun is in sambandha with Mercury in the navamsha chart. Therefore Mercury is related to this house too. Mercury is thus an Inter-Factor for marriage with respect to Rahu. Mercury is an Inter-Factor for gain. The II houses from Rahu and the Arudha of the place that it occupies are in Gemini and Pisces. Mercury is obviously related to both the places. We will analyse the above chart further. A son was born to the individual on November 27, 1974 in the inter-period of Mercury in the sub and major-periods of Saturn. The Arudha of the place of first child is in Sagittarius. We can easily see that birth of a child is possible in the major-period of Saturn. The dispositor of Saturn is in a sign of Mercury. The navamsha dispositor of Saturn is with Mercury. Saturn is in sambandha with Jupiter. Mercury is associated with Jupiter in the birth chart. Saturn is in Scorpio in the navamsha chart. We have Venus and Ketu there. Ketu is in a constellation of Mercury. There is a possibility that Saturn may give the result in its sub-period. Let us see if Saturn is a Sub-Factor for birth of a child in its own major-period. Let us examine the sub-period of Saturn in its major-period. The V house from Saturn is in Scorpio. Saturn occupies this sign in the navamsha chart. The Arudha of the natal place of Saturn is in Taurus. The V

256

Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

house from Taurus is in Virgo. The navamsha dispositor of Saturn is with Mercury. Saturn is therefore a Sub-Factor in its own major-period. Let us now see Mercury. It is with Jupiter. Mercury is with Mars. It thus gets related to Scorpio, the V house from Saturn. Mercury owns the V house from Taurus. The V house from Jupiter is Aquarius. Mercury is related to Saturn through its location in Scorpio. Mercury is therefore an Inter-Factor for children with respect to Saturn. It is related to the house of the first child. Saturn is a Sub-Factor for gain. The II house from Saturn is Leo. Mars and Saturn are in sambandha in the navamsha chart and the Sun is in Chitra constellation of Mars. Mercury is in sambandha with the Sun in the navamsha chart. The II house from Taurus, the Arudha of the natal place of Saturn, is Gemini. Saturn occupies this sign in the navamsha chart. Thus, Saturn is related to the houses of family. 9.

Jatakabharnam has mentioned effects of sub-periods of planets in certain houses in verses 2 to 5 of the concerned Chapter on SubPeriods. When two naturally malefic planets are together in a sign, the sub-period of one in the major-period of the other will cause disease, disputes, trouble from the government and loss of wealth. The sub-period of a planet in the V, IX or X house will give comforts, success, good health, progress and respect. The sub-period of a planet located in the VI house shall cause ill health in its sub-period. The sub-period of a malefic planet in the VII house spells danger to the life of the spouse. It would give bad company, disease, loss of wealth and disputes. The sub-period of a planet in the VIII house will cause loss of wealth, discomfort, and taking to a bad habit. These are obviously very general results.

10. (A) The inherent nature of the sub-planet should not be lost sight of. Saturn when inclined to give good results relating to a house shall reward the individual in its own way. There may be delays and worry relating to the outcome before the good results materialise.

257

How to Time an Event

(B) The effect of the inter-planetary linkages that are formed between houses that the sub-period planet owns and occupies from the major-period planet will appear during the sub-period. Linkages forming on the basis of navamsha and constellation should also be taken into account from the major-period planet. The effect of the linkages has been stated separately.

Chart III-2

In the above chart, during the major-period of the Moon and subperiod of Jupiter, taking the Moon as the ascendant, there will be linkages between the V and XII houses, and between the V and IX houses on the basis of ownership and occupation. Other linkages based on navamsha positions and constellation should also be considered. The effect shall be dominant of the house that a planet occupies when a linkage is formed. The secondary effect will be of the house that has the mooltrikona sign of the planet and lastly of the other house that the planet owns. It should be noticed that the results remain vague and amorphous since karakas are not taken into account. (C) The result of houses, to which the sub-period planet is related, taking the house the major-period planet occupies as the ascendant, shall appear in the sub-period. The analysis will be similar to the one when we consider the houses from the ascendant. This is actually a component of the overall analysis through Sub-Factors.

258

Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

(D) The results shall be highly adverse according to Jataka Parijata Chapter 18 verse 53 if the major and sub-period planets were both weak and they occupied the same house. According to the same verse the location of the sub-period planet in the VI or VIII house from the major-period planet will cause loss of position or death. A similar analysis should be carried out to assess the effect of a sub-period of a planet the major-period of which is current. (E) Verse 16 of Jatakadeshmarga Chandrika Chapter 10 helps us decide the direction in which matters relating to a house shall happen or prosper. Both planets and signs are relevant in determination of direction. The directions determined by the owner of the house and occupant of the house should be considered. The signs in which the karaka for the house is placed in the birth and navamsha charts, and the signs in which the owner of the house is placed in these two charts too indicate directions. The directions indicated by powerful, favourable and unafflicted signs and planets in the above list should be the ones favourable for the purpose. A planet having digbala (directional strength) shall take the individual in its direction and he will prosper there. Chapter 27 verse 7 of Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra says that the Sun or Mars in the X house, the Moon or Venus in the IV house, Mercury or Jupiter in the I house and Saturn in the VII house have digbala (directional strength). Verse 16 of Jatakadeshmarga Chandrika Chapter 10 also helps determine the distance involved. Matter relating to a house shall be finalised at a short distance if the owner of the house or its karaka occupies a common sign. The distance shall be long if the concerned planet occupies a movable sign. It shall be at the same place where the individual lives, if the planet is placed in a fixed sign. A similar analysis should be made from the navamsha chart. When the conclusions drawn are different from different analyses, the indication given by the most powerful and unafflicted planet shall be taken.

259

How to Time an Event

(F) Relocation, Incarceration and Direction of Journey: This is a highly specialised area of analysis. Generally predictions in this regard are made only on the basis of transits but period analysis gives very clear indications. A Factor related to a Factor for separation shall be capable of causing relocation during its period. We illustrate this by analysing a chart.

Chart III-3 Lagna

Navamsha

260

Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods Male, April 8, 1946, 1016 hours, 25°N20', 83°E00', Time Zone Superimposition chart. Navamsha chart planets are in brackets.

0530 East of Greenwich. Planet

Longitude

Sun

Planet Longitude

Owner/C

11s24°38'59" Mercury

Venus

Ketu

Moon

2s16°28'41"

Rahu

Saturn 2s25°10'25"

Jupiter

Mars

3s0°54'35"

Jupiter

Rahu

2s0°1'47"

Mars

Merc

11s4°32'46"

Saturn

Ketu

8s0°1'47"

Ketu

Mars

Ascdt

2s8°54'5"

JupiterR 6s 0° 00'01"

Owner/C

0s10°47'40"

Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed. This individual was relocated on August 13, 1975 in the sub-period of Venus in the major-period of Saturn. The XII house from Saturn would show separation. It is Taurus. This is also the XII house from the ascendant. Saturn is placed in the sign in the navamsha chart. The XII house from the Arudha lagna is Leo. The Sun and Saturn are in sambandha in the navamsha chart. Thus, Saturn is the Karaka-Factor for separation. Mercury owns the IV house from the ascendant and the Moon. It is in sambandha with Saturn. The Arudha lagna is Virgo. The IV house from it is Sagittarius. Saturn is in a constellation of Jupiter. The change of residence during the major-period of Saturn is clearly established. Venus is in sambandha with Saturn in the navamsha chart. It is the owner of the XII houses from the ascendant and Saturn. The XII house from Arudha of the natal place of Saturn is Leo. It is related to the Sun

How to Time an Event

261

through Saturn. Venus is related to the IV house from Saturn through Saturn. The IV house from the Arudha of Saturn is Sagittarius. The owner of the constellation that Venus occupies is in this sign. Venus will therefore cause relocation. The above individual went abroad on March 11, 1985 in the subperiod of Jupiter in the major-period of Saturn. The IX house from Rahu is Aquarius. Saturn and Rahu are together in the birth chart. The IX house from Arudha lagna is Taurus. Saturn occupies it in the navamsha chart. Thus, it is clear that the individual would go abroad during the major-period of Saturn. Rahu and Jupiter are together in the navamsha chart. Saturn is in a constellation of Jupiter. Venus and Jupiter are in sambandha. This is enough evidence to qualify Jupiter as the suitable sub-period for the event. 11. According to Jatakabharnam, Chapter on Specific Effects of Periods, verse 4, a retrograde planet causes relocation in its period. According to verse 7, a beneficial planet associated with Rahu could cause trouble, loss of wealth and journey abroad in its period. 12. The following are axioms taken mainly from Brihat Parashar Mora Shastra and in some measure from Jataka Parijat too. According to Phal Deepika, Chapter 20 verse 28 the sub-period of a planet that is inimical to the major-period planet or to the owner of the ascendant, occupies an inimical sign, or occupies the VI house from the ascendant, causes loss of livelihood and relocation. The sub-period planet will indicate the directions in which the individual will travel during the sub-period. This would be true if the planet has good directional strength. We have therefore not given below the normal directions in which the individual could travel during the subperiod. Directions have been given for a sub-period only when they are different from the normal. We know that the Sun represents the East; the Moon Northwest; Mars South; Mercury North; Jupiter Northeast; Venus Southeast; Saturn West and Rahu Southwest. The first house and houses triangular to it represent the East. The second house and houses triangular to it represent the South. The third house and houses triangular to it represent the West. The fourth house and houses triangular to it represent the North.

262

Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

Powerful influence of another planet on a planet can cause change in the normal direction of the influenced planet. For example, Jupiter is known to take a person to the Northeast, but in case Venus influences it powerfully, it will cause the individual to go to the Southeast as Venus represents that direction. Jatakabharnam Chapter on the Strength of Planets verse 2 states that a planet that has digbala takes the individual in its sub-period in the direction that it represents and brings benefit to him there. First House: The owner of the ascendant could cause imprisonment of the individual in its period when it is in an inimical sign, is debilitated or combust or occupies a house of the Adverse Trio and has malefic influence. The event may happen especially when the owner of the ascendant occupies a house of the Adverse Trio and is a malefic planet or it is under malefic influence. It could also cause relocation. Second House: A malefic owner of the II house occupying the house will cause relocation or imprisonment in its period. Third House: The sub-period of the owner of the III house that has malefic influence is likely to relocate the individual or cause trouble relating to his residence. Fourth House: The period of the owner of the IV house will give favourable or adverse results relating to acquisition or loss of residence. The sub-period of a malefic planet in the major-period of a malefic owner of the house will cause relocation. Fifth House: The period of the owner of the house could cause unnecessary travelling for the individual when it is in an inimical sign, is debilitated or combust or occupies a house of the Adverse Trio. Seventh House: The sub-period of a malefic planet in the majorperiod of the owner of the house will cause irrelevant travel and journey abroad. If the owner is a favourable planet and is well placed, the individual will carry out profitable journeys. Eighth House: The sub-period of a malefic planet in the majorperiod of the owner of the house will cause journeys. The individual may go abroad during the period of the owner of the house when it is in an inimical sign, is debilitated or combust or occupies a house of the Adverse Trio. The sub-period of a malefic planet will cause relocation.

How to Time an Event

263

Ninth House: The individual could be incarcerated in the subperiod of a malefic planet when the major-period of the owner of the house is current. The individual will have to stay away from home when the owner of the house is in an inimical sign, is debilitated or combust or occupies a house of the Adverse Trio. Twelfth House: The individual may be jailed in the period of the owner of the house when it is in an inimical sign, is debilitated or combust or occupies a house of the Adverse Trio. Sun: The individual will travel in the hills and forest in the period of the Sun. He could be exiled if the Sun is debilitated or it occupies a house of the Adverse Trio, and it is afflicted or is with an adverse Node. The sub-period of the Sun in its major-period could cause journey abroad. He may travel in forests or hills. The individual will travel to different countries in the sub-period of the Moon in the major-period of the Sun if the Moon is weak or it occupies one of the houses of the Adverse Trio from the Sun. Relocation is likely in the sub-period of Moon placed in a house of the Adverse Trio. The individual may go to jail if a weak Rahu occupies the VIII or XII house from the Sun. The sub-period of such a Rahu is capable of relocating the individual too. The direction of journey could be Northwest besides the usual Southwest. The sub-period of Jupiter occupying the IX house could cause a journey to West or Southwest. The individual may have to travel at the close of the sub-period of Saturn in the major-period of the Sun. The direction of journey could be Southwest too when Saturn occupies the XI house. The individual may have to travel at the close of the sub-period of debilitated Mercury in the major-period of the Sun. The sub-period will give the same result if Mercury occupies one of the houses of the Adverse Trio from the Sun. The individual will travel abroad in the sub-period of Ketu when it is associated with a malefic planet and occupies the VIII or XII house from the Sun. Such a Ketu may also force relocation of the individual.

264

Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

The individual will travel to other cities in the sub-period of Venus if it is exalted, is placed in an angle, triangle or in a friendly sign. There will be relocation for the individual at the end of the sub-period of a weak Venus placed in a house of the Adverse Trio from the Sun. Moon: The birth chart of the individual will indicate that he may go abroad if the Moon occupies Taurus or Virgo. He may change his place or take up a travelling assignment when the Moon is in Gemini. He may travel for pleasure or religious reasons if the Moon is in Cancer. There may be much and tedious travelling if the Moon occupies Capricorn. The individual will go on a pilgrimage in the sub and major-period of the Moon. He may be relocated when the Moon is debilitated or placed in the VI or VIII house. The individual will go to meet the ruler of a state in the Southwest or West direction in the sub-period of Rahu when it occupies the III, VI, X or the XI house in sambandha with a yogakaraka planet. The individual will face relocation in case Rahu is weak and occupies the VIII or XII house from the major-period planet. He will go on pilgrimages when Rahu occupies an angle or triangle from the major-period planet or is placed in the III or XI house from it. There is danger of imprisonment in case Rahu is related to the VIII house. The sub-period of Rahu in the XI house will also cause journeys. The individual will face removal from his place in the sub-period of Jupiter when it is placed in one of the houses of the Adverse Trio from the ascendant, is debilitated or combust. He may go abroad when Jupiter occupies one of the houses of the Adverse Trio from the Moon. The sub-period of an exalted Jupiter or when it occupies its own sign in an angle, or in a triangular or XI house from the Moon will cause journey to the West. The individual travels to the Southwest in the sub-period of Saturn that receives aspect of a favourable Sun. When Saturn has the influence of a malefic planet and is debilitated or is placed in a house of the Adverse Trio, the individual may be exiled. The individual may be jailed or transferred to an undesirable place in the sub-period of Mercury when it is debilitated, combust or occupies one of the houses of the Adverse Trio from the Moon.

How to Time an Event

265

He may live abroad in the sub-period of Venus that is associated with a malefic planet in one of the houses of the Adverse Trio from the Moon. The journey abroad will be highly troublesome in the sub-period of the Sun associated with a malefic planet in the VIII or XII house from the Moon. Mars: It is known to cause accidents involving vehicles or during journey if it is under adverse influence in a movable sign. It could cause accidents through water vessels if the sign is watery. In may cause drowning too in such a situation. An air accident or trouble due to storm could be possible when the planet is placed in an airy sign with malefic influence. In a similar situation in an earthy sign, Mars may cause danger due to fall, of getting buried or from an earthquake. In a fiery sign it will cause hurt due to projectiles, electricity, lightening or fire. Mars may take the individual abroad for service or he may be relocated if it occupies Gemini. There may be separation from spouse and children when it occupies Cancer, The sub-period of Rahu in the major-period of Mars could take the individual abroad if Rahu is exalted, occupies its mooltrikona sign, or it is placed in an angle, triangular house or in the XI house and receives influence of a beneficial planet through association or aspect. The individual could be jailed if Rahu occupies the VIII or XII house and receives influence of a malefic planet through association or aspect. The individual could be relocated or he may go abroad in the subperiod of Saturn if it occupies an angle, a triangular or XI house from Mars. The individual may travel to South when Saturn is a favourable planet for the chart and is placed in an angular or triangular house in Libra, Capricorn or Aquarius. The individual could go abroad in the sub-period of Mercury if it is debilitated or combust or occupies a house of the Adverse Trio. The association of Mars and Mercury could produce exile for the individual in the sub-period of such Mercury. The sub-period of Ketu occupying an angular or triangular house associated with a malefic planet could cause a journey abroad.

266

Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

The individual may travel to the North or West if Venus is in an angular, triangular, III or XI house in its own, exaltation or friendly sign. He could go abroad in the sub-period of the Sun when it is exalted, is in Leo, or occupies an angle, a triangular or XI house and is associated with the owner of the IX or XI house. The sub-period of the Moon occupying an angular, triangular or XI house under beneficial influence will take the individual on a journey to the North. Rahu: This major-period usually causes journeys abroad. Rahu in the III, VI, or XI house makes the person travel in Southwest direction. Rahu in Taurus, Cancer, Virgo or Sagittarius makes the individual travel to the West in its sub-period. The individual will undertake a long journey in the sub-period of Rahu. It could also be an unfavourable transfer. When Rahu is associated with the owner of the ascendant the individual will travel very frequently during this sub-period. Jupiter occupying its own sign or sign of exaltation in the birth or navamsha chart will take the individual to the Northeast or West in its sub-period. The result of the sub-period will be the same in case Jupiter occupies an angular or triangular house from the ascendant. In either case, the individual will return during this period to his home after the journey. When Jupiter occupies one of the houses of the Adverse Trio from Rahu, the individual may face professional relocation. The individual will travel to the West and return home during the sub-period of Saturn when it is exalted or is placed in its mooltrikona sign, in an angular or a triangular house, or in the III, VI, or XI house from the ascendant. Saturn in one of the houses of the Adverse Trio from Rahu under malefic influence will take the individual to various countries during its sub-period. The individual may stay away from home during the sub-period of Saturn. The individual travels around or is relocated in the sub-period of Ketu. The individual is likely to go abroad during the sub-period of an exalted Sun in the birth or navamsha chart that receives aspect from a beneficial planet. The result will be identical in case the Sun receives

How to Time an Event

267

aspect from a beneficial planet and occupies Leo in the birth or navamsha chart. When the Sun is in an angular or triangular house from the ascendant and receives aspect from a beneficial planet then too the individual should go abroad in its sub-period. The sub-period of the Sun in an angular, triangular, III or XI house from the major-period planet will cause journey abroad. The Sun in one of the houses of the Adverse Trio from Rahu or when it is debilitated will make the individual travel inland considerably. The sub-period of the Moon in the major-period of Rahu could cause a change of residence or voyage. The individual will be relocated and face trouble in case Mars is associated with a malefic planet and is placed in one of the houses of the Adverse Trio from Rahu. Jupiter: It causes change of place in the middle or end of its major-period if it is debilitated or combust and occupies the II or VII house from the ascendant. Jupiter in Taurus makes the individual leave his native place. The individual is likely to go abroad during the sub-period of an exalted Saturn in the major-period of Jupiter. The result will be identical in case Saturn occupies its own sign. When Saturn is in an angular or triangular house or in the XI house from the ascendant then too the individual should go abroad in its sub-period. He will travel to the West during this period. The sub-period of Mercury in one of the houses of the Adverse Trio from Jupiter, under malefic influence that is not offset by influence of a beneficial planet will cause journey to several countries abroad. The individual goes on pilgrimage in the sub-period of Ketu. Ketu in association with a malefic planet and occupying one of the houses of the Adverse Trio from Jupiter will cause incarceration of the individual in its sub-period. The individual will gain from a journey to the East in the sub-period of Venus that is associated with a beneficial planet and is exalted, placed in its own sign, or occupies an angular or triangular house or is placed in the XI house from the ascendant.

268

Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

There shall be a possibility of relocation if the Sun is debilitated in birth or navamsha chart or afflicted and it occupies a house of the Adverse Trio. The individual will go abroad in the sub-period of a weak or afflicted Moon occupying one of the houses of the Adverse Trio from the ascendant or Jupiter. A journey overseas is a possibility during the subperiod of a favourable Moon too. The sub-period of a debilitated Mars or when it is placed in the VIII or XII house from Jupiter will cause serious problems relating to home of the individual. The result will be similar in case Mars is associated with or receives aspect from a malefic planet. The individual will set out on a long journey in the first five months of the sub-period of Rahu that is associated with the owner of an angular house or a beneficial planet or has its aspect and is exalted or is placed in Gemini or Virgo. Rahu in an angular or a triangular house from the ascendant with similar beneficial influence will yield identical results in its sub-period. Saturn: Saturn in Cancer gives gain through foreign travel. An afflicted Saturn in Libra or when debilitated in navamsha will bring about a relocation for the individual. Saturn in Aquarius gives highly beneficial foreign journeys. It is noticed that the sub-period of a malefic planet in the major-period of Saturn placed in an angular house brings about relocation of the individual. Saturn in debilitation or occupying the VIII or XII house and associated with a malefic planet will send the individual out on exile in its sub-period. The individual will go to the sea on a religious pilgrimage in the subperiod of Mercury occupying an angle or a triangular house. The subperiod of Mercury generally takes the individual to new places. Ketu when in exaltation, in the sign of a beneficial planet, or in an angle or a triangular house and under aspect or in association with a beneficial or yogakaraka planet will cause relocation, journey abroad or for pilgrimage, or incarceration of the individual during its sub-period. Venus when combust, debilitated, in an inimical sign, or placed in one of the houses of the Adverse Trio from the ascendant causes

How to Time an Event

269

relocation during its sub-period. The individual will go on pilgrimage in the sub-period of Venus when it is in an angle or a triangular house or occupying the XI house. The sub-period of the Sun that occupies the VIII or XII house from Saturn or the ascendant will cause relocation for the individual. The sub-period of a weak Moon that occupies the VIII or XII house from Saturn will cause relocation and much discomfort to the individual. The sub-period of an afflicted Moon will also cause similar results. Mars when debilitated, combust or placed in the VIII or XII house from the ascendant and associated with or receiving aspect from a malefic planet will cause a journey abroad in its sub-period. There may be relocation in the sub-period of Mars. The sub-period of Rahu generally takes the individual abroad. If Rahu is exalted, is placed in Virgo or Aquarius, or it occupies an angle or the XI house and it is associated with the owner of the ascendant or a yogakaraka planet, it will cause a pilgrimage in its sub-period. An afflicted Jupiter when debilitated or placed in one of the houses of the Adverse Trio from the ascendant will cause a journey abroad in its sub-period for the individual. If it is not afflicted but is weak and occupies an adverse house, as above, it will cause a removal for the individual in its sub-period from the place he was living at. Mercury: It gives good results in business from the Northwest during its major-period. Mercury in Aries or Capricorn causes much uncomfortable travelling; in Leo the travelling takes place in mountainous and wooded areas, and in Sagittarius the individual travels to the East. Ketu will give good returns through travel in its sub-period if it in an angular or a triangular house and has the aspect of or association with a beneficial planet or the owner of the ascendant. It will give similar good result in its sub-period if it is in sambandha with a yogkaraka planet and occupies an angular house or the XI from Mercury. The individual travels to the South in the sub-period of the Moon when it occupies an angular or triangular house or is placed in Taurus or Cancer.

270

Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

The individual will be removed from his place and will have to go elsewhere in the sub-period of debilitated Mars. Similar results should be expected in the sub-period of Mars that occupies the VIII or XII house from Mercury in association with a malefic planet. In both the situations, there is a reduction in status too. The individual will be removed from his place and will have to go elsewhere in the sub-period of Rahu if it occupies the VIII or XII house from Mercury in association with a malefic planet. The individual will go abroad in the sub-period of Saturn if it occupies the VIII or XII house from Mercury. A similar result may be expected if Rahu joins Saturn in a house. Ketu: The individual will do well in life in the Northwest if Ketu occupies a dual sign in an angular or a triangular, or III or XI house associated with or receiving an aspect from a yogakaraka planet. It will cause tedious journey to the East if it occupies Aries, and much relocation or sea voyages if in Cancer. Its location in Pisces too will cause journeys overseas. The individual travels to the sea in the sub-period of Venus in association with the owner of the X house occupying an angular, a triangular or the XI house. It will give similar result when, in association with the owner of the X house, it occupies its exaltation or own sign. The individual will go abroad in the sub-period of the Sun if it is placed in the VIII or XII house with a malefic planet. The individual may undertake a long journey or he may go abroad in the sub-period of a powerful Moon when it occupies an angular, a triangular, or the XI house from Ketu. Mars in the II, VIII or XII house will cause much trouble in its subperiod to the individual abroad. Jupiter in association with a beneficial planet will cause a long journey in its sub-period if it occupies an angular, a triangular, III or XI house from Ketu. Such a Jupiter will also relocate the individual at the beginning of the sub-period. The sub-period of Saturn will relocate the individual if it occupies the VIII or XII house. Saturn associated with or receiving aspect from a

How to Time an Event

271

beneficial planet and placed in Cancer, Libra, Scorpio, Capricorn, Aquarius or Pisces, or in an angular, triangular, III or XI house will cause much travelling in its sub-period. The individual will travel on pilgrimage in the middle of the subperiod of Mercury when it is weak and placed in one of the houses of the Adverse Trio from Ketu. Venus: It causes journey to the South when placed in Taurus; in Scorpio, it makes the individual live abroad; in Sagittarius, the individual goes on pilgrimage and in Capricorn, there would be journey abroad. Venus in Pisces in a birth chart and in Virgo in the navamsha chart will cause relocation. The sub-period of Venus will cause journey to the West when it is exalted or is in its own sign in the birth or navamsha chart. Debilitated or combust Moon in one of the houses of the Adverse Trio from the ascendant causes journey abroad or pilgrimage in its subperiod. Moon in one of the houses of the Adverse Trio from Venus causes journey abroad or pilgrimage in its sub-period. The sub-period of Mars in the VIII or XII house from the ascendant or Venus shall cause relocation. The sub-period of Rahu occupying the III, VI, X or XI house from the ascendant shall cause a journey to the Southwest. The sub-period of Jupiter associated with a malefic planet in the VI or XII house shall cause removal from the place the individual is living at. The sub-period of Ketu associated with a malefic planet in the VIII or XII house shall cause an unfavourable journey. 13. A sub-period-planet when placed in the VIII or XII house from the major-period-planet will tend to give negative or unfavourable results according to Phal Deepika, Chapter 20 verse 29, and Uttar Kalamrita, Chapter 6 verses 22 and 24. Phal Deepika states that the location of the sub-period planet in the VI house from the major-period planet will also not be favourable. In practice, it is noticed that it is not always that a planet in the VI, VIII or XII house would cause trouble for the individual. The sub-period of Mars in the major-period of Ketu did not cause any trouble to the

272

Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

individual of Chart III-3 despite pronouncements of dire consequences by practitioners of astrology. Phal Deepika, Chapter 20 verse 58 goes a little further. It says that in case a weak planet owns the XII house from a house or occupies such a house, it shall damage that house. A planet placed in an Adverse Trio house is a strong contender for becoming a Factor for trouble, but so long as it does not take on that appellation, it will not cause trouble. It is also said that if a sub-period planet is placed from the majorperiod planet satisfactorily in a birth chart, but in the navamsha chart, it is in a house of the Adverse Trio from the major-period planet, the results in the sub-period concerned cannot be wholly happy. Further, that a Node when placed in the VI house from the major-period-planet will generally not be adverse unless there is severe adverse influence on it. These statements, and the ones given below, only indicate the line of inquiry. They are not always true. However, they should alert the astrologer for a deeper analysis through the Factors. 14. Some special results are stated for the distance of the sub-period planet from the major-period planet. The I house distance between the two planets would mean that the planets are in the same house. The II house distance means that the sub-period planet is in the II house from the major-period planet, etc. These results are given below: I House

There may be trouble to the family and setbacks in profession.

II House

The individual will get good food. He will lead a luxurious life. He will be happy.

III House

He will gain wealth through the government. Results may also be similar to the ones for the II house.

IV House

The individual will gain conveyance, wealth, property, and he may get married. Contd.... on next page

How to Time an Event

273

Contd.- from last page

V House

A child may be born to the individual if the sub-period planet is favourable. If it is an adverse planet, the children may face trouble.

VI House

The individual may face losses through theft if the subperiod planet is a malefic. He may fall sick. He may develop boils. He may have to face removal from his place of residence. If the sub-period planet is beneficial and powerful, the individual may lead a happy life.

VII House

The result will be highly unfavourable if the sub-period planet is a malefic. There will be trouble from the government, unhappiness or trouble to wife and losses in business. The individual may also keep poor health.

VIII House The result will be highly unfavourable if the sub-period planet is a malefic. There will be trouble from the government, thieves or fire. The results will not be unfavourable if the sub-period planet is beneficial, but even then, the close of the sub-period will definitely cause unhappiness. IX House When the sub-period planet is a malefic it will cause removal from the place of residence, and an inclination to commit misdeeds. X House

When the sub-period planet is a malefic, it will cause disgrace and trouble at profession.

XI House

When the sub-period planet is a malefic, it will cause the individual to stay put at the place of his residence. The results will be good for both a malefic and a beneficial planet.

XII House

This causes curtailment of independence of the individual. He may live at a bad place. He will incur losses.

The analysis of a sub-period shall take into account the results of the operation of significations of the sub-period planet on the significations of the major-period planet.

274

Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

Further Observations on the Nature of a Subperiod 16. (A) A planet will give good results in the sub-periods of naturally friendly planets to it or in the sub-periods of such planets that are temporal friends to it according to Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chapter 50 verses 88 and 89.5. Clearly, a sub-period of intimately friendly planet will be highly beneficial and one of highly inimical planet will be grossly adverse. These would certainly show an intensification or otherwise of the results of a Factor, Sub-Factor or Inter-Factor in its period. (B) We know that a Factor shall give results according to the influence that it receives from other Factors. A Factor for wealth under influence of a Factor for depletion cannot give good income in its major-period. Such a major-period shall see heavy outgo of wealth. The same principle applies to a Sub or InterFactor. The nature of result in a sub or inter-period would be defined accordingly. (C) A planet that is related to an Adverse Trio planet, viz., Mars, Saturn, and Rahu, shall be inclined to cause such effects to arise in its period for which these three planets are the karakas. A planet associated with or in any way related to Mars would be inclined to cause enmity, injury, damage, accident, etc.; one related to Saturn would be inclined to cause worry, disease, death, dissipation, loss, danger, depletion, end, etc.; and, the one related to Rahu could cause frauds, vices, sinful behaviour and incarceration. We know that mere relationship with any of these three planets would not cause these unpleasant effects to develop. The concerned planet should also be a fit receptacle for one or the other of these facets of life. It is however noticed that a planet that is not related to these three planets ensures a much happier state of mind and health in its period than the one that is related to one or more of these three planets. A planet that is not a fit receptacle for an unpleasant effect but yet it is related to its karaka would

How to Time an Event

275

cause a disturbed state of mind relating to those matters though nothing untoward may happen in its period. Let us take a concrete illustration. Suppose the sub-period of Venus is going on. Suppose it is related to Saturn but it is not a fit receptacle for disease. In such a sub-period, since Venus is not a Sub-Factor for disease, the health of the individual would remain satisfactory, yet he would always be worried over it for no reason at all. In an extreme case, he may behave as a hypochondriac during that time. In case, Mars is related to Venus but the latter is not a fit receptacle for any event that Mars indicates, nothing adverse shall happen to the individual but he would always be worried about getting involved in an accident, fracas, dispute or enmity. 17. Varahmihir in his Brihajjatakam, Chapter VIII verses 5 to 7 gives a set of criteria to judge the effect of a period. These are generally based on the strength of the planet. (1) A planet that is approaching its maximum exaltation will give good results in its period. The point of maximum exaltation for each planet is give below in a table. (2) A planet that is approaching its maximum debilitation will give bad results in its period. (3) When a planet is so placed but occupies the sign of its friend or intimate friend in the navamsha chart, it will give mixed results. (4) A very powerful planet or the one at the point of its maximum exaltation will give wealth and good health. (5) An exalted planet too will give similar results to a large extent. (6) The results will be the reverse of above when the planet is weak. (7) A planet occupying the sign of its debilitation or an inimical sign in the navamsha chart will give losses and poor health. (8) A planet occupying its sign of exaltation, mooltrikona sign, own or friendly sign but placed in debilitation in the navamsha chart or in an inimical sign in that chart will give mixed results. (9) The reverse is also true. When the planet occupying its sign of debilitation or inimical sign is placed in its sign of exaltation, mooltrikona sign, own or friendly sign in the navamsha chart will give mixed results.

276

Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

Point of maximum exaltation for each planet

Sun

10° Aries

Jupiter

5° Cancer

Moon

3° Taurus

Venus

27° Pisces

Mars

28° Capricorn

Saturn

20° Libra

Mercury

15° Virgo

Each point of maximum debilitation shall be exactly 180° from the point of maximum exaltation.

On Certain Major and Sub-periods 18. (A) Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra is replete with details on subperiods of planets. According to Parashar when a planet is weak, or is afflicted by a naturally malefic planet or when it is placed in the VIII or XII house from the ascendant or the major-period planet, it is likely to give adverse results in its sub-period. The location of a planet in the VI house does not always give adverse results. In case the sub-period planet is the owner of the II or VII house, or in the case of a Node, if it is placed in one of these houses, the sub-period may cause sudden or accidental death, or trouble. We will mention only a limited number of specific, but important and selected conditions taken from Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra for planets. The sub-period of each of these planets is expected to give unusual results in a stated major-period. The same can be said for the inter-period. The statements made below for the effect of sub-periods in major-periods are also true for inter-periods in sub-periods. Remedial measures for toning down adverse results of each subperiod have also been given by Parashar. These have however not been included in this work since this is a vast and specialised area of study by itself. The following are stated effects of a sub-period in the major-period of a planet. These are indicative. It should persuade the astrologer to look deeper into the planetary relationships and see if the stated result

How to Time an Event

277

is likely to materialise. Each statement should be examined on the lines of Factors based on relationships and karakas and those should be picked out that fulfil the conditions. Major-period of the Sun: {Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chapter 52): The major-period shall always be troublesome if the Sun receives influence of a malefic planet. Detailed statements relating to the negativity or otherwise of each planet have already been given. Sun: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having Cancer or Aquarius in the ascendant. When the Sun occupies the II or VII house from the ascendant even then the sub-period will not be favourable. In both these situations there would be danger of accidental death. The sub-period will be adverse if the Sun is debilitated or it is placed in an adverse house or in an unfriendly sign. Moon: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having Gemini or Capricorn in the ascendant. When the Moon owns or occupies the II or VII house from the Sun, even then the sub-period will not be favourable. In both these situations there would be danger of accidental death. The sub-period will be adverse if the Moon is weak or is associated with a malefic planet. The Moon in a house of the Adverse Trio will cause danger from water, imprisonment, and loss of position or disease. Mars: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having Taurus, Libra or Pisces in the ascendant. When Mars owns or occupies the II or VII house from the Sun, even then the sub-period will not be favourable. In both these situations there would be danger of mental or physical distress. Mars in association with the owner of the I, IX or XI house shall give excellent results. When this planet is in a house of the Adverse Trio from the Sun, it may cause imprisonment and other adverse results. Rahu: Rahu placed in an angle or triangle, in the first two months of its sub-period, will cause loss of wealth, fear, theft, boils, and trouble to wife and children. It will give good results thereafter. If Rahu is placed in the III, VI, X or XI house, the sub-period will be good. When Rahu is weak or placed in the VIII or XII house from the Sun, there would be danger of imprisonment, loss of property, tuberculosis or diarrhoea. The sub-period shall however be favourable for wife and children.

278

Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

Jupiter: Jupiter in the VI or VIII house from the Sun, debilitated or associated with a malefic planet shall cause ill health, trouble to wife and children, trouble from the government, failures, mental distress and loss of wealth. Saturn: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having Cancer, Leo, Sagittarius or Capricorn in the ascendant. When Saturn owns or occupies the II or VII house from the Sun, even then the subperiod will not be favourable. In both these situations there would be danger of accidental death. It shall give good results if it is associated with a friendly planet. It will cause disease, imprisonment, loss of wealth, enmity with family members and failure if it is placed in the VIII or XII house. It shall give similar results in case Saturn is associated with a malefic planet. When Saturn is debilitated, in addition to the above results, the individual will be separated from his parents and shall have to do excessive travelling. The enmity with family members shall be seen at the beginning of the sub-period. The sub-period shall be slightly favourable in the middle. It shall be most distressful at the end. Mercury: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having Taurus, Leo, Sagittarius or Pisces in the ascendant. When Mercury owns or occupies the II or VII house from the Sun, even then the sub-period will not be favourable. In both these situations there would be danger of illhealth and fever. If Mercury is placed in the V, IX or X house, it will confer honour on the individual. The individual will turn wealthy. He will be religious. He will do good deeds. He may get married or a child may be born to him. If it is associated with the owner of the IX or XI house, it will cause gain to the individual. He will become prosperous. Mercury when debilitated or placed in one of the houses of the Adverse Trio from the Sun shall cause mental tension, trouble to wife and children and bodily discomfort and disease to the individual. The sub-period shall cause unhappiness and sorrow in the beginning; it shall be slightly favourable in the middle; and, in the end, it is likely to cause tedious journeys for the individual, and fear from the government. Ketu: This sub-period shall be bad, as it will cause losses, trouble from the government, disease, and enmity with the family members and mental distress. It shall only be good in the beginning if Ketu is associated with the owner of the ascendant. It shall be uniformly good if Ketu is placed in the I, III, VI, X or XI house. If it is associated with a

How to Time an Event

279

planet that owns an angle and a triangle, the sub-period shall again be qood. The sub-period of Ketu shall also be good in case it occupies a favourable navamsha. Venus: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having Aries or Scorpio in the ascendant. When Venus owns the VII house from the Sun, even then the sub-period will not be favourable. In both these situations there would be danger of loss of mental or physical well being. The sub-period shall be average in the beginning when weak Venus is in one of the houses of the Adverse Trio from the Sun. In the middle, it shall give favourable results, but it will reserve the worst for the end of the period. The individual will lose his position, and reputation. He will also incur enmity with his family members then. Major-period of the Moon: (Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chapter 53): Debilitated or waning Moon will cause loss of wealth. The Moon will cause loss of wealth, trouble from employees and mother and mental tension in case it is associated with malefic planets. Moon: When the Moon is debilitated, associated with a malefic planet or it is placed in the VI or XII house, the sub-period shall at the very beginning destroy the wealth and position of the individual. He will become inactive and mentally distressed. The government will cause problems for him. His larger family will face severe setbacks. His mother will be very unhappy. He may be imprisoned. The sub-period will give very adverse result if the Moon is the owner of the II or VII house from the ascendant and it is associated with the owner of the VIII or the XII house. It can cause accidental death. Mars: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having Taurus, Libra or Pisces in the ascendant. When Mars owns or occupies the II or VII house from the Moon, even then the sub-period will not be favourable. Mars in the VIII house for a birth chart with Aries in the ascendant too shall give adverse results. Mars placed in an angle or triangle ensures success in all efforts of the individual. Similar good results may be expected if Mars is exalted or it is placed in its own sign. Rahu: When Rahu is in an angle (other than the X house) or triangle, it will give some good results at the commencement of the subperiod but later it will cause trouble to the individual through enemies and government. He may suffer from thefts. His larger family and friends

280

Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

may face severe setbacks. His friends may turn inimical. His status and reputation will take a downward course. He will be very disturbed. If it is associated with or receives an aspect from a beneficial planet, or it is in sambandha with the owner of an angle and a triangle, the results shall be dramatically altered. The sub-period will be very beneficial. The individual will be successful in his efforts. Rahu in the VIII or XII house from the Moon or when it is very weak will cause trouble for the individual through the government and he will be prone to lose his position or be bitten by snake or scorpion. Jupiter: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having Gemini, Virgo, Scorpio and Aquarius in the ascendant. When Jupiter owns the II or VII house from the Moon, even then the sub-period will not be favourable. It may cause death by accident. When Jupiter is weak, or it occupies one of the houses of the Adverse Trio from the Moon, it will give some good results at the commencement of the subperiod but later the results will be adverse. The individual may also go abroad. Saturn: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having Saturn in the II, VII or VIII house. The beginning of the sub-period of Saturn placed in the II house shall make the individual go on a pilgrimage or to a sacred river for a holy dip, but later a number of persons will cause troubles for the individual. He may suffer from injuries inflicted with a weapon. Saturn will give some happiness and wealth to the individual if it is in an angle or triangle from the Moon, or when it is powerful, but his wife and children will be opposed to him. Mercury: This sub-period will not be good for an individual having Taurus, Leo, Sagittarius or Pisces in the ascendant. When Mercury owns or occupies the II or VII house from the Moon, even then the sub-period will not be favourable. The individual may suffer from fever. The individual will be imprisoned or lose his property in the sub-period of Mercury that is debilitated or placed in a house of the Adverse Trio from the Moon. Ketu: Ketu in an angle, triangle, III or the XI house from the ascendant or when it is powerful, shall be extremely beneficial in its subperiod. The sub-period will be marked by loss of wealth at the beginning. The good results will manifest later in the sub-period. The results will be

How to Time an Event

281

just the opposite in the sub-period of Ketu placed in an angle, triangle or the XI house from the Moon. There shall be some good results and happiness at the beginning of the sub-period. There shall be loss of wealth later towards the end of the sub-period. Venus: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having Aries, Virgo or Scorpio in the ascendant. When Venus owns or occupies the II or VII house from the Moon, even then the sub-period will not be favourable. It may cause accidental death. The sub-period of Venus will cause much happiness and comforts when it is associated with the owner of the ascendant. The individual will acquire property, very good reputation and wealth during this period. The sub-period of Venus placed in the II house from the ascendant, when it is associated with the owner of the IX or X house from the ascendant, or when it occupies an angle, triangle or the XI house from the Moon, shall also cause similar result to happen. The sub-period of Venus that is combust shall cause much loss, distress to or death of wife and trouble to the individual. Venus in a house of the Adverse Trio from the Moon associated with a malefic planet will make the individual live in a foreign country. He will be very unhappy. Sun: This sub-period will cause fever if the ascendant has Cancer or Aquarius. When the Sun owns or occupies the II or VII house from the Moon, even then the sub-period will not be favourable. In both the cases the individual may suffer from fever. The sub-period of the Sun placed in the II, III or XI house from the ascendant shall help the individual to recover his high position or wealth. He will have some indisposition or suffer from fever at the end of the period. The Sun in the VIII or XII house from the Moon associated with a malefic planet will cause fever in its sub-period. The individual will go abroad during this period but he will have trouble there. Major-period of Mars: (Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chapter 54): Mars when badly placed, weak or under malefic influence shall cause loss of wealth and distress. Mars: This sub-period will cause bodily trouble and mental distress to the individual having Taurus, Libra or Pisces in the ascendant, or when Mars owns the II or VII house from its natal position. Mars in the I, III or XI, in an angular or triangular house associated with beneficial

282

Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

planet and the owner of the ascendant shall ensure favour from the government, wealth and recovery of lost position or wealth during its sub-period. Rahu: Rahu in the VIII or XII from the ascendant associated with or in aspect of a malefic planet shall cause the individual to be imprisoned during its sub-period. Rahu shall destroy wealth in its sub-period if it is placed in the II house from the ascendant. Jupiter: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having Gemini, Virgo, Scorpio and Aquarius in the ascendant or when Jupiter owns or occupies the II or VII house from Mars. It may cause fever or accidental death. The sub-period of Jupiter shall confer favour of the government on the individual if it is placed in the II, XI, or angular or triangular house from the ascendant. The sub-period of Jupiter that is exalted or placed in its own sign in the navamsha chart shall also give similar results. The individual shall enjoy good reputation. He shall be wealthy. He will acquire property and shall be happy with his wife and children. It will give similar results when it is associated with the owner of the ascendant. Jupiter with a malefic planet or under its aspect, occupying a house of the Adverse Trio from Mars in debilitation or combustion shall show adverse results. Weak Jupiter in a house of the Adverse Trio from Mars shall also give adverse results. In both these situations the individual will keep poor health. He will suffer at the hands of the government or thieves. His employees will misbehave. His siblings will face severe setback. He will also have trouble from astral entities. Saturn: This sub-period of Saturn associated with a malefic planet will not be good for the individual having Cancer, Leo, Sagittarius or Capricorn in the ascendant or when Saturn owns or occupies the II or VII house from natal Mars. The individual could lose his liberty. He may lose due to theft or fire. He may spend on travelling. There may be trouble from the government. His younger siblings may find life difficult. His wife and children may remain unhappy. Saturn when placed in its own sign, in an angle or a triangle, in its mooltrikona sign, in its sign of exaltation in the navamsha or in its own navamsha associated with or receiving an aspect from the owner of the ascendant or a beneficial planet shall give excellent results in its sub-period. The individual is likely to receive honour from the government on a Saturday. A child may be

How to Time an Event

283

born to him or his children may be successful in their ventures in a month of Saturn. The months of Saturn are from 15th January to 15th February and from 15th February to 15th March approximately when the Sun is in the signs of Capricorn and Aquarius respectively according to Indian ephemeris. When Saturn is debilitated, in an enemy's sign or in the VIII or XII house from the ascendant, there is danger of imprisonment or disease in the sub-period of Saturn. Saturn placed in an angle, triangle or in the XI house from Mars gives very adverse results. The individual may suffer from urinary disorder. He may lose his reputation. He may commit bad deeds. He may be violent and cruel. He may lose in trade or property transaction. He may lose his position. He may suffer from mental anguish. He may be defeated. He may go abroad. He may be relocated. Mercury: This sub-period will cause critical illness to the individual having Taurus, Leo, Sagittarius or Pisces in the ascendant or when Mercury owns or occupies the II or VII house from Mars. The individual will suffer from heart trouble, loss of wealth, or trouble to his family or he may be imprisoned if Mercury is debilitated, combust, or is placed in a house of the Adverse Trio from the ascendant. He will face disgrace. His siblings, wife and children will face severe setback in life. When Mercury is associated with Mars, the individual will go abroad, the number of his enemies will multiply, he will suffer from disease, he will face the ire of the government and his own people will oppose him. Mercury in an angle or triangle from Mars or when exalted, shall make the individual wealthy, powerful, comfortable, and successful in academic field and fond of musical instruments. The individual may be waylaid or he may lose his reputation if Mercury associated with a malefic is in a house of the Adverse Trio from Mars. Ketu: Ketu associated with a malefic planet in a house of the Adverse Trio from Mars shall cause teeth trouble. A tiger or wild animal may maul the individual. He may suffer from leprosy or diarrhoea. He may be involved in disputes. His things may be stolen. When Ketu is in the II or VII house from Mars, the individual will fall sick, shall face disgrace, will be mentally disturbed and shall suffer losses. Venus: This sub-period will not be good for physical well being of the individual having Aries, Virgo or Scorpio sign in the ascendant or when Venus owns or occupies the II or VII house from Mars.

284

Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

Sun: This sub-period will cause fever, fear from snake or other venomous creatures, and trouble to the children of the individual having sign Cancer or Aquarius in his ascendant or when the Sun owns or occupies the II or VII house from Mars. The Sun shall cause disease in the head, discomfort, mental distress, failure, fever and diarrhoea if it is associated with a malefic planet in a house of the Adverse Trio from Mars. Moon: This sub-period will cause accidental death of the individual having Gemini or Capricorn in the ascendant or mental distress to him when the Moon owns or occupies the II or VII house from Mars. The Moon, when exalted, in its own sign, associated with the owner of the I, IV, IX or X house in an angle shall raise the individual to a very high status. He may get married. His parents, wife and children shall be very happy and comfortably placed. He will be rich and successful. If the Moon is waning, the results will be diluted. Major-period of Rahu: (Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chapter 55): Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra lays much emphasis on the exaltation of Rahu. It happens in Taurus. Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra also says that Rahu in an angle, III or XI house is very good and in VIII or XII very troublesome. Rahu with a maraka planet, in its debilitation or under malefic influence is bad. Rahu: Rahu in Cancer, Virgo, Scorpio or Sagittarius in the III, VI, X or XI house shall give excellent results in its sub-period. The sub-period shall yield great success, wealth and honour. The individual will travel westwards. He will have gains and vehicles. When Rahu is, associated with or receiving aspect from a beneficial planet, placed in the navamsha of a friendly planet, associated with a yogakaraka planet or exalted in the navamsha, shall give excellent results. The individual will get high position, favours from the government, wealth and happiness. His wife and children too shall prosper. Rahu occupying the VII house shall cause much trouble and illness. Jupiter: This sub-period may cause accidental death of an individual having Gemini, Virgo, Scorpio or Aquarius in the ascendant or when Jupiter owns or occupies the II or VII house from Rahu. The sub-period of Jupiter that is debilitated, combust, placed in the VI, VIII or the XII house, placed in an inimical house, or when it is associated with a malefic

How to Time an Event

285

planet shall cause heart trouble. It will also cause obstructions, loss of wealth, loss of reputation and unhappiness and trouble to the wife and children of the individual. He will however get some responsibility from the government. When Jupiter is powerful and it is placed in an angle or triangle, in the II, III or XI house from Rahu, it shall give good results. However for two months at the end of the sub-period, the individual will have trouble from the government and he will suffer from disease. His elder sibling shall face severe setback. His parents shall be unhappy. Saturn: This sub-period will cause accidental death of the individual having Cancer, Leo, Sagittarius or Capricorn in the ascendant or when Saturn owns or occupies the II or VII house from Rahu. When Saturn is in the III or XI house, in an angle or triangle, in exaltation or in Aquarius, it is inclined to give excellent results. However, if the individual travels to the west, he will suffer losses and face trouble before he returns home. Saturn in an adverse house from Rahu or when it is associated with a malefic planet shall cause heart trouble and journey to foreign countries besides other sufferings. Mercury: This sub-period could cause accidental death to the individual having Taurus, Leo, Sagittarius or Pisces in the ascendant. A similar result could be anticipated when Mercury owns or occupies the II or VII house from Rahu. Ketu: The individual will be successful in the sub-period of Ketu if it is in sambandha with the owner of the ascendant. If it is associated with the owner of the VIII house, it shall cause physical and mental distress. When Ketu is weak or it occupies the VIII or XII house from the ascendant, it shall cause severe sickness, trouble from thieves, separation from parents, enmity with siblings and mental tension. Venus: This sub-period will cause trouble to wife and children of the individual having Aries, Virgo or Scorpio in the ascendant. It will make the individual apprehensive of some untoward mishap happening to him. A similar result may be expected in the sub-period of Venus when it owns or occupies the II or VII house from Rahu. Venus with a malefic planet in a house of the Adverse Trio from Rahu shall see the individual imprisoned in its sub-period. Sun: This sub-period will cause serious illness to the individual having Cancer or Aquarius in the ascendant. Similar result may be foreseen for

286

Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

the sub-period of the Sun when it owns or occupies the II or VII house from Rahu. Moon: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having Gemini or Capricorn "in the ascendant. Similar result may be foreseen for the sub-period of the Moon when it owns or occupies the II or VII house from Rahu. Mars: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having Taurus, Libra or Pisces in the ascendant. Similar result may be foreseen for the sub-period of Mars when it owns or occupies the II or VII house from Rahu. When Mars is in an Adverse Trio house from, Rahu the early part of its sub-period shall be adverse but the middle and later part shall give some happiness. Major-period of Jupiter: (Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chapter 56): A Jupiter that is debilitated, under malefic influence, in VI or VIII house or combust is prone to cause some trouble at the beginning of its period. Jupiter: Jupiter in its own sign, sign of exaltation, in an angular or triangular house, shall improve the status of the individual in its subperiod. Saturn: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having Cancer, Leo, Sagittarius or Capricorn in the ascendant. There could be untimely death. Similar result may be foreseen for the sub-period of Saturn when it owns or occupies the II or VII house from Jupiter. Mercury: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having Taurus, Leo, Sagittarius or Pisces in the ascendant. Similar result may be foreseen for the sub-period of Mercury when it owns or occupies the II or VII house from Jupiter. There may be untimely death of the individual. If Mercury receives aspect from Mars, the sub-period will cause loss of comforts, increase in enemies and reverses in business. The individual will suffer from fever and diarrhoea. The sub-period of Mercury shall cause good results at the beginning if it is under aspect of or associated with a beneficial planet. The individual will keep good health and shall lead a comfortable life. He will have vehicles and wealth. He will suffer losses and bodily discomforts towards the end.

How to Time an Event

287

Ketu: This sub-period is generally not favourable. Ketu will give good results if it occupies the IV, V, IX or the X house from Jupiter. Venus: This sub-period will cause losses, heavy expenditure, and trouble due to women to the individual having Aries, Virgo or Scorpio in the ascendant. There may be fear of accidental death of the individual. Similar result may be foreseen for the sub-period of Venus when it owns or occupies the II or VII house from Jupiter. Venus in a house of the Adverse Trio from the ascendant or Jupiter and associated with Saturn or Rahu will cause trouble from the government during its subperiod. The individual will have severely strained relations with his wife, parents-in-law and siblings. There will be loss of wealth. Sun: There will be physical distress when the ascendant has Cancer or Aquarius. Similar result may be foreseen for the sub-period of the Sun when it owns or occupies the II or VII house from Jupiter. The Sun placed in a house of the Adverse Trio from the ascendant or Jupiter shall cause disease or pain in the head, fever, sudden quarrels, separation from siblings and friends, and popular opposition. The demeanour of the individual shall be objectionable. He will commit bad deeds. Moon: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having Gemini, Capricorn or Aquarius in the ascendant. He will keep poor health and will not have leisure during this period. Similar result may be foreseen for the sub-period of the Moon when it owns the II, VI or VII house from Jupiter. Mars: This sub-period will not be good for an individual having Taurus, Libra or Pisces in the ascendant. The individual will experience mental and physical distress. Similar result may be foreseen for the subperiod of Mars when it owns or occupies the II or VII house from Jupiter. Mars in the VIII or XII house from Jupiter, or in debilitation and associated with a malefic planet or under its aspect, shall make the individual fall sick with various diseases, he will suffer losses, he shall be unhappy, and he may have eye trouble. The early part of the sub-period shall cause much trouble. The latter part shall give some happiness. Rahu: The first five months of the sub-period shall be excellent if ahu is exalted, placed in its own or an angular or triangular house, or in its mooltrikona sign under influence of a beneficial planet and associated

288

Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

with the owner of an angle. The individual will go on a very long journey. He may go on a pilgrimage. There shall be distinct spiritual advancement during this sub-period. There may be physical distress when Rahu occupies the II or VII house from Jupiter. Major-period of Saturn: (Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chapter 57): Saturn in a sign of Jupiter will give very good results. It will also give good results if it is in an angle or triangle and receives influence of a beneficial planet. Saturn: This sub-period will not be good for an individual having Cancer, Leo, Sagittarius or Capricorn in the ascendant. The individual will face danger to life. Similar result may be foreseen for the sub-period of Saturn when it owns the II or VII house from itself. The sub-period of Saturn in its major-period shall cause trouble through the government at the commencement if Saturn associated with a malefic planet is debilitated, or placed in the VIII or XII house. The individual will suffer injury by weapon. There may be loss of blood. He may be poisoned. He may have diarrhoea. In the middle of the sub-period the individual will be depressed, he may leave his homeland, and there may be danger from thieves. The sub-period will give good results at the end. Mercury: This sub-period will not be good for an individual having Taurus, Leo, Sagittarius or Pisces in the ascendant or when Saturn occupies one of these signs. He will not keep good health. Mercury placed in a house of the Adverse Trio from the ascendant or Saturn, debilitated or combust and associated with the Sun, Mars and Rahu, first raises the individual to a very successful and high position. In the middle and end, the individual falls sick, all the gains are lost, he is a failure and the individual is extremely apprehensive. Ketu: The sub-period of Ketu shall be extremely adverse if it is associated with or receives aspect from a beneficial or yogakaraka planet, it is exalted, placed in a beneficial sign, or in an angle or a triangle. The individual may be relocated, he may lose his position, suffer loss of wealth and liberty, his wife and children may face adversity, he may have to go abroad and his superior may cause harm to him. Adverse results shall be experienced even when the planet is in the VIII or XII house from the ascendant or Saturn. The individual shall lose his position. He will be terrorised. He will be poor. There will be danger of imprisonment. His

How to Time an Event

289

wife and children shall be unhappy. He will have trouble from his qovernment. He may escape abroad. When Ketu is associated with the owner of the ascendant, there may be some relief at the commencement of the sub-period. Ketu in an angle or triangle from the major-period planet or in the III or XI house from it shall give good results in its subperiod. Venus: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having Aries, Virgo or Scorpio in the ascendant. It will cause much unhappiness to him. Similar result may be expected in the sub-period of Venus that owns or occupies the II or VII house from Saturn. There will be mental and physical distress. The sub-period of Venus shall raise the status of the individual and make him wealthy. The individual will maintain good health. He will get married or a child may be born to him. He will lead a very happy life. His ambitions will be fulfilled. He will be honoured. These good results will take place if Venus is associated with a beneficial planet or has its aspect and is exalted, placed in its own sign, placed in an angle or a triangle, or in the XI house. The good results will materialise when Jupiter or Saturn is favourable in transit. Venus shall give good results if it is placed in an angle, IX or XI house from Saturn. The individual will write books. It will not give noticeable results if it is placed in the V house from Saturn. He may have worries and mental tension. The individual may fall from a height or he may drown. He may suffer from fever, eye or teeth trouble, heart or rectal disease or ire of the government. There may be popular opposition to him or his siblings may fall out with him. These adverse results will take place if Venus is placed in a house of the Adverse Trio from Saturn. Sun: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having Cancer or Aquarius in the ascendant. It will cause discomfort and physical unease to the individual. Similar result may be expected in the subperiod of the Sun that owns or occupies the II or VII house from Saturn. The sub-period will cause loss of position, disgrace, loss of an article dear to the individual, death in the family, heart trouble or fever besides other adverse results if the Sun is placed in the VIII or XII house from the ascendant or Saturn. Moon: This sub-period would not be favourable for persons having Gemini or Capricorn in the ascendant. The individual will suffer from

290

Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

discomfort during this period. Similar result may be expected in the subperiod of the Moon that owns or occupies the II or VII house from Saturn. The Moon under malefic influence will cause disfavour of the government and much trouble. Mars: This sub-period will not be good for the individual who has Taurus or Libra in the ascendant. The individual will be defeated and will face troubles. He may meet with accidental death. The results will be similar if Mars is in the II house from the ascendant or owns the VII or VIII house from Saturn. Rahu: The sub-period will generally be adverse. The individual will have mental distress. He will be involved in quarrels. He will have physical trouble. His children will have adverse relations with him. There will be heavy expenditure. There may be some trouble from the government. His relatives will turn against him. He may have to go abroad. He may lose wealth and property. The results will be much improved if the owner of the ascendant or the owner of an angle and triangle joins Rahu. The results will similarly be good if Rahu is exalted or it occupies its own sign. Rahu will give good results in its sub-period if it is placed in an angle or XI house from the ascendant or Saturn. When Rahu is so placed as described in several ways above, it will give much happiness and comforts in the beginning of the sub-period. The individual will have good income and he will gain property. He may go on pilgrimages and shall turn religious. There will be several auspicious happenings at his home. However, in the middle of the sub-period he may have fear from the government. His friends and children will turn against him. In the above circumstances, Rahu will give very good results if it occupies Aries, Taurus, Cancer, Virgo, Sagittarius or Pisces. The sub-period of Rahu shall be bad if it is associated with the owner of the II or VII house. Jupiter: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having Gemini, Virgo, Scorpio or Aquarius in the ascendant. It may cause death of a relative, mental disturbance and discomfort. Similar result will appear in the sub-period of Jupiter if it owns or occupies the II or VII house from Saturn. There will be fear of imprisonment or loss of position if Jupiter is weak or placed in an adverse house from Saturn.

How to Time an Event

291

Major-period of Mercury: {Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chapter 58): Mercury causes trouble from government, journey abroad and problems due to kinsmen if it is under malefic influence. It causes loss of wealth due to sexual activity if it is in a house of the Adverse Trio. Mercury: There will be trouble in marriage or to his wife for the individual having Taurus, Leo, Sagittarius or Pisces in the ascendant. One of his relatives may pass away. Similar result will appear in the subperiod of Mercury if it owns or occupies the II or VII house from its location. Mercury will give adverse results if it is debilitated, combust, or placed in a house of the Adverse Trio under malefic influence. The individual may suffer from rheumatism or colic. The individual will experience loss of wealth, opposition from his relatives and friends, colic pain and apprehension and anxiety in the discharge of his duties if he is a government servant. Ketu: Adverse results are likely in the sub-period of Ketu placed in a house of the Adverse Trio from Mercury. The individual may fall from a vehicle. His children may face trouble. There may be apprehension of trouble from thieves or the government. He will commit misdeeds. A snake or scorpion may bite him. There may be disputes with lowly persons or he may have to suffer their company. He may have to face sorrows. He may fall sick. Venus: The individual will be under threat of accidental death if the ascendant has Aries, Virgo or Scorpio. Similar result will appear in the sub-period of Venus if it owns or occupies the II or VII house from Mercury. The sub-period shall be adverse if weak Venus occupies a house of the Adverse Trio from Mercury. The individual may suffer from heart disease, fever or diarrhoea. He may be disgraced. He may have to go away from his family and friends. He will be unhappy and mentally disturbed. Sun: The sub-period will give adverse results to persons having Cancer or Aquarius in the ascendant. Similar results will appear in the sub-period of the Sun if it owns or occupies the II or VII house from Mercury. Moon: The sub-period will give adverse results to persons having Gemini or Capricorn in the ascendant. Similar result will appear in the

292

Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

sub-period of the Moon if it owns or occupies the II or VII house from Mercury. Mars: The sub-period may not be favourable for the individual who has Aries, Taurus, Virgo or Libra in the ascendant. Similar result will appear in the sub-period of Mars if it owns or occupies the II or VII house from Mercury. The sub-period of Mars associated with a malefic planet in the major-period of Mercury shall cause a lot of distress in the beginning when Mars occupies the VIII or XII house from Mercury. There will be trouble from siblings, government and thieves. The individual will experience opposition from friends and children. There will be danger of loss of position. The individual will be happy and shall have good income in the middle of the sub-period. In the end, there will again be fear from the government and loss of position. Rahu: Rahu in Taurus, Cancer, Virgo, Aquarius, an angle, triangle or the XI house shall give favourable results. The commencement of the sub-period will cause discomfort or disease. The individual shall be happy at the end of the sub-period. The sub-period will improve the status of the individual. He will be well known. His income will improve. He may go on pilgrimages. His ambition will be fulfilled. Rahu in the VIII or XII house shall cause at the commencement of the sub-period sickness like rheumatism, indigestion or fever. The individual may be imprisoned if Rahu associated with a malefic planet is in the VIII or XII house from Mercury. He may lose his position. He may suffer from heart disease or he may fall sick otherwise. His reputation may be harmed. He and members of his family may have mental distress. Jupiter: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having Gemini, Virgo, Scorpio or Aquarius in the ascendant. It will cause discomfort and illhealth. Similar result will appear in the sub-period of Jupiter if it owns or occupies the II or VII house from Mercury. When weak Jupiter is in one of the houses of the Adverse Trio from Mercury it shall cause physical distress, souring of relations with wife, relatives and friends in its sub-period. There will be displeasure of the government. He will lose wealth. There may be fear due to sudden quarrels. He may become inattentive. Brahmins may cause him harm. Saturn: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having Cancer, Leo, Sagittarius or Capricorn in the ascendant. Similar result will

How to Time an Event

293

appear in the sub-period of Saturn if it owns or occupies the II or VII house from Mercury. The individual suffers much at the hands of his enemies when Saturn occupies the VIII or XII house from Mercury. Major-period of Ketu: (Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chapter 59): The period of Ketu shall be favourable if it is placed in an angle or triangle in a beneficial sign, in exaltation or own sign. It is good in HI, VI or XI house. It is bad in the II, VIII or XII house under malefic influence. Ketu: When Ketu is associated with a debilitated or combust planet or it is placed in the VIII or XII house it will cause heart trouble, loss of status and reputation, trouble to wife and children, loss of wealth and property, and a disturbed mind. Ketu occupying the II or VII house or in sambandha with the owner of one of these houses, shall cause sickness, a lot of trouble and separation from family and friends. Venus: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having Aries, Virgo or Scorpio in the ascendant. The individual keeps indifferent health and remains mentally disturbed. Similar result will appear in the sub-period of Venus if it owns or occupies the II or VII house from Ketu. Adverse results will be experienced in the sub-period of Venus associated with a malefic planet in the major period of Ketu if Venus is associated with a debilitated planet, or it occupies the VI or VIII house from the ascendant. The sub-period will cause heart trouble, loss of status and reputation, trouble to wife and children, loss of wealth and property, adverse relations with friends and relatives, disease in the eye or head. There may be boils. The individual will have to travel continuously. Sun: The sub-period of the Sun shall be adverse for individuals who have Cancer or Aquarius in the ascendant. It is not good for the longevity of the individual. Similar result will appear in the sub-period of the Sun if it owns or occupies the II or VII house from Ketu. The subperiod will again be adverse if the Sun associated with a malefic planet is placed in the VIII or XII house from Ketu. There will be apprehension in the mind of the individual. He will lose his wealth and property. He will feel some relief from adverse results only at the close of the sub-period. Moon: This sub-period will not be good for the individual if the Moon owns or occupies the VIII house or is associated with the owner of the II or VII house from the ascendant. When powerful Moon occupies an angle, triangle, or the XI house, it will give good results at

294

Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

the commencement and middle of its sub-period. The individual will be successful in all his endeavours. He will have favours from the government in the middle of the sub-period. However, at the close of the sub-period, the individual will have fear from the government, and he may have to undertake long journeys including to other countries. The results will not be favourable if the Moon is weak. Mars: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having Taurus, Libra or Pisces in the ascendant. He may suffer from fever or ill effects of poisoning during this period. He will also have to face marital discord or his wife may face trouble. He will be mentally disturbed. Similar result will appear in the sub-period of Mars if it owns or occupies the II or VII house from Ketu. The sub-period of Mars will be dangerous for the longevity of the individual, his welfare while abroad or health when Mars is placed in the II, VIII or XII house from Ketu. The individual will also have urinary tract infection, loss of wealth through thefts and trouble from the government. He will be involved in disputes. He will be unhappy too. There will however be some favourable results also. Rahu: If it is exalted, occupying a friendly or own sign, placed in an angle, triangle, II, III or XI house, the individual will have immediate gain of wealth. He may go on journeys. There will be some adverse results at the commencement of the sub-period but the rest of the period shall be favourable. Rahu under influence of malefic planet in the VIII or XII house from the ascendant shall cause great suffering. The individual may develop diabetes. He may suffer from remittent fever or colic. He may be involved in sudden disputes. Jupiter: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having Gemini, Virgo, Scorpio or Aquarius in the ascendant, or when Jupiter owns or occupies the II or VII house from Ketu. This sub-period will give favourable results in the beginning but adverse results towards its close if Jupiter is debilitated in the chart or it is placed in a house of the Adverse Trio from Ketu. There will be danger of thefts and of developing boils. The wealth and assets of the individual will deplete. He may be separated from his wife and children. The individual may travel abroad if Jupiter is associated with a favourable planet or it is placed in an angle, III or XI house or a triangle from Ketu. However, the sub-period will begin with sickness and end with removal from the place of residence and sudden quarrels.

How to Time an Event

295

Saturn: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having Cancer, Leo, Sagittarius or Capricorn in the ascendant, or when Saturn owns or occupies the II or VII house from Ketu. Saturn when under the influence of a beneficial planet will give favourable results in its subperiod if it occupies Cancer, Libra, or Scorpio. Saturn under influence of a beneficial planet in its own sign, an angle or a triangle, the III or XI house, or the sign of a beneficial planet in the navamsha will again give good results. The individual will be successful in all of his ventures. He will be happy and shall undertake favourable journeys. He will have connections with highly placed powerful persons. He will acquire wealth and property in his place of residence. The result will be just the reverse when Saturn associated with a malefic planet occupies a house of the Adverse Trio from Ketu. He may also lose his parents during this period. Mercury: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having Taurus, Leo, Sagittarius or Pisces in the ascendant, or when Mercury owns or occupies the II or VII house from Ketu. It will give very unfavourable results at the close of the sub-period, when under the influence of Mars, Saturn or Rahu, particularly to the wife and children of the individual if it is placed in a house of the Adverse Trio from the ascendant. He may have to live in somebody else's house. There will be loss of wealth and property. The worst results will be seen at the close of the sub-period. Weak Mercury in a house of the Adverse Trio from Ketu will also be troublesome. In this case the beginning of the subperiod will show the worst results. Here too the results will be similar to those when Mercury occupies a house of the Adverse Trio from the ascendant. Such Mercury may however take the individual on a pilgrimage in the middle of the sub-period. Major-period of Venus: (Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chapter 60): The period of Venus shall be troublesome if it is the owner of the II or VII house from the ascendant. Venus: The sub-period could be troublesome if Venus owns or occupies the II or VII house from itself. It couId also be adverse if the ascendant has Aries, Virgo or Scorpio. The individual will construct a new house in the sub-period of Venus that is in exaltation in the sign or navamsha, or occupies its own sign or navamsha. The individual will avail of and extend hospitality too often. He will travel to the west. The subperiod of Venus associated with a malefic planet occupying a house of

296

Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

the Adverse Trio will give highly adverse results. Sun: This sub-period will not be good for the individual having Aquarius in the ascendant or when the Sun owns or occupies the VII house from Venus. The sub-period will cause tension with family members if the Sun is placed in the sign of a malefic planet. It will also cause trouble from the government. Moon: There will be trouble towards the end of this sub-period if the Moon is placed in an angle, triangle, III or XI house from Venus. The remainder of the sub-period shall be good. The individual is likely to go on a pilgrimage or for a dip in the Ganga during this period. Mars: The individual may suffer from poor health in case the ascendant has Taurus, Libra, or Pisces. The result will be similar in case Mars owns or occupies the II or VII house from Venus. The individual may suffer from fever with rigours in case Mars occupies the VIII or XII house from the ascendant or Venus. Rahu: The first five months of the sub-period of Rahu when placed in the III, VI, X or XI house shall be very good. The individual will have favours from the government and he will be able to suppress his enemies. The individual may suffer from indigestion or fever at the close of the sub-period. He may also face worries and hindrance in his ventures. The result will be excellent even when Rahu occupies an angle, triangle, its sign or sign of exaltation, or the XI house with beneficial influence and in association with a yogakaraka planet. Jupiter: This sub-period will not be good for the health of the individual having Gemini, Virgo, Scorpio or Aquarius in the ascendant. The sub-period will give similar result when Jupiter owns or occupies the II or VII house from Venus. Saturn: This sub-period will not be good for the health of the individual having Cancer, Leo, Sagittarius or Capricorn in the ascendant. The result will be similar when Saturn owns or occupies the II or VII house from Venus. The sub-period of Saturn in exaltation in sign or navamsha, in its own sign or navamsha, or in an angle or triangle will cause the promotion of the individual. A debilitated Saturn will causemuch trouble. When Saturn occupies the VIII or XII house from Venus the individual will experience all kinds of trouble right from the start of

How to Time an Event

297

the sub-period. His parents, wife and children will lead an unhappy and disturbed life. He will have to leave home and go away to a distant place. His business will have serious reverses. He will lose his wealth and assets. Mercury: When Mercury occupies one of the houses of the Adverse Trio from Venus, if Mercury is weak, or when it is associated with a malefic planet or receives aspect from it, the individual will experience good results at the start of the sub-period. The middle of the sub-period will also give average results but the closing part will be extremely troublesome. The individual may have to live in somebody else's house. His wealth and assets will deplete considerably. He will be mentally very disturbed. His business will suffer severe setbacks. He may fall sick with cold, fever or rheumatism. This sub-period will not be good for the physical well being of the individual having Sagittarius or Pisces in the ascendant, or when Mercury owns or occupies the VII house from Venus. Ketu: Ketu in exaltation, or in Scorpio or Pisces, and placed in a powerful house in sambandha with a planet that owns an angle and a triangle will give unusual results. This sub-period will be good for wealth and ventures but in between from time to time the sub-period will cause much hardship and trouble. (B) (1) (a) For a person born during the major-period of Venus, the major-period of Jupiter in life can prove to be adverse. (b) For a person born during the major-period of Ketu, the major-period of Mars in life can prove to be adverse. (c) For a person born during major-period of Mars, the major-period of Saturn in life can prove to be adverse. (d) For a person born during the major-period of Mercury, the major-period of Rahu in life can prove to be adverse. (2) (a) The combined major and sub-periods of the owners of the II and XII houses can be troublesome.

298

Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

(b) The combined major and sub-periods of the owners of the VI and VIII houses can be troublesome. (3) The major-period of Rahu or its sub-period in the majorperiod of Mercury will be troublesome if Mercury owns the ascendant. (4) The sub-period of Jupiter in the major-period of Venus, or vice-versa. According to Uttar Kalamrita, Chapter 6 verse 27, when these planets are powerful, receiving aspects from beneficial planets or placed in good houses, the native may reach a high position and become wealthy. If unmarried he may get married to a rich female, a son may be born to him and he may have a comfortable, luxurious, happy and contented life. When these planets are owners of bad houses, as in the case of Taurus ascendant, and are weak and badly placed from the ascendant or each other, the results will be just the reverse of what has been recorded above. (5) The sub-period of Jupiter in the major-period of Mars, or vice-versa. When the two planets own good houses, are powerful and well placed, the individual may get married, have long lived children, material comforts and happiness according to Uttar Kalamrita, Chapter 6 verse 32. When these planets are owners of bad houses, as in the case of Taurus ascendant (Mars owns the VII and XII, and Jupiter VIII and XI houses. The mooltrikona sign of Mars is in the XII house and that of Jupiter in the VIII), and are weak and badly placed, the results will be just the reverse of what has been recorded above. (6) The sub-period of Jupiter in the major-period of Mercury, or vice-versa. When the two planets own good houses, as in the case of Virgo ascendant, are powerful and well placed, the individual may become a scholar of high repute and of spotless character, a fine businessman and may have happy and peaceful life with his wife and children. This is according to Uttar Kalamrita, Chapter 6 verse 33.

How to Time an Event

299

When these planets are badly placed and afflicted, the results will be just the reverse of what has been recorded above. Note: The statements recorded above for Jupiter and Mercury apply equally to the major and sub-periods of the Sun and Mercury, the Sun and Mars, the Sun and Jupiter, the Moon and Venus and the Moon and Jupiter according to Uttar Kalamrita, Chapter 6 verse 33. (7) The sub-period of Saturn in the major-period of the Sun, or vice-versa. The individual may obtain favours and position from the government during the major-period of Saturn in the sub-period of the Sun; and success, wealth and comfort in the major-period of the Sun in the subperiod of Saturn in the following situations: When the two planets own good houses, as in the case of Taurus ascendant; or, if they are powerful and well placed in their own signs or navamshas; or, in the alternative, if they are exalted, or are in angles or triangles, according to Uttar Kalamrita, Chapter 6 verse 31. The sub-period of one planet in the major-period of the other will be highly troublesome and distressful if the two planets are owners of bad houses, as in the case of Pisces ascendant, or are badly placed and weak. (8) The sub-period of Venus in the major-period of Saturn or vice-versa. Saturn gives results of Venus in Saturn sub-period in the majorperiod of Venus; and Venus, similarly, gives results of Saturn in the major-period of Saturn and in Venus sub-period. When Saturn is an adverse planet for a horoscope and it has sambandha with a maraka planet, the maraka planet loses its potency to kill to Saturn. In such a situation, Saturn assumes the responsibility to end the life, if such a Saturn has sambandha with Venus as well, the death will take place in the major-period of Venus and sub-period of

300

Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

Saturn, or vice-versa. According to Uttar Kalamrita, Chapter 6 verses 29-30, when both the planets are powerful, well placed and owners of good houses, the sub-period of one planet in the major-period of the other shall be highly distressful. The individual will be hard put to meet his expenses, as his finances will be in disarray. When one of the two planets is powerful and well placed but the other is weak, badly placed and is owner of a bad house, the above results will not take place. When both the planets are owners of bad houses, are weak and placed badly, the major-period of one planet in the sub-period of the other will be highly beneficial. (9)

The sub-period of Rahu in the major-period of Saturn, and vice-versa, will be adverse. This may bring about a fall from position for the individual, and if Mars is also involved, the fall may entail violence. When Rahu and Saturn are good planets, even then the individual may face some adversity in this combined period.

(10)

According to Uttar Kalamrita, Second Kanda, Chapter 2 verse 25, when the Moon and Venus are associated, and their dispositor is in an angle or triangle, the individual will have wealth and good vehicles through out his life.

On Periods in General and Principles to Fix Timing 19. Even in astrological analyses, some degree of common sense is called for. Nowadays, the age of marriage is rising and there is feeling that marriage should take place only when the individual has economic independence from the family. The family size is shrinking and the number of children per family has gone down drastically. However, morals are becoming lax and pre, extra and post-marital relationships are becoming more frequent. Women are now rivalling men in professional and intellectual excellence. A

How to Time an Event

301

general reading of the horoscope will reveal the sphere of life in which if at all, the individual is likely to deviate from the normal. Here an analysis of the horoscope will be necessary. Thus, when we look for employment or financial self-sufficiency for the individual, we should analyse the major-period that is likely to run at the appropriate age. If we are to predict the time of marriage, one should, in a male horoscope, normally look for a major-period that will be current after the individual takes up a vocation. In all horoscopes, the questions whether marriage will take place at all and if yes, whether it will be early or late should be determined. In a female horoscope, it should be further examined whether the individual is going to take up a vocation, which may be the cause of delay in marriage, etc.

When Will an Event Happen 20. When we look for the timing of events inter-periods prove their worth. We may take recourse to the selection of right inter-period in narrowing down the time span in a sub-period that promises to be favourable. The major-period in the life of the individual extends over a number of years and covers a large part of his life. The sub-period covers a much smaller part and the inter-period is still more specific. We can therefore say that the inter-period is the trigger that brings about the event. It usually extends over a few months at the most. If the inter-period is correctly identified, with the assistance of annual chart and transit results prediction can be made to the day. However, from our experience we would like to caution the reader that it is not always true that the interperiods worked out for a horoscope are correctly done. Even a deviation of one minute in the longitude of the Moon from the accurate and true position is likely to send the inter-periods in several cases haywire. Therefore, if one is not sure of one's data, it is a waste of time to go into the details of inter-periods. In such a case, it would be better to work out the major and sub-periods and thereafter base one's further analysis on annual chart and transits. If the position of the Moon is

302

Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

accurate and the inter-periods are correct, it will be easy to locate the right combination of major, sub and inter-periods and correctly predict the event. 21. We know that the Vimshottari major and sub-period planets get into contact with one other in transit when they are about to give the result. This gives a good clue to timing the events. The event will in all probability take place while the two period planets are in contact. We will discuss this in greater detail and from a practical point of view in the chapter on transits. 22. Certain statements in Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra indicate as to when a planet is likely to give its results in its period. These are reproduced ahead. If a planet is not likely to operate in the beginning of its period, a sub-period in the beginning of its majorperiod may appear very promising to materialise an event, but it may not be able to do so. A sub-period that is likely to take place at the right time when the period of the planet is operational shall be capable of giving the result. We have already seen in Chapter One paragraph 29 that the strength of a house and its owner are of pivotal interest when we determine the time of an event. The strength plays a crucial role in timing and must always be carefully determined. (i) Parashar has mentioned in his Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chapter 47 verses 3 and 4 that a planet becomes operational according to its location in a drekkan. When in direct motion and in the first drekkan (1/3rd of a sign), a planet will give results at the beginning of its period. It will give results in the middle of the period if it is placed in the second drekkan; and, at the end of the period if placed in the last drekkan. This order will be reversed if the planet is retrograde. It will give results at the end of the period if it is placed in the first drekkan. It will become operational in the middle of the period when it is in the second drekkan, and at the commencement of the period when it is placed in the last drekkan. Since Rahu and Ketu are always in retrograde motion, they will yield results in the same manner as a retrograde planet.

How to Time an Event

303

(ii) When a planet is placed in a movable sign, it is likely to give results early; in a fixed sign, late; and, in a common sign in the middle of its period. (iii) Parashar has mentioned in his Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, Chapter 50 verses 88, 89 and 89.5 that a planet will become operational depending on the category of sign that it is placed in. When placed in a shirshodaya (rising headfirst) sign it will give results at the beginning of the period. The shirshodaya signs are Gemini, Leo, Virgo, Libra, Scorpio, and Aquarius. All the fixed signs, except Taurus, fail to influence the timing as they by nature being fixed delay matters but being shirshodaya try to advance it. The two tendencies cross each other out. When in an ubhayodaya sign (head and hind quarters both rising at the same time) it will give results in the middle of the period. The ubhayodaya sign is Pisces. Since the sign as a common one is also inclined to give the result in the middle, Pisces has a very powerful influence to defer the result to the middle of the period. When in a prishthhodaya sign (rising hind quarters first) it will give its results at the end of the period. The prishthhodaya signs are Aries, Taurus, Cancer, Sagittarius and Capricorn. Taurus fully delays matters. All the movable signs, except Libra, fail to influence timing, as being movable they try to advance matters but being prishthhodaya they try to delay them at the same time. Libra expedites matters. It takes matters to the very beginning. Thus only Taurus among fixed signs, and Libra among movable signs, should be taken into account when considering the influence of a sign on timing. Among common signs Gemini and Virgo take the timing to the first quarter of the period; Sagittarius takes it to the last quarter, and Pisces keeps it in the middle. The net effect of signs on timing can be summarised in the following manner: Brings the event to the beginning of the period-Libra Takes the event to the first quarter of the period-Gemini and Virgo Takes the event to the middle of the period-Pisces

304

Chapter 3: The Sub and Inter-Periods

Takes the event to the third quarter of the period-Sagittarius Takes the event to the end of the period-Taurus Other signs are immaterial. They have no effect on timing. (iv) We have already seen that a planet under powerful influence of Mercury tends to give its results in the very beginning of its period. When the planet is under influence of Saturn it delays matters. When Saturn and Mercury are in sambandha, this consideration becomes ineffective, as Saturn loses its tendency to cause delay, and Mercury does not remain inclined to cause undue haste and urgency. Therefore this consideration should not be taken into account in a chart that has these two planets in sambandha. (v) Then there is the inherent inclination of a planet. The Moon is inclined to give its result immediately in its period; Mars after a very short while of the beginning; Mercury a little later than Mars; Venus in the first quarter of the span of time; Jupiter just before the middle of the span; Sun after the middle of the span in the third quarter; and, Saturn towards the end in the fourth quarter of span or even later. Rahu and Ketu are equated to Saturn and Mars respectively. (vi) The event would happen early when the concerned house is strong and does not have the influence of Saturn on it. It will be delayed if the house is weak and does not have the influence of Mercury on it. Strong influence of Saturn on the planet would delay the result, strong influence of Mercury on the planet would expedite matters. The above six statements together are sufficient to decide the inclination of a planet, but we will list other statements in this regard too for the sake of information. (vii) Barring the Sun, Moon and the Nodes all other planets own two signs. According to Phal Deepika Chapter 15 verse 11 of the two signs that a planet owns, it will give the result of a sign that comes first as counted from the ascendant. The result of the second sign shall be experienced later. The author

How to Time an Event

305

goes on to state that some astrologers are of the view that a planet placed in an even sign will give results of the even sign that it owns at the beginning of the period, and of its odd sign later. The same mutatis-mutandis applies to an odd sign that the planet owns when the planet occupies an odd sign, (viii) According to Jataka Parijata, Chapter 18 verse 58, a planet will show results of the house that it occupies at the beginning of the period. Such results owing to the occupation of a house should appear in the beginning of the period. The planet will give the results of its location in a sign in the middle of the period. If it is debilitated in a sign or in an inimical sign, the planet will give adverse results. In a friendly or exaltation sign the results will be good. Such results will be seen in the middle of the period. In addition, when a planet occupies a sign, it generates certain specific results. These too shall be observed in the middle of the period. The planet will give the results of aspects in the end of the period. It will give the results of the aspect that it receives at the end of the period. It will also give the results of the aspects that it projects at the end of the period. (ix) We can also refer to Bhavartha Ratnakara (BV Raman's translation, 1974, Raman Publications) Chapter XIII, verses 10 and 11. It says that a planet occupying an even sign produces results relating to its mooltrikona signs first. Results relating to the other sign shall appear later. A planet in an odd sign shall give results relating to its mooltrikona sign after the middle of its period. (x) A planet tends to give its results in its period just before or after its retrogression in transit, if any. According to Brihat Parashar Mora Shastra, Chapter 50 verse 86 the period of a beneficial planet will produce good results when it is in direct motion after retrogression in transit. PRACTICAL HINT: A planet under strong influence of Mercury, in a movable sign or navamsha, and in a shirshodaya sign will give results early in its period.

Chapter Four The Annual Horoscope It is easy to get a glimpse of what is in store for an individual during any one year through an annual horoscope for that year. The annual chart is a fairly accurate map of events that are likely to happen during the year. These events can also be timed through such a chart, but care has to be taken while reading it. It is fully dependent on the birth chart, and events will take place only when the right combination of periods operates in the birth chart. The annual chart is also called the annual horoscope. 2.

A year is taken to commence when the Sun, in transit during the year, reaches the exact position it held at the time of birth. This happens once every year. It should be the nirayana or sidereal position. The ayanamsha should be the same for both the birth and yearly positions. It may be Lahiri's, Krishnamurti's or any other ayanamsha, but if the position of the Sun at birth is determined with the use of Lahiri's ayanamsha, the position of the Sun in any year should also be determined with the use of the same ayanamsha. If the ayanamshas are different for the two positions, the time of commencement of the year will be incorrect.

3.

The most important first pre-requisite is the availability of accurate nirayana position of the Sun at the time and date of birth. If this datum is not available, it will not be worthwhile to spend time over analysis of a yearly chart.

The Sun travels over approximately a degree of arc in 24 hours. It thus takes nearly 24 minutes of time to cover a minute of arc, and 24 seconds to cover a second of arc. If the position of the Sun at the time of birth is calculated wrongly by even one second of arc, there will be

307

How to Time an Event

an error of 24 seconds in the time of commencement of the year. So, the annual horoscope is apt to go awry and fail with even the slightest of error in calculation of the position of the Sun at birth. We come across tables of Solar Return in ephemerides that supposedly give data with which the time when the Sun would be at the same position as it held at the time of birth could be calculated. These details many a time do not lead to the exact equality of the longitudes of the yearly position of the Sun and at the date and time of birth. The use of these tables is best avoided. 4.

Once the exact time is determined when the Sun shall be at the same position that it had occupied at the time of birth, we should calculate the ascendant rising at that moment, and the positions of various planets. The ascendant should always be calculated for the place of birth of the individual and not for the place where the individual was on any of his birthdays. We shall thus get a chart for the instant in any year when the Sun in its transit had reached the exact position that it had held at the time and date of birth.

5.

We will work out the annual chart for Chart 1-2 for 1988-89. The exact position of the Sun at the time of birth according to Lahiri's ayanamsha is 23° 37' 13" in Libra. The Sun reaches this position at 05h 18m 21s on November 9, 1988. The ascendant at this moment is at 1°31'10" in Libra at the place of birth. The positions of planets in the annual chart are as follows: Chart IV-1 Annual chart

308

Chapter 4: The Annual Horoscope

Navamsha

Superimposition chart. Navamsha chart planets are in brackets.

Planet Longitude

Owner/C

Planet Longitude

Owner/C

Sun

6s23°37'13"

Jupiter

Venus

Moon

Moon

6s22°38'36"

Jupiter

Saturn 8s6°0'50"

Mars

11s7°8'28"

Saturn

Rahu

10s18°12'11" Rahu

Merc

6s 10°52' 7"

Rahu

Ketu

4s18°12'11"

Sun

Ascdt.

6s1°31'10"

Jupiter 1s 9°9' 40"

5s19°4'13"

Ketu Venus

Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed. 6. (A) Having erected the annual chart it can be considered in the same manner as any birth chart. The various aspects of life can be determined through the use of karakas as has been described in the earlier chapters. We can proceed further and fix the time of an event through a modified version of

How to Time an Event

309

Vimshottari period framework that is adapted for the annual chart. We proportionately divide the duration of a solar year among nine planets. The Sun will therefore get 6*365.2564/ 120=18 rounded off days, the Moon 10*365.2564/120=30 days, Mars 7*365.2564/120=21 days, Rahu 18*365.2564/ 120=55 days, etc. The proportion for each planet is strictly according to its share in the over all Vimshottari duration of 120 years. The order of the major-periods shall also be the same, i.e., starting with the Sun the periods to follow shall be of the Moon, Mars, Rahu, Jupiter, Saturn, Mercury, Ketu and Venus. The year shall start with the major-period of a planet in the constellation of which the Moon is found in the annual chart. In chart IV-1 above the year starts with the major-period of Jupiter since the Moon is a constellation of Jupiter. As in the case of Vimshottari period system in a birth chart, the balance of major-period shall depend on the longitude of the Moon in the constellation in the annual chart. This is not an original concept. This system has been in vogue. Most of the good Vedic astrology softwares have the facility to calculate time frames for this period system. We have only refined the use on a more rational and scientific basis. It is used on exactly the same lines as the Vimshottari periods in a birth chart. It gives very accurate results but for one failing. The length of a majorperiod in an annual chart is not in round number. The beginning and close of a major-period is therefore sometimes inaccurate by fraction of a day. We will use this for timing in a few charts in this chapter to show its universal applicability. There is however an equally elegant method of timing that is independent of the dasa system. It is given below. (B) The timing of events in an annual chart is done through a more ingenious transit method that shall be explained presently. An annual chart is valid for only one year. It deals with a very short span of time. It is in a manner a magnification of a birth chart relative to that year. The annual chart will show results under the overall guidance of the birth chart and Vimshottari period analyses. If a Vimshottari period in a birth chart does not promise a result, it cannot happen in that year even if it were strongly indicated in the annual chart. We should therefore first determine the broad time frame through the Vimshottari period

310

Chapter 4: The Annual Horoscope

system that would give the result and then analyse that span of time more minutely through the annual chart. 7.

A child was born to the individual of annual Chart IV-1 on June 26, 1989. The birth chart of the individual is Chart 1-2. A child was born in the Vimshottari major-period of Venus, sub-period of the Moon and inter-period of Jupiter. This inter-period runs from June 4, 1989 to August 24, 1989.

8.

(A) An event will take place in a year when Arudha for the event is related to the Arudha for gain, loss, self or mind, etc., in the annual chart; the karaka for the event is related to the Arudha for gain, loss, self or mind as the case may be; and, the karaka for gain, loss, self or mind, etc., as the case may be is related to the Arudha for the event. Let us take first marriage. It will take place in the year when the Arudha for marriage (Arudha of the VII house from karaka in the annual chart) is related to the Arudha for gain (Arudha of the XI house from Jupiter in the annual chart); the karaka for marriage is related to the Arudha for gain; and, Jupiter is related to Arudha for marriage. This marriage will break up when the Arudha for marriage (Arudha of the VII house from karaka in the annual chart) is related to the Arudha for loss (Arudha of the XII house from Saturn in the annual chart); the karaka for marriage is related to the Arudha for loss; and, Saturn is related to Arudha for marriage. The individual will go abroad when the Arudha for journey abroad (Arudha of the IX house from Rahu) is related to the Arudha for self (Arudha of the sign the Sun occupies in the annual chart); Rahu is related to the Arudha for self; and, the Sun is related to the Arudha for journey abroad. The individual will die when the Arudha for longevity (Arudha of the VIII house from Saturn) is related to the Arudha for loss/ end (Arudha of the XII house from Saturn); and, Saturn is related to both the Arudhas. An individual will be happy when the Arudha for happiness (Arudha of the IV house from Jupiter in the annual chart) is related to the Arudha for the mind (Arudha of the IV house from the Moon in the annual chart); Jupiter is related to the Arudha of the mind; and, the Moon is related to the Arudha of happiness.

How to Time an Event

311

(B) We have seen in the Chapter on Major-Period analysis that each house in a birth chart stands for one year in the life of an individual. We can time an event in the annual chart for that year in a unique way. We have taken this principle from Chapter 74 verse 19 to 23 of Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra. In an annual chart each house stands for a month. The year starts from the moment the Sun reaches the exact longitude it had occupied at the time of birth. This is either on the date of birth or very close to it. The I house of the annual chart represents the first month of the year. The II house represents the second month and so on till the twelfth house is reached. The XII house represents the twelfth month. When we say that a house represents a month what precisely do we mean by that? It means that if we take that house as the ascendant without altering the positions of planets in the annual chart it would tell us the events that are likely to happen in that month. Therefore, the I house will work as the ascendant for the first month; the II house will function as the ascendant for the second month, and so on. We will study this method further. It is stated on similar lines as in paragraph 4 (C) of Chapter Two. (a) Take a house corresponding to a month of the year and take it as the monthly ascendant. Each house shall stand for equal duration of 30.438 days. For example, we can take the VII house as the ascendant in an annual chart for the seventh month (of 30.438 days) of the year. The chart so considered shall indicate the events that are likely to happen in the seventh month, (b) We then take up the karaka for the event in the annual chart and see if it is related to the Arudha of the relevant house from its position. If it were so related only then the event would take place in the year. If it is not related it would not happen, (c) We take up the monthly ascendant and see if the karaka becomes the Karaka-Factor in the annual chart for that ascendant. This means, as we know, that the karaka is not only related to the relevant house from its position in the annual chart, it should also be related to the relevant houses from the ascendant and the monthly Arudha lagna. The monthly ascendant and its Arudha shall change for each month but the relevant house

312

Chapter 4: The Annual Horoscope

from the karaka shall be constant. It will not change. In whichever month the karaka becomes Karaka-Factor, it will most likely cause the event to take place in that month. We can determine the month of the event in this manner, (d) If the Karaka-Factor is also related to the Arudha for gain, loss, or physical or mental self, etc., (depending on the expected event) in the annual chart, that event will materialise in that month. One gains or acquires a spouse on marriage, younger brother or sister due to birth, child due to birth, an educational qualification, property, vehicle etc. Here Arudha of the XI house from Jupiter should be considered. One loses a parent on death, and a spouse through divorce or death, etc. Here Arudha of the XII house from Saturn should be considered. One physically goes abroad, suffers injuries, meets with an accident, etc. Here Arudha of the first house from the Sun should be considered. One experiences humiliation, anger, enmity, romance, love, etc. Here Arudha of the IV house from the Moon should be considered, (e) It is possible that more than one month qualifies according to the previous statement. How do we select the right month out of the several probable ones? The Karaka-Factor should also be a Factor for gain, loss, or physical or mental self for the ascendant in consideration. In case this is not so in a selected month, we move to the next qualified month and examine it. (f) The selection of the month will also be determined by the movement of the Sun and Moon. We will discuss this in the Chapter on Transits. We will take the above illustration annual Chart IV-1 to explain these methods. A child was born to the individual on June 26, 1989. This is the eighth month from the start of the year. The month of birth is Taurus. It starts on June 10 and ends on July 10, 1989. Birth of a child has taken place in the major Vimshottari annual period of the Sun. The Arudha of the V house from Jupiter in the annual chart is in Scorpio. Jupiter is related to this house through the Moon. Jupiter shall give results relating to children of the individual. The majorperiod of the Sun started on June 24, 1989 and ended on July 13, 1989. The Sun is over Jupiter in annual navamsha chart. The Arudha of the V house from Jupiter in the annual chart is in Scorpio. The Moon

How to Time an Event

313

and Mars are in sambandha in the annual navamsha chart. The Sun and Moon are together in the annual chart. The V house from Jupiter in the annual chart is in Virgo. Mercury and the Sun are together. The Arudha lagna is in Leo. The V house from it is in Sagittarius. Jupiter and the Sun are related. The V house from the ascendant is in Aquarius. The Sun is with Saturn in the navamsha chart. The Moon is the Essential Planet. It is with the Sun. The Sun is a Factor for matters relating to children. The Arudha of the XI house from Jupiter in the above chart is in Cancer. The Sun is related to it. The XI house from Jupiter is in Pisces. The Sun is related to it. The XI house from the ascendant is in Leo. The XI house from the Arudha lagna is in Gemini. The Sun is again related to it. The Essential Planet is Jupiter. The Sun is thus a Factor for gain too. Birth of a child in the major-period of the Sun in the annual chart is likely. We can further refine the time frame by considering sub-periods in the major-period of the Sun. Jupiter in the yearly chart is clearly related to the Arudha of the V house from its position. Jupiter is in Taurus. The Arudha lagna for the month of Taurus is Capricorn. This means that if we treat Taurus as the ascendant, the Arudha lagna would be in Capricorn. The V house from it is Taurus again, and Jupiter is placed there. Therefore Jupiter is the Karaka-Factor for the event for the month of Taurus. We shall now see whether Jupiter is also a Factor for gain. The Arudha for gain is in Cancer. Jupiter is in a constellation of the Sun. The Moon and Sun are together in the annual chart. The Moon is in a constellation of Jupiter in the annual chart. Jupiter is in sambandha with Venus. Venus is in a constellation of the Moon. Mars is in sambandha with the Moon in the navamsha chart. Jupiter is related to Mars. Jupiter thus shows gain of a child in the month. Once we have determined the right inter-period, we know that the event would happen between June 4 and August 24, 1989 in the inter-period of Jupiter in the sub-period of the Moon in the major-period of Venus. The determined month falls within this interPeriod. Birth of a child should take place between June 10 and July 10, 1989. We will see that with the use of the annual chart, we can reduce the time span of one month even further. We have given this method a little ahead in this chapter.

Chapter 4: The Annual Horoscope

314

We will take up another chart. This lady went abroad to meet her paramour on July 26, 2000. The event happened when she was in her 50th year. The birth chart is given below. Chart IV-2 Birth Chart

Navamsha

Female, October 5, 1950, 1540 hours, 34°S55', 138°E35', Time Zone 0930 hours East of Greenwich. Planet Longitude Sun 5s18°15'57"

Owner/C Planet Longitude Moon Venus 5s8°5'40"

Owner/C Sun

Moon

2s28°45'22"

Jupiter

Saturn 5s 1°52'53"

Sun

Mars

7s13°26'32"

Saturn

Rahu

11s5°7'9"

Saturn

Merc

5s0°42'13"

Sun

Ketu

5s5°7'9"

Sun

Mars

Ascdt.

10s15°30'22"

Jupiter 10s5°1'21"

Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed.

315

How to Time an Event

We will now see if the annual chart shows the approximate period of the visit abroad and its purpose. There are two related events happening here. The first is a visit abroad; the second, she meets her paramour during the visit abroad. In fact the journey abroad was to meet the paramour. The annual chart is drawn up for the time when the Sun had reached the position it had occupied at the time of her birth. The chart of heavens drawn for that moment is given below:

Chart IV-3 Annual Chart

Navamsha

Chapter 4: The Annual Horoscope

316

The year begins on October 6, 1999 at 0509 hours. The coordinates of the place remain the same as for the birth chart. Planet Longitude

Owner/C

Sun

5s18° 15'57"

Moon

Venus 4s4° 4739"

Ketu

Moon

4s4° 29'6"

Ketu

Saturn 0s22° 11'0"

Venus

Mars

7s28° 837"

Mercury

Rahu

3s17° 26'28"

Mercury

Merc

6s7° 1'45"

Rahu

Ketu

9s17° 26'28"

Moon

Jupiter 0s8° 253"

Ketu

Planet Longitude

Owner/C

Ascdt. 5s2° 2'07"

Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed. She had gone abroad on July 26, 2000. The event happened in the inter-period of Rahu in the sub and major-periods of Venus between June 12 and December 12, 2000. It thus covers a period that overlaps into two yearly charts. Since we know the details of the event we will consider the annual chart that relates to the year 1999-2000. The IX house in the relevant annual chart from Rahu is Pisces. The Arudha of Pisces is in Taurus. Rahu is in Cancer in the annual chart. The Moon and Venus are together in the chart. Therefore Rahu shall give results relating to long journey abroad during the year. The Moon is in a constellation of Ketu. The year shall therefore start with the annual major-period of Ketu. The journey took place in the annual major-period of Saturn. Saturn is related to Rahu through Mercury. It is also related to the IX house from Rahu in the chart. Saturn is a Factor for journey abroad. The event took place in the tenth month of Gemini for this chart. The IX house from Gemini is Aquarius. The navamsha dispositor of Rahu is with Saturn in the annual chart. The Arudha of the monthly ascendant Gemini is in Aquarius. The IX house from the Arudha is in Libra. Mercury occupies it. Rahu is in a constellation of Mercury and the latter is with Rahu in the navamsha chart. Rahu is related to the IX house from its position in the annual chart. Therefore Rahu is the Karaka-Factor for journey abroad when the monthly ascendant reaches Gemini. The individual should go abroad between July 5 and August 5, 2000. Since going abroad means the journey of the physical body, we should also examine the relationship with the physical self, if any, that Rahu has in

How to Time an Event

317

the month in the annual chart. Rahu is related to the Sun in the chart. It is related to Gemini since Mercury and Rahu have close relationship. Rahu is related to the Arudha of the monthly ascendant. Thus, Rahu is also a Factor for physical self in the annual chart. It is certain that the individual would travel abroad in the month of Gemini. The V house from Venus shows romance. It is in Sagittarius in the annual chart. Its Arudha is in Leo. Venus occupies the sign. Thus Venus shall cause romance in the year. Rahu occupies Sagittarius in the navamsha chart. The V house from the monthly ascendant is Libra. Mercury and Rahu are very closely related. The Arudha of the monthly ascendant is in Aquarius. The V house from it is Gemini. Rahu, we have seen, is related to Gemini through Mercury. Rahu is also related to Venus. Thus, the journey abroad is concerned with romance. 9.

We have seen that we can determine the month in which a stated event is likely to happen through the annual chart. The month that is expected to give the result is the one in which the karaka for the event turns into the Karaka-Factor and also satisfies certain stated conditions. Is it possible to use the annual chart to determine the time of an event even closer to the date of its happening than to within a month? The answer is in the affirmative.

Here we use the transit of the Sun and Moon over the annual chart. The Sun in transit is found related to the Karaka-Factor in the annual chart through sign, constellation or navamsha when the event takes place. We have stated the transit conditions for the Sun and Moon in an annual chart in the Chapter on Transits. We will study this through some charts. 10. We go back to Chart IV-1. The chart is being considered for birth of a child. The month in which the event should happen is found to be between June 10 and July 10, 1989. We have already seen that Jupiter is the Karaka-Factor during the stated period. The Sun was in Gemini in transit when the event happened. Mercury is related to Jupiter in the annual chart. The Sun was in Capricorn navamsha in transit. Saturn is in Taurus in the navamsha annual chart. Jupiter is in Taurus in the annual chart. The Sun is in a constellation of Rahu. Rahu is with Jupiter in the annual navamsha chart.

318

Chapter 4: The Annual Horoscope

We next take Chart IV-3. Gemini is the month for the chart when the event had happened. Rahu was the Karaka-Factor. The Sun should relate to Rahu in the annual chart through sign, constellation or navamsha when the event is to materialise. The Sun was in Cancer when the event happened where Rahu is placed in the annual chart. The Sun is in a constellation of Saturn. Jupiter is in sambandha with Rahu in the annual navamsha chart. Jupiter and Saturn are associated in the annual chart. The Sun occupies Libra in the navamsha chart. Mercury occupies this sign in the annual chart. Rahu and Mercury are in sambandha in the annual chart. The Sun thus brings the time span within which an event should take place to about three days. 11. We will take some more charts to illustrate the method. This appears necessary since we have to link the transit with the annual chart in this technique. We will first take up the events that have been analysed for Chart 1-1 above. The individual got married on February 12, 1973. He was in his 27th year. The year started at 02h 40m 44s on October 16, 1972. The annual chart for that year is as follows:

Chart IV-4 Annual chart

319

How to Time an Event

Navamsha

Planet Longitude

Owner/C

Planet Longitude

Owner/C

Sun

5s 29° 7'41"

Mars

Venus

Venus

Moon

9s 3° 2'57"

Sun

Saturn 1s26°57'23"

Mars

Mars

5s 16° 1016"

Moon

Rahu

9s27°47'31"

Sun

Merc

6s 16° 11'59" Rahu

Ketu

3s27°47'31"

Jupiter

Ascdt

4s 10° 9'5"

Jupiter 8s 8° 54'51"

Ketu

4s18°42'20"

Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed. Marriage took place in the inter-period of Mercury in the sub-period of Rahu in the major-period of Jupiter. The inter-period lasts from November 16, 1972 to March 20, 1973. This covers monthly ascendants from Virgo to Capricorn. Marriage was solemnised in the month of Scorpio. The Arudha of the VII house from the position of Venus in the annual chart is in Taurus. Venus is related to it and is inclined to give results relating to the marriage of the individual. Venus is the Karaka-Factor for marriage for this month and is also related to the Arudha of gain. We will fix the span of time further by studying the movement of the Sun in the month of Scorpio. The Sun in transit on the date of marriage is related through sign, constellation and navamsha in transit to the Karaka-Factor Venus in the annual chart. A son was born to the above individual on November 27, 1974. He was then in his 29th year. The year started at 14h 54m 54s on October 16, 1974. The starting annual major-period is that of Rahu. The chart is as follows:

320

Chapter 4: The Annual Horoscope

Chart IV-5 Annual chart

Navamsha

Superimposition chart. Navamsha chart planets are in brackets.

321

How to Time an Event

Planet Longitude

Owner/C

Planet Longitude

Owner/C

Sun

5s 29° 7'41"

Mars

Venus

Mars

Moon

6s 10° 35'19" Rahu

Saturn 2s 25° 11'0"

Jupiter

Mars

5s 28° 31'23" Mars

Rahu

7sl7°41'16"

Mercury

Merc

6s 16° 41'27" Rahu

Ketu

lsl7°41'16"

Moon

Ascdt

10s 1° 01'36"

Jupiter 10s 15° 1'49" Rahu

5s 23° 43'2"

Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed. Since birth has taken place in the inter-period of Mercury in the sub and major-periods of Saturn, the event had happened between September 11, 1974 and February 13, 1975. The event happened in the annual major-period of Jupiter. Jupiter is the karaka for the event. The Arudha of the V house from Jupiter is in Aquarius where Jupiter is placed in the annual chart. Jupiter is a Karaka-Factor for the event. It is also the Essential Planet for it. The event happened in the second month of the year. The second month is Pisces. The monthly ascendant is Pisces. The V house from the position of Jupiter in the annual chart is in Gemini. Its Arudha is in Aquarius where Jupiter is placed in the chart. Hence Jupiter is related to the Arudha of the V house from its position in"the annual chart. Jupiter is the Karaka-Factor for children in the annual chart for this month. It is related to the Arudha of the house of first child in the annual chart. The XI house from Jupiter in the annual chart is in Sagittarius. Its Arudha is in Aries. Saturn relates Mars to Jupiter. Birth of a child should happen in the month of Pisces. Let us reduce the span of time further through transit of the Sun. The Sun occupies Scorpio at the time of birth. Jupiter is in a constellation of Rahu in the annual chart. The latter is in Scorpio. The Sun occupies a constellation of Saturn. Jupiter has very close relationship with Saturn in the annual chart. The Sun occupies a navamsha of Venus. Venus is with Rahu in transit. Jupiter in the annual chart is in a constellation of Rahu. The time is ripe for the birth of a child in the second month of the year.

Chapter Five Timing of Events Through Transits There are numerous methods to foretell an event and its nature, and to time it. Transit analysis is one such method. Transits are the easiest to make use of, but it is noticed that predictions based on consideration of transits alone many a time do not hold true. The Vimshottari period system gives a band of time within which an event may take place. Having shortened the span of time to a few months for an event to happen in by the application of Vimshottari period system further pinpointing in time can be done with the assistance of an annual chart and transits. Transits, annual chart and the Vimshottari period system have to be used together to come to a firm and correct conclusion. The conjunct use of the three appears adequate to predict the nature of events and to time them satisfactorily.

Traditional Transit Rules for Fixing the Time of an Event 2. We will first study important rules that classics provide for timing the events through transit analysis. Matters relating to a house fructify according to Phal Deepika Chapter 16 verses 31-32 when in transit: (a) The owner of the first house reaches the natal position of the owner of the house, or a position triangular to it in a birth chart. In Chart 1-2 we notice that on the date of birth of a child to the individual the owner of the ascendant being Venus was in Cancer. The owner of the V house is Mercury. It occupies

How to Time an Event

323

the VII house in the birth chart in Scorpio. Cancer is a triangular sign to Scorpio. Venus had entered Cancer at 0324 hours GMT on June 24 and remained there till July 19, 1989. (b) The owner of the concerned house reaches the natal position of the owner of the first house, or position triangular to it in the birth chart. In Chart 1-2 the owner of the V house is Mercury. It was in Taurus at the time of birth of a child to the individual. Since Venus, being the owner of the ascendant was in Virgo in the birth chart, Mercury in transit was in a triangular sign at the time of the childbirth. Mercury had entered Taurus on April 25 and it remained there till July 2, 1989. The two transits determined in the paragraphs (a) and (b) above limit the span of time during which birth should take place between June 24 and July 2, 1989. (c) The owner of the first house and that of the concerned house associate or aspect each other in transit. (d) The karaka for the event joins or occupies a triangular position from the radical or transit position occupied by the owner of the first house or Moon sign in a birth chart. The karaka for children is Jupiter. In Chart 1-2 the karaka Jupiter was occupying a triangular house from Venus at the time of birth of a child. (e) The owner of the first house transits through the concerned house as reckoned from the ascendant or the Moon. Jatakadeshmarg Chandrika in Chapter 10 verse 25 is of the view that the owner of the house can also produce the event when it transits over its radical position or a sign triangular to it. Jatakadeshmarg Chandrika gives a useful tip in verse 18 of Chapter 10. According to this verse any of the three planets, namely the owners of the ascendant and concerned house, and the karaka for the house is capable of producing the result in transit. It says that matters relating to a house shall materialise when one of these three planets transits through the concerned house or a house triangular to it. In Chart 1-2 the owner of the V house Mercury occupies Taurus at the time of birth of a child. Taurus is a triangular sign from Virgo. According to Jatakadeshmarg Chandrika the matter may also materialise in the alternative when one of these three planets transits

Chapter 5: Timing of Events Through Transits

324

through the house occupied by the owner of the concerned house in the birth chart or a house triangular to it. According to verse 20 the transit of the owner of the house over the owner of the ascendant or through the ascendant shall produce the result. Mercury transits through the ascendant in Chart 1-2 at the time of birth of a child. The event can take place when the owners of the ascendant and the house associate in transit or project aspects to each other. (f)

Jupiter transits through a position triangular to the one occupied by the owner of the house in the birth or navamsha chart. Since, in Chart 1-2 Jupiter is in Virgo navamsha in transit at the time of birth, this condition we see is satisfied. The analysis of transit through the navamsha chart shall give us a finer time frame for the event to happen.

Jupiter transits through the concerned house or a house triangular to it. We have seen that this is true for Chart 1-2. (g) According to Phal Deepika Chapter 20 verse 36 favourable results will be experienced in a period when the Sun or Jupiter transits through the mooltrikona, exaltation, friendly or own sign of the period planet. In Chart 1-2 the Sun was traversing Gemini and Jupiter Taurus at the time of birth of the child. The major-period was of Venus. Gemini is a friendly sign to Venus. Adverse results will be experienced in the period when the Sun transits through a sign inimical to the period planet or the sign of its debilitation. (h) The Moon will give good results in a period with respect to the house it is travelling through if the house contains a sign belonging to the period planet or one that is friendly to the period planet, its sign of mooltrikona or exaltation. In Chart I-2 the Moon was travelling through Pisces at the time of birth of the child. A child was born to the individual in the major-period of Venus. Venus is exalted in Pisces. The Moon according to Phal Deepika, Chapter 20 verse 61 shows favourable results in transit when it travels through the sign that the period planet occupies or a sign that is friendly to the period planet. In Chart 1-2, the Moon was travelling through Pisces at the time of birth.

325

How to Time an Event

It will also give favourable results when it travels through III, V, VI, VII IX, X or XI house from the period planet. At the time of birth of the child in Chart 1-2 the Moon was in the VII house from Venus.

On Transit of a Ruler of Band of Years 3. (A) We know that each planet rules a number of years. This has been given in the Chapter on Major-periods. The table of years and planets is being reproduced here for convenience. Saturn-(1st-6th) (36th-41st) (71st-76th)

Jupiter-(16th-21st) (51st-56th) (86th-91st)

Venus-(25th-27th) (60th-62nd) (95th-97th)

Rahu-(7th-12th) (42nd-47th) (77th-82nd)

Sun-(22nd-23rd) (57th-58th) (92nd-93rd)

Mars-(28th-33rd) (63rd-68th) (98th-103rd)

Ketu-(13th-15th) (48th-50th) (83rd-85th)

Moon-(24th) (59th) (94th)

Mercury-(34th-35th) (69th-70th) (104th- 105th)

We take up the ruler of the band of years that is running at any given moment of time when an event is expected to happen. This means that the ruler in the birth chart shall be a Factor for the event, and shall be related to the Arudha of the relevant house from the karaka concerned. We shall now consider its transit. We determine the three relevant houses from the ascendant, Arudha lagna and the concerned karaka. We then see (i) as to in which spans of time the ruler of the band of years would be related to the concerned karaka in transit. The karaka shall also be in transit. To illustrate, suppose in a birth chart we wish to examine through transit if a first child is likely to be born in the 26th year of an individual. Venus rules this year in any chart. Venus as the ruler of this band of years can only vouchsafe birth of a child when it is a Factor for the event and for gain in the birth chart, and it is related to the Arudhas of the V and XI houses from natal Jupiter. Let us assume that Venus fulfils these conditions. Both Venus and Jupiter (the karaka) would occupy places in transit during the year. Venus may occupy several houses through the

326

Chapter 5: Timing of Events Through Transits

year. Jupiter may occupy a house or more than one house during the year. We have to see as to when Venus would be related to Jupiter in the year. It could be, in fact, several times in the course of a year. These would be the spans of time when a birth is possibie.We will pick out those spans during which Venus is related to the Arudhas of the V and XI houses from natal Jupiter. The birth of a child would happen during one of these spans, (ii) Having determined the spans of time, we should examine as to when the ruler of the band would turn into a Factor during transit. This means that the ruler in transit shall be related to (a) the moving Essential Planet, (b) the three relevant houses, (c) the moving karaka and (d) the Arudha of the relevant house from the karaka. Taking the illustration given in the previous point, the span of time in which Venus in transit is related to the V and XI houses from the ascendant, Arudha lagna and Jupiter (natal); and to the Arudhas of the V and XI houses from Jupiter and Essential Planets (for a child and gain), would give the individual a child. There could be more than one such span of time, (iii) We now relate these spans to the inter-period that we have determined separately that is likely to give the result. We select only that span of time that lies within the duration of the determined inter-period. The ruler of a band of years is the most important planet in the chart for those years. It shall materialise whatever influence it comes under. When the ruler of a band of years turns into a Factor in the above manner for a particular event, and it gets related to the Essential Planet and the Arudha of the concerned house from the natal karaka, the event happens. It must be kept in mind that a ruler of band of years shall give a particular result in transit only in case it is capable of giving that result in the birth chart. This means that it ought to be a Factor for that event in the birth chart and should also turn into a Factor for the event in transit at the time of happening of the event. It also means that it must be related to the Arudha for the concerned event in the birth chart, and it must get related to that Arudha in transit. For example, if the event is marriage, the ruler of the band of years shall be related to the Arudhas of marriage and gain in transit; when it is death, it shall be related in transit to the Arudhas of the VIII and XII houses from Saturn.

How to Time an Event

327

Let us study a few illustrations. We will first take Chart 1-2. Saturn was operational as the ruler of the band of years when a child was born to the individual. Saturn and karaka Jupiter are related in transit. The Arudha for child is in Scorpio. Saturn is in a constellation of Venus in transit. The latter is with Mars in transit. The V house from the ascendant is Virgo. Saturn occupies it in the navamsha transit chart. The V house from natal Jupiter is Cancer. Saturn is in a constellation of Venus. The latter is in Cancer. The Moon in transit is in a constellation of Saturn. The V house from Arudha lagna is Taurus. Saturn is related to Venus as it occupies its constellation. Thus, Saturn is a fit receptacle for matters relating to children and it is associated with the karaka in transit. It is a Band-Transit-Factor (the ruler of the band of years that in transit has become a Factor) for a child. It can easily be confirmed from the birth chart that Saturn is also a Factor for matters relating to children. Now let us examine the aspect of gain. The Arudha for gain is in Taurus in the birth chart. Saturn is related to it. The XI house from natal Jupiter belongs to Saturn. The XI house from the ascendant is in Pisces. Saturn and Jupiter are together in transit in the transit navamsha chart. The XI house from the Arudha of the ascendant is in Scorpio. We have seen that Saturn is related to it. Let us now study Chart IV-2. The lady had gone abroad for romance on July 26, 2000. Rahu is a karaka for journeys abroad. She was in her 50* year and thus was ruled by Ketu. Let us examine its transit. The Arudha of the IX house from natal Rahu is in Leo. Ketu is related to Rahu through the Sun and Venus in transit when the event took place. The IX house from the ascendant is Libra. Ketu is with Venus in the navamsha transit chart. The IX house from the Arudha lagna is Sagittarius. The dispositor of Ketu is with Jupiter in transit. The IX house from natal Rahu is Scorpio. Mars is related to Ketu through Venus and the Sun. Ketu is very strongly related to the Sun. It is thus related to the Arudha of journey abroad. Thus, Ketu is a Band-Transit-Factor and shows journey abroad. The Arudha of physical self is in Gemini. Ketu is related to the Sun as it occupies a constellation of the Sun. It is in a sign of Saturn. It is thus related to the ascendant. It is also related to the Arudha lagna. Ketu is related to Mercury through Venus. Ketu is related to Venus, which is the karaka for romance. We also notice that Venus is a KarakaFactor for romance in transit. Thus, the journey was for romance.

328

Chapter 5: Timing of Events Through Transit*

The transit of ruler of the current band of years is capable of showing various events that would develop one after the other. (B) It has been stated in paragraph 4(C) of Chapter Two that the transit of the ruler of the band of years can be used to determine the exact date of happening of an event. The transit of the ruler is the most important transit during the years the planet rules. All other transits are subservient to it during this period. This transit has two components: (a) the events that the ruler is capable of giving; and, (b) the events it would materialise during the transit. Insofar as the first element is concerned, we must first see the karakas with which the ruler is in relationship in the birth chart. The ruler shall give results relating to these karakas only when it develops relationships with them in transit. Having determined the karakas we will have to decide as to for which events the ruler is a fit receptacle in the birth chart. The event would happen when the ruler becomes a fit receptacle for that event in transit. Thus, the ruler in its transit through the zodiac during the years it rules the band shall continue to materialise those events one after the other for which it is capable of doing so. Since through sub-paragraphs (A) and (C) of paragrapah 4 of Chapter Two we had already determined the year in which the event would happen, the transit of the ruler shall help us in deciding the date on which it is likely to take place.

On Transit of the Period Planets 4. We will now study the phenomenon of transit of period planets through the method of relationships that we have studied in this work and that applies uniformly to all analyses. Once we have fixed a short band of time through inter-period determination and through the movement of the Sun in annual chart, we can reach the day of the event through transits. (A) It is noticed that the Vimshottari superior and inferior-period planets usually get into relationship with one another in transit when they are about to give the result. Let us take Chart 1-2

How to Time an Event

329

again. A child was born to the individual in the major-period of Venus, sub-period of the Moon and inter-period of Jupiter. At the time of birth of the child Venus was Vargottama in Cancer. The Moon was in Pisces. Mercury was associated with Jupiter and it was in a constellation of the Moon. The Moon was thus related to Jupiter. (B) Each major-period planet in transit will give results relating to a house that it is inclined to give in the birth chart when it gets related to the karaka, the relevant Arudha from the karaka, the Essential Planet and the relevant houses from the karaka, ascendant and Arudha lagna through sign, constellation or navamsha in transit. Further, it should also be related to the Arudha of the concerned house. Here again it must be emphasised that a planet will give results relating to an event in transit only when it is a Factor for that event in the birth chart. We should keep it in mind that the period planet gets related in transit to the transit karaka, but the relevant house from the relevant karaka has to be taken from the natal position of the karaka. The major-period planet will give the result in transit when it turns into a Factor for the event. It must also be related in transit to the Arudha of the relevant house from the concerned karaka. If we consider the chart of any moment in transit as a birth chart we will immediately realise that the major-period planet must fulfil the same conditions in transit to give the result as it does when it is being considered in a birth chart. Since the transit positions are subsidiary to the birth chart, we will fix the three houses through the birth chart and then determine if the major-period planet is a Factor for the event in transit. We can call this a Superior-Transit-Factor. We will explain this through an illustration. We will examine the birth of a child in Chart 1-2. Let us study Venus, the major-period planet, in Chart 1-2 to see if it is inclined to ensure birth of a child at that time of its transit. Let us study its transit. Venus is in a constellation of Jupiter. Jupiter is the karaka for the event. Jupiter was in a constellation of Mars. The latter was with Venus. Thus, Venus and Jupiter are closely related in transit, The V house from the ascendant is Virgo. Mercury and Venus are together

330

Chapter 5: Timing of Events Through Transits

in the navamsha chart. The natal position of Jupiter is in Pisces. The V house from it is in Cancer. Venus in transit is in Cancer. The Arudha lagna is in Capricorn. Venus is the owner of the V house from Arudha lagna. The Arudha of the V house from Jupiter is in Scorpio. Mars is with Venus in Cancer in transit. Mercury is the Essential Planet. It is with Venus in the navamsha chart in transit. Thus, Venus was a Factor for matters relating to children in transit when the event happened. (C) Each inferior period planet shall materialise an event when it gets related to the karaka, Arudha of the relevant house from the karaka, Essential Planet and the three relevant houses from the natal position of karaka and of the superior-period planet and its Arudha. As above, this would mean that the inferior period planet must become an Inferior-Transit-Factor in transit with respect to the superior period planet to give the result. It must also relate in transit to the Arudha of the relevant house from the karaka. The inferior period planet must be a Factor for the event with respect to the superior period planet in the birth chart. It must also be related to the Arudha of the relevant house from the karaka. These conditions are, as we have seen time and again, universally applicable. As stated above, since the transit planet is subservient to the birth chart positions, the three houses shall be determined from the birth chart and transit positions would then decide if the inferior-period planet is an Inferior-Transit-Factor in transit at any moment with respect to the superior-period planet. A child was bom to the' individual of Chart 1-2 in the major-period of Venus in the sub-period of the Moon and inter-period of Jupiter. The Moon is a Sub-Factor for birth of a child with respect to Venus in the birth chart. Let us study its transit. It is related to Jupiter through Mercury in transit. The V house from the natal position of Venus is in Capricorn. The Moon in transit at the time of the event was in a constellation of Saturn. The Arudha of the natal place of Venus is in Capricorn. The V house from it is in Taurus. The dispositor of the Moon in transit is in Taurus. Venus is Vargottama in Cancer. The V house from natal position of the karaka Jupiter is in Cancer. The Moon owns the sign and the navamsha dispositor of the Moon is in Cancer. The Moon is in Scorpio in the navamsha transit chart. Thus, the sub-period planet satisfies

How to Time an Event

331

all the conditions necessary for being an Inferior-Transit-Factor for children in transit with respect to the major-period planet. The event had happened in the inter-period of Jupiter. Jupiter is the karaka. The V house from the natal position of the Moon is in Cancer. The dispositor of Jupiter in transit is Venus. It is in Cancer. The Arudha of the natal place of the Moon is in Sagittarius. The V house from it is in Aries. Jupiter was in Mrigshira constellation of Mars at the time of birth of the child. The V house from the natal Jupiter is in Cancer. The dispositor of Jupiter is placed in this sign in transit. Thus, the inter-period planet satisfies all the conditions necessary for being a Factor for children in transit with respect to the sub-period planet. Thus, all the three period planets are clearly indicating birth of a child in transit. Let us take another illustration. We will consider Chart III-3 given above. The individual went abroad on March 11, 1985 in the majorperiod of Saturn sub-period of Jupiter and inter-period of the Sun. The IX house from Rahu is in Aquarius. Its Arudha is in Libra. Saturn is a Factor for journey abroad in the birth chart. The sub and inter-period planets too are Sub and Inter-Factors respectively. All the three planets are related to Libra. Let us study the transit of these planets. Saturn and Rahu are related to each other in transit through Mars and Rahu is in Scorpio navamsha where Saturn is in transit. Thus, the major-period planet is related to the karaka in transit. Saturn is related to Libra through Mars. The IX house from natal Rahu is in Aquarius. So is the IX house from the ascendant. Saturn is in Leo navamsha in transit. The Sun is travelling through Aquarius. Further, Saturn is in its own Anuradha constellation in transit. Thus, Saturn is related in transit to the IX houses from the ascendant and natal Rahu. The IX house from the Arudha lagna is in Taurus. Venus is in Pisces in transit. Saturn and Jupiter are in sambandha. Further, Jupiter is in Taurus navamsha in transit. Venus is with Mercury. The latter is in a constellation of Saturn in transit. Thus, Saturn is related to the three IX houses and the karaka in transit. The Arudha of journey abroad is in Libra. We have seen that Saturn is related to the house. Saturn is thus a Superior-Transit-Factor for going abroad when the event happened. The Sun is in Aquarius. Saturn owns it. Saturn is in Leo in the navamsha transit chart. Saturn is related to the

332

Chapter 5: Timing of Events Through Transits

ascendant and Arudha lagna since Mercury is in a constellation of Saturn. The Arudha for physical self is in Virgo. Saturn is related to it. The transit of Saturn is fully indicative of a journey abroad. Now, let us take up Jupiter. Jupiter and Saturn are in sambandha. Rahu in transit is in Bharani constellation of Venus. Venus and Jupiter are in sambandha in transit in navamsha. We have seen that Rahu is over Saturn in navamsha. Mars is with Rahu in transit. Mars is in sambandha with Saturn. Saturn and Jupiter are related. Thus, Jupiter is strongly related to the karaka Rahu in transit. Jupiter in transit is in Sravan constellation of the Moon. The Moon is in Libra in transit. The IX house from natal Saturn and Rahu is in Aquarius. Jupiter is related to the house in transit since Jupiter and Saturn are in sambandha. The IX house from the Arudha of the natal place of Saturn is Taurus. Jupiter occupies this sign in transit in navamsha. Thus, Jupiter too clearly indicates a journey abroad with respect to Saturn. Jupiter is a Sub-Transit-Factor for journey abroad with respect to the major-period planet when the event happened. The inter-period planet is the Sun. Saturn is the owner of the sign that the Sun occupies in transit. We have seen the relationship between transit Rahu and Saturn. Thus, the Sun is related to the karaka in transit. The Sun is in Gemini navamsha. Mercury and Venus are together in transit. The IX house from natal Rahu is in Aquarius. The Sun is in a constellation of Jupiter. Jupiter and Saturn are in sambandha. Further, Saturn is in Leo navamsha. The IX house from natal Jupiter is Gemini. The Sun is in this sign in transit in navamsha. The IX house from the Arudha of the natal place of Jupiter is Pisces. The Sun is in a constellation of Jupiter in transit. Thus, the inter-period planet is also indicating the event. It is a Factor in transit with respect to the sub-period planet for journey abroad when the event happened. Let us take one more illustration. We will consider Chart IV-2. The lady went abroad in the inter-period of Rahu in the sub and majorperiods of Venus. The purpose was romance. Venus is with Rahu in Cancer in transit. The Arudha of the IX house from Rahu is in Leo. Venus is with the Sun. The IX house from natal Rahu is in Scorpio. Venus is with Mars in transit. The IX house from the ascendant is in Libra. Venus is with the Sun. The latter is in Libra,

How to Time an Event

333

the IX house from the ascendant, in navamsha in transit. The Arudha laqna is in Aries. The IX house from it is Sagittarius. Jupiter is in a sign of Venus. Saturn and Venus are in sambandha in transit. Jupiter and Saturn are associated. Venus is in a sign of Saturn in navamsha. Thus, Venus is related to Jupiter. Venus as a major-period planet is inclined to give the result in transit. It is a Factor for the event in transit. Let us now examine Venus as a sub-period planet. We have already seen that Venus and Rahu are related. The IX house from natal Rahu is in Scorpio. Venus is with Mars in transit. The IX house from the natal position of Venus is in Taurus. The Moon in transit is in sambandha with Venus and it is in Taurus in transit. The IX house from the Arudha of the natal position of Venus is in Aquarius. Venus and Saturn are in sambandha in transit. Thus, Venus as a sub-period planet too shall give the same result. It is a Factor for going abroad in transit with respect to the majorperiod planet. We will now consider the transit of the inter-period planet Rahu. It is the karaka. It is with the Sun in transit. The IX house from natal Venus is in Taurus. Rahu is with Venus in transit. It is in a constellation of Jupiter. The latter is in Taurus in transit. The IX house from the Arudha of the natal position of Venus is in Aquarius. The owner of the constellation that Rahu occupies in transit is with Saturn. Saturn and Venus are in sambandha in transit. The latter is with Rahu. The IX house from natal Rahu is in Scorpio. Rahu and Mars are together in transit. Thus, Rahu is a Factor for going abroad in transit with respect to the sub-period planet. Let us see if the transit of these three period-planets indicates romance. The karaka for romance is Venus. The Arudha of the V house from natal Venus is in Taurus. Both Venus and Rahu are intimately related to Taurus in transit at the time when the event happened. The above transit analysis is very simple and would help us determine the time of happening of an event in an easy manner. (D) It is noticed that a period planet relates to the relevant karaka and the Arudha of the relevant house in transit. When more than one house is involved, the planet in transit relates to all the concerned Arudhas and karakas. Thus if we are considering death of the father, the houses that are relevant are the XII

334

Chapter 5: Timing of Events Through Transits

house from Saturn and the IX house from the Sun. We determine the Arudhas of both these houses. The major, sub and inter-period planets would, each in transit, be related to these two houses and karakas at the time when the event is likely to happen. We will take an illustration. We will consider Chart 1-1. The individual got married on February 12, 1973. The major-period of Jupiter was operating. The inter-period Mercury in the sub-period of Rahu was current when the event happened. The Arudha of the VII house from natal Venus is in Aquarius. The individual gains a spouse. The Arudha of the XI house from Jupiter should also be considered. It is in Libra. We will first take Jupiter in transit. It is with Venus. It occupies Aqurius in navamsha in transit. We now take the sub-period planet Rahu. It is in a constellation of Venus. It is in Libra in the navamsha with the Sun in transit. The Sun is in sambandha with Saturn in transit. Venus is with Jupiter. We now take the inter-period planet. Mercury is in Aquarius in sambandha with Saturn. It is with the Sun in the sign in transit and the Sun occupies Libra navamsha in transit. Jupiter is over Mercury in transit navamsha. Mercury is over Venus in the navamsha transit chart. A son was born to the above individual on November 27, 1974 in the inter-period of Mercury in the sub and major-periods of Saturn. The Arudha of the V house from natal Jupiter is in Sagittarius. The Arudha of the XI house from natal Jupiter is in Libra. Saturn is in sambandha with Jupiter in transit in the birth chart and with Venus in the transit navamsha chart.

On Transit of a Karaka 5. (A) We have already referred to this transit in paragraphs 19(B) and 19(M) of Chapter One. The principle is very simple. Any karaka in a chart at any moment in the life of an individual is not inclined to give results relating to all its significations. It will materialise results pertaining to only a few of its significations. We should therefore be able to say whether the timing that we have determined through period analysis for an event is

How to Time an Event

335

correct by analysing the movement of the concerned karaka. We will take up Chart III-3 to clarify the transit principle. The first child of this individual was born on February 25, 1976. The Arudha for the first child in this birth chart is in Libra. Jupiter is in Revati constellation of Mercury. Mercury and Venus are together in transit. Therefore Jupiter in transit is related to the Arudha for the first child. Jupiter must now transfer this inclination to the period planets. The major-period current was that of Saturn. Saturn and Venus are in sambandha in transit. The sub-period was that of Venus. The relationship is obvious. We can thus verify the validity of our conclusion with respect to the period time frame. We can thus check through transit if the three period planets that we have determined for an event have been correctly identified. (B) The location of Jupiter has been doubted in this chart as the planet has entered Libra only two hours back, and on certain ayanamshas/calculations Jupiter should be in Virgo and not in Libra. We can settle the question through the transit of karaka. The principle is that at the time of happening of the event, the concerned karaka is related to the Arudha for the event, and passes on its inclination to materialise a particular event to the period planets. Since the event is of birth of the first child, the Arudha shall be in Libra if Jupiter is taken to be there at the time of birth of the individual. When the child was born Jupiter is vargottama in Pisces. It is not in sambandha with any planet. It is in Revati constellation of Mercury. Rahu is in Vishakha constellation of Jupiter. Rahu is in Libra and is with Venus in navamsha transit chart. Mercury is in sambandha with Venus and Saturn. Thus Jupiter shows extensive relationship with Libra and its owner in transit. We will now presume that Jupiter at birth was in Virgo. This would mean reducing its longitude by 2". The Arudha for first child becomes Scorpio to which as we have just seen Jupiter is not related in any manner in transit at the time when the event took place. (C) We can make day to day predictions very easily for a birth chart by analysing the movement of various karakas on the above lines.

Chapter 5: Timing of Events Through Transits

336

On Transit of the Sun 6.

(A) (i) We have already used the transit of the Sun to determine the time of an event through an annual chart. (ii) The transit of the Sun in an annual chart is also interesting in another way. It is noticed that the Sun is related to the karakas and Arudhas of the houses that are relevant for the happening of an event. Suppose we are studying death of the father of an individual. The Arudhas involved are those of loss and father in the annual chart (Arudha of the XII house from Saturn and Arudha of the IX house from the Sun). When the Sun relates to these two Arudhas and Saturn in transit, the father would pass away. (B) We will now study the transit of the Sun in a birth chart. The Sun takes a month approximately to cover a sign in transit. Therefore, it is used to fix the month in which an event is likely to take place. The transit of the Sun according to the method described below shall also be able to help us fix the approximate date of the event. For exact date and hour we will have to depend on the movement of the Moon.

The Sun gives its results under exactly the same conditions except one as a major-period planet in transit. The Sun is not required to be a Factor for an event in the birth chart before it should be considered for the happening of the event in transit. We shall state the conditions in the modified form for the Sun. The Sun in transit shall cause an event to take place when: 1.

It is related to the moving karaka in transit.

2.

It is related in transit to the relevant house from the birth ascendant.

3.

It is related in transit to the relevant house from the birth Arudha lagna.

4.

It is related in transit to the relevant house from the natal position of the karaka.

337

How to Time an Event

The Sun is also related to the Arudhas of the relevant houses from the concerned karakas. This means that if we are looking for the first marriage of a male individual, Venus shall be the karaka for this event. The VII house from the karaka shall be the house that will represent wife. The Arudha of this house shall be the house for the first wife. The individual would gain a wife. Therefore the Sun will be related to Venus and Jupiter and the Arudhas of the VII house from natal Venus and XI house from natal Jupiter. The difference between the transit of the Sun and Moon and of a period planet is that whereas a period planet must indicate the event in the birth chart before it can indicate it in transit, the Sun or the Moon does not necessarily indicate it in the birth chart. These two Luminaries indicate the event only in transit at the time when the event is to fructify. They are therefore merely agents to time the event more closely. Let us consider Chart II-3. The individual had got married on January 23, 1984. The transit positions at the time of marriage (20h 55m) are as follows: Chart V-l Transit chart

Chapter 5: Timing of Events Through Transits

338

Navamsha

Planet Longitude

Owner/C

Planet Longitude

Owner/C

Sun

9s 9° 10'53"

Sun

Venus

8s3°44'54"

Ketu

Moon

5s 19° 07'45"

Moon

Saturn

6s 21° 53'03" Jupiter

Mars

6s 12° 3834"

Rahu

Rahu

1s 21°08'59"

Moon

Merc

8s 14° 55'41"

Venus

Ketu

7s 21°08'59"

Mercury

Ketu

Ascdt

9s 0° 31'27"

Jupiter 8s7°13'11"

Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed. The Sun is related to Jupiter in transit when the event happened. Jupiter is the karaka for marriage in a female birth chart. The Arudha of the VII house from Jupiter is in Leo. The Sun was transiting over the natal position of the Sun. It is thus related to the sign Leo in transit. The VII house from natal Jupiter is in Gemini. The navamsha dispositor of the Sun is with Mercury in transit. The VII house from the ascendant is in Cancer. The Moon in transit navamsha is with Jupiter, which is the navamsha dispositor of the Sun. The dispositor of the Moon in transit is with the owner of the navamsha dispositor of the Sun. The VII house from Arudha lagna is in Taurus. The dispositor of the Sun is in sambandha with Venus in transit. The Arudha of the VII house from natal Jupiter is in Leo. The Sun is in its own constellation in transit at the time when the event took place. Thus, the Sun was a Factor for the event in transit at the time when the event happened. The Sun is thus indicating marriage of the individual at the given time.

How to Time an Event

339

Let us see if the Sun indicates birth of a son on April 26, 1985 in Chart II-3. Jupiter is the karaka for the event. The Sun and Jupiter are toqether in transit in navamsha. The Arudha of the V house from natal Jupiter is in Leo. Jupiter is over the natal Sun in transit. The dispositor of the Sun is Mars. It is in sambandha with Saturn. The latter is in sambandha with Jupiter. Thus, the Sun is related to the karaka. The V house from the natal position of the karaka is in Aries. The Sun occupies it. The V house from the ascendant is in Taurus. The dispositor of the Sun is in this sign. The V house from the Arudha lagna is in Pisces. We have seen that the Sun is related to Jupiter in transit. Thus, the Sun is a Factor for birth of a child in transit.

Transit of the Moon 7. (A) The transit of the Moon in an annual chart is very important. It is noticed that the Moon is related to the karakas and Arudhas of the houses that are relevant for the happening of an event. Suppose we are studying death of the wife of an individual. The Arudhas involved are those of loss (Arudha of the XII house from Saturn in the annual chart) and wife (Arudha of the VII house from Venus in the annual chart). When the Moon relates to these two Arudhas, Venus and Saturn in transit, the wife would pass away. (B) Finer tuning of date and time can be done through the transit of the Moon in the birth chart. It too follows the same conditions as the major-period planet or the Sun. We can state the conditions necessary for the Moon to give results as follows: 1.

It is related to the karaka at the time of happening of the event.

2.

It is related in transit to the relevant house from the karaka.

3.

It is related in transit to the relevant house from the ascendant at the time of happening of the event.

4.

It is related in transit to the relevant house from the Arudha lagna at the time of happening of the event.

340

Chapter 5: Timing of Events Through Transits

5. Like the Sun, the Moon too shall relate at the time of happening of the event to the concerned Arudhas and karakas. It is not easy, though eminently possible, to determine the transit position of the Moon, due to its fast movement, that could give us the time of the event correct to the hour. The fixation of the day through the movement of the Moon is easy, as the day when the Moon gets into a relationship with the concerned karaka and Arudha could be the day of the event. The rules for determination of an event through the transit of the Moon are the same as those for the Sun. Since the Sun is a slower planet, it shall determine a longer span of time for the event as compared to the Moon. The latter can in fact give us the hour of the happening of the event. Here we will take an illustration from the charts that we have studied so far and clarify that the statement made above for the movement of the Moon is actually true in real life situations. Let us consider Chart II-3. The individual had got married on January 23, 1984. The transit positions have been detailed above. The dispositor of the Moon was with the karaka Jupiter in transit. The dispositor is in Leo in the navamsha transit chart. Jupiter and the Moon were together in navamsha. Rahu was in a constellation of the Moon. It occupied Cancer in navamsha. This is the VII house from the ascendant. The VII house from natal Jupiter is in Gemini. The Moon is in this sign in navamsha. The VII house from the Arudha lagna is in Taurus. Rahu relates the Moon to this sign. The Arudha of the VII house from natal Jupiter is in Leo. The dispositor of the Moon in the transit chart is placed in Leo in the navamsha transit chart. We notice that the transit analysis of the Moon takes us to almost the exact hour of the event.

Chapter Six Applied Astrology We will now work out some illustrations in full details to show as to how these principles that have been given in the work operate. CASE I: A question was asked as to whether the date of marriage of this individual could be told through astrology, and whether his profession could be told as well. The birth chart is as follows: Chart VI-1 Lagna

Navamsha

Chapter 6: Applied Astrology

342

Male, September 15, 1944, 0703 hours, 22N34, 88E24, 0530 hours East of Greenwich. Planet Longitude

Owner/C

Planet Longitude

Owner/C

Sun

4s28° 57'34"

Sun

Venus

Moon

Moon

4s 1° 44'46"

Ketu

Saturn 2s16° 23'39"

Rahu

Mars

5s 17° 57'4"

Moon

Rahu

3s3° 19'41"

Jupiter

Merc

4s 15° 3733"

Venus

Ketu

9s3° 19'41"

Sun

Jupiter 4s 17° 49'25"

Venus

Ascdt

5s 7° 23'1"

5s20° 387"

Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed. Venus is the karaka for marriage in a male chart. The Arudha of the VII house from Venus is in Capricorn. The XI house from natal Jupiter is in Gemini. The Arudha of Gemini is in Libra. The two houses are related. Each karaka is also related to the other Arudha. The chart does not show a very late marriage. The Arudha of the VII house from Venus is in a sign of Saturn but Mercury and Saturn are in sambandha. The house has Ketu. The latter is in a constellation of the Sun. The individual should get married at little later than the normal time. Therefore the planets the bands of which should be considered are Venus and Mars. Any planet that is to give results relating to the marriage of the individual has to be strongly related to Libra, Capricorn, Jupiter and Venus. Venus do does not qualify. Notice the close relationship Mars has with Jupiter, Venus and Saturn. Therefore Mars should be the owner of band of years that would see the individual getting married. The Essential Planet is Jupiter. Mars is a Factor for marriage. Mars is also a Factor for gains as Venus is the Essential Planet for it The Essential Planet for marriage is Saturn. We take up the progression of Mars as given in paragraph 4 of Chapter Two. Mars is at 17°57'4" in Virgo. It starts operating from September 15, 1971. Mars must contact Saturn and Venus simultaneously to bring about the event. When Mars reaches Aquarius, it comes across Saturn in the navamsha chart and contacts Venus through natal Mars. Hence it appears that marriage should take place between November 26, 1973 and May 28, 1974. We will confirm this in the following manner.

How to Time an Event

343

Mars as a planet is inclined to give its results very early in its period. It is in common signs of Gemini and Virgo in the navamsha and birth charts. This would cause Mars to give its results in the first half of the band. It is in the second drekkan. This would cause the result to appear towards the middle of the band of years. Mars is over Saturn through the navamsha chart. The signs that Mars occupies in the two charts are those of Mercury. All these elements will make Mars give its results not later than the middle of its band of years. Thus Mars should cause the event to materialise by the 30th year of life. We must therefore study these three years. The event should take place between September 15, 1971 and September 15, 1974. The major-period of the Sun will operate during these years. The Sun is related to Venus through several strands. It is related to the VII house from the ascendant. The Arudha for marriage is in Capricorn. Ketu occupies it. It is in a constellation of the Sun. The Sun is related to the Arudha of gain. This is a pointer to the possible marriage in the major-period of the Sun. It is with Jupiter in the birth chart. The Sun appears to be a Factor for marriage of the individual. The sub-periods of Mars to Mercury run during the period under review. We notice that when we apply the six conditions given for fixing time for the operation of a planet we find that the Sun would give its results late in its period. We have to therefore confine our choice to subperiods of Saturn and Mercury. The VII house from the major-period planet is in Aquarius. Saturn is related to Mercury, Mars, and itself. It is the strongest of the three. The progression of Mars points to the subperiod of Saturn. The Arudha of the VII house from Venus is in Capricorn. The VII house from the Arudha of the I house from the Sun is in Scorpio. The VII house from the Sun is in Aquarius. The VII house from Venus is in Pisces. Saturn is very powerfully related to these houses. The individual should acquire a spouse through marriage. Therefore the Arudha of the XI house from Jupiter, the XI house from the majorperiod planet and Jupiter should be related to one of these three planets. Saturn and Mercury are powerfully related to Jupiter. Mercury owns the XI house from the Sun but Saturn occupies it. Mercury is not that strong as Saturn. We should expect the event to take place in the sub-

344

Chapter 6: Applied Astrology

period of Saturn in the major-period of the Sun. Saturn is inclined to give its results late in its period. It is in the second drekkan of Gemini. This pushes the event somewhat to the middle of the period. Gemini is a common shirshodaya sign. This influence will persuade Saturn to yield the result definitely in the middle of the period. It is in sambandha with Mercury. It should tend to give its results early in its sub-period but not in its own inter-period. The result should appear by the middle of the sub-period latest. It shall be safer to consider the first five inter-periods in the sub-period of Saturn. These are of Saturn, Mercury, Ketu, Venus and the Sun. We have already ruled out the inter-period of Saturn. We will consider those of Mercury, Ketu, Venus and the Sun. The VII house from Venus is Pisces, and that from Saturn Sagittarius. Mercury, Ketu and Venus do not occupy any of these two signs. The Sun occupies Sagittarius in the navamsha chart. However, Mercury is very strongly related to the owner of both of these signs. Ketu is ruled out, as it does not relate to Jupiter directly. In case of Venus it has a relationship with Jupiter. We have therefore to consider Mercury, Venus and the Sun as the probable candidates. We know that the Arudha for the first wife is Capricorn. Mercury is in sambandha with Saturn. Venus is indirectly related to Saturn. The Sun is very closely related to Capricorn through Ketu. The choice therefore seems to be between the Sun and Mercury. The Arudha of the place that Saturn occupies is in Libra. The VII house from it is in Aries. Mars is in a sign and navamsha of Mercury and the latter is in a constellation of Venus that is associated with Mars. The relationship of the Sun with Mars is tenuous. Mercury owns the XI house from Jupiter, it is related to the XI house from Saturn and it occupies the XI house from the Arudha of the place of Saturn. Therefore, we should accept Mercury as the inter-period planet capable of giving the result. From the above it is clear that the event should happen in the interperiod of Mercury in the sub-period of Saturn in the major-period of the Sun. This period runs from October 15, 1973 to December 4, 1973. This is the 30th year in the life of the individual. As a measure of cross check, we should take the corresponding ascendant for the 30th year and see if the chart shows marriage. Aquarius in the chart represents the 30th year. We should see if Venus is a Karaka-Factor for this year in the chart. The VII house from

345

How to Time an Event

the natal position of Venus is related to it. Venus is very strongly related to the VII house from Aquarius.The Arudha of Aquarius is in Libra. The VII house from it is Aries. Mars and Venus are associated in the birth chart. Thus, Venus is a Karaka-Factor for this year. Venus is showing gain in the year since it is related to XI houses from Jupiter, yearly ascendant and the yearly Arudha lagna. Therefore marriage in the 30th year is likely. It is thus clear that marriage will happen in the set of three periods we have determined in the 30th year of the individual. We shall now take recourse to the annual chart to further refine the timing. Having used the annual chart, we will' then consider the transit. We will consider the annual chart for this year first. The 30th year starts at 17:26:57 hours on September 15, 1973. The annual chart is as follows: Chart VI-2 Annual Chart

Navamsha

346

Chapter 6: Applied Astrology

Planet Longitude

Owner/C

Planet Longitude

Owner/C

Sun

4s28° 57'34"

Sun

Venus

6s8° 56'20"

Rahu

Moon

0s4° 11'40"

Ketu

Saturn 2s10°20'40"

Rahu

Mars

0s15° 37'37"

Venus

Rahu

9s10°36'29"

Ketu

Merc

5s9° 32'50"

Sun

Ketu

2s10°36'29"

Rahu

Sun

Ascdt

10s6° 28'24"

Jupiter 9s9° 4'32"

Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed. Venus is related to the Arudha of the VII house from its position in the annual chart. According to Vimshottari analysis the event is likely to happen in the second or third month. The annual major-periods of Venus and the Sun shall run during this period. Venus is a Factor for marriage but not the Sun. Therefore the event should happen between October 15 and November 30, 1973 while the major-period of Venus is current. Since Venus is in the VII house from the ascendant for the third month, this prima facie appears a very likely month for the event. We should examine it first. The VII house from Venus is in Aries. Mars is in Bharani constellation of Venus. Therefore Venus is related to the VII houses from the ascendant and karaka. The Arudha lagna for the month is in Capricorn with Jupiter occupying it. The VII house from it is in Cancer. The Moon is in Taurus navamsha of Venus. Venus is in a constellation of Rahu. Rahu occupies Cancer in the navamsha annual chart. Thus, Venus turns into a Karaka-Factor in the third month of the year. This is the month in which marriage should take place. The likely span of time thus gets restricted to November 15 to November 30, 1973. We will now consider transit of the karaka during this period. The Arudha for first wife is in Capricorn. The Arudha for gain is in Libra. Venus should relate to Jupiter and vice-versa for the event to happen. We will first study the transit of Venus. Venus is in Sagittarius on November 15, 1973 and its dispositor is in Capricorn. This relates Venus to the Arudha for wife. Jupiter enters Taurus navamsha from November 22, 1973. Venus is in a sign of Jupiter. Venus enters Sagittarius

How to Time an Event

347

navamsha on November 26. The two planets were in an exchange in the navamsha transit chart from November 26 to November 30, 1973. We will now study the transit of the Sun in the annual chart during this period. The Sun is in a sign of Mars during these days. The latter is in a constellation of Venus in the annual chart. The Sun is in a constellation of Saturn. Saturn and Venus are related through Rahu. The Sun is in Libra navamsha between November 26 and 29. This is the most likely period when marriage should take place. We will check it further through transits. Let us consider the movement of the Moon. It joins Venus between November 27 and 29, 1973. These are the most probable dates. The VII house from the ascendant and Venus is in Pisces and the VII house from the Arudha of the ascendant is in Capricorn. The Moon is in a navamsha of Jupiter in the last navamsha of Sagittarius. This would mean that marriage would take place on November 29, 1973. This was actually the date on which the individual got married. We now consider the profession of the individual. The X house from Saturn is Pisces. Its Arudha is in Capricorn with Ketu. Saturn is the indicator of service. Ketu is in a constellation of the Sun. The individual should be in a government service. The X house from the Sun is Taurus. Its Arudha is again in Capricorn. Thus the Arudha for high status and Arudha for service are coincident. The Sun and Saturn are both related to this sign. His service will give him status and authority. The Moon is in a constellation of Ketu. The Moon is with Jupiter, Mercury and Sun. The job should involve, reading, writing, correspondence, giving advice and authority. Since Saturn owns the sign, the job would be old, well established and involves discipline and hard work. The individual was an officer in the Indian Administrative Service. CASE II: Let us determine the date of birth of the first child of this individual. The birth chart is as follows:

348

Chapter 6: Applied A strology Male, October 2, 1951, 1945 hours, 30° N54', 75°E51', Time zone Chart VI-3 Lagna

Navamsha

0530 hours East of Greenwich. Planet Longitude

Owner/C

Planet Longitude

Owner/C

Sun

5s15°23'29"

Moon

Venus

4s9°59'42"

Ketu

Moon

6s4°26'19"

Mars

Saturn

5s12°40'45"

Moon

Mars

4s5°19'20"

Ketu

Rahu

10s16°27'46" Rahu

Merc

5s6°48'9"

Sun

Ketu

4s16°27'46"

Saturn

Ascdt

0s18°52'30"

Jupiter 11s16°2'17"

Venus

Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed. Jupiter is the karaka for children. The V house from Jupiter is in Cancer. The Arudha of Cancer is in Libra. The XI house from natal Jupiter

How to Time an Event

349

is in Capricorn. Its Arudha is in Taurus. Jupiter is related to both the houses. It is inclined to give children. It is reasonably strong. The owner of the V house from the ascendant is weak. The V house from the ascendant is weak but the Arudha of the V house from Jupiter is strong. There shall be some delay in birth of children but it shall not be inordinate. Jupiter is very closely related with Mars. Looking to some delay in birth of children the band of years ruled by Mars should be the right one to look into. Mars is related to the Arudhas of the V and XI houses from Jupiter. Therefore the years of Mars should contain the event. The V house from Jupiter is Cancer. Mars is in sambandha with the Moon. The V house from the ascendant is in Leo. Mars occupies it. The V house from the Arudha lagna is in Aries. Mars owns it. Mars is thus a very strong Factor for birth of children. The Essential Planet is the Moon. When Mars reaches Sagittarius through progression it shall get in sambandha with the natal Jupiter that is the karaka for the event. The Moon is very closely related to Jupiter and Mars in the navamsha chart. This would be the period of birth of a child. Mars progresses through Sagittarius between August 30, 1980 and February 28, 1981. The sub-period of Venus in the major-period of Jupiter shall be running between this period. We will confirm and work on this finding further. Mars is in Leo in the birth chart. It does not influence the timing. Mars is in Taurus in the navamsha chart, (a) It will to try to take the result of Mars to the end of the period. Mars is with Venus and the Sun in the birth and navamsha charts respectively. These two planets virtually cancel out the influence of each other, (b) The inherent tendency of Mars is to give the result shortly after its period starts, (c) The planet is in the first drekkan of the sign. The net result of these three influences from (a) to (c) would be to make Mars give its result in the middle of the band. The middle third of the band is formed of 30th and 31st years. These are the likely years in which birth of a child is possible. The likely period is from October 2, 1980 to October 2, 1982. The major-period of Jupiter runs in the likely period. Jupiter is the karaka for the event. It is related to the V house from the ascendant and to the Arudha for children. When we analyse further we notice that Jupiter is a Karaka-Factor for the event. This major-period shall

350

Chapter 6: Applied Astrology

cause birth of children. The sub-periods of Venus, the Sun and Moon run during the identified period. The XI house from the ascendant is in Aquarius. Jupiter is related to it. The XI house from the Arudha lagna is in Libra. Jupiter is related to it. The XI house from natal Jupiter is in Capricorn. Jupiter is related to it. Thus Jupiter is also a Karaka-Factor for gain. We should now examine the sub-periods. We have seen that the Arudha for the first child is in Libra. The Arudha for gain is in Taurus. The karaka for both is Jupiter. Thus the sub-period planet should relate to all these three elements. Venus is clearly related to these three. It should be our first choice. The Moon owns the V house from Jupiter. It is in sambandha with Mars in the navamsha chart. Mars and Venus are together in the birth chart. The Arudha of the place of Jupiter in the natal chart is coincident with the Arudha lagna. The owner of the V house is Mars that is associated with Venus. Venus is related to the Karaka-Factor through Mars. Thus, Venus is a Sub-Factor. A child would be born to the individual in the sub-period of Venus in the major-period of Jupiter. The span of time within which the event should happen is during the sub-period of Venus from October 15, 1980 to June 15, 1981. Let us now study the inter-periods in the given span of time. These are of Saturn, Mercury and Ketu. Venus is in Leo. This does not influence timing. Venus is in Gemini in the navamsha chart, (a) This would bring the result to the middle of the period, (b) Venus is inclined to give the result in first quarter of the span of time, (c) Venus is with Mars in the birth chart. This would tend to bring the result to very early part of the period. The nest result should be birth in the first half of the sub-period but not at the beginning of it. The obvious choice should be Mercury inter-period. We will study this inter-period first. Mercury is related to both the Arudhas and the karaka. The V house from Jupiter is in Cancer. Mercury is related to the Moon through Jupiter. The V house from Venus is Sagittarius to which Mercury is related. The V house from the Arudha of the place of Venus is in Aquarius. Mercury and Saturn are together. Thus Mercury is an Inter-Factor. The

351

How to Time an Event

event should therefore happen while this inter-period runs from December 2, 1980 to Aprill9, 1981. We will now study the annual chart and through transits try to determine the date of birth of the first child. The above span of time falls in the 30th year of the individual. The year starts at 06hllm47s on October 2, 1980. We will study the third to seventh months of the year. The Arudhas of the first child and gain in the annual chart are in Taurus. Jupiter is related to Taurus through the Sun. This confirms birth of first child in the year. Jupiter is a Karaka-Factor for the first child and gain in the fifth month of the annual chart. The event should happen in the fifth month. Annual Chart VI-4 Lagna

Navamsha

352

Chapter 6: Applied Astrology

Planet Longitude

Owner/C Planet Longitude

Owner/C

Sun

5s15°23'29"

Moon

Venus

Ketu

Moon

2s26°10'23"

Jupiter

Saturn 5s7°43'34"

Sun

Mars

6s29°11'51"

Jupiter

Rahu

3s25°28'28"

Mercury

Merc

6s8°58'43"

Rahu

Ketu

9s25°28'28"

Mars

Sun

Ascdt

5s12°38'5"

Jupiter 5s1°10'58"

4s3°3'29"

Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed. We will check this from the transit of the major-period planet. Jupiter should be strongly related to Aries, Cancer and Leo in transit. From February 11, Jupiter in retrograde motion shall be in a constellation of the Moon and navamsha of Venus. It is thus related to Cancer and Leo. Mars is in Aquarius in transit at that time and Saturn is with transit Jupiter. Thus, Jupiter is inclined to cause birth of a child in this period. It remains favourable till April 11. Let us now consider the transit of the sub-period planet Venus. The relevant houses that Venus must relate to are Aries and Cancer. Venus must also relate to Jupiter. Jupiter is in Virgo in transit. Venus shall be in Virgo navamsha when it crosses 26°40' in Capricorn. This will happen on February 20, 1981 at 1700 hours. It is now related to Mars (being in its constellation) and Jupiter. It has yet to relate to the Moon. The Moon enters Virgo at 0200 hours on February 21. The Moon moves out of Virgo on February 23 at 1300 hours. Birth should take place between 0200 hours on February 21 and February 23 at 1300 hours. Let us now refine the time of birth by studying the movement of the Moon. The Moon must be a Factor for matters relating to children at the time of birth. It means it must relate to Jupiter (karaka), Leo, Cancer and Aries (three V houses). We have seen that the Moon is related to Jupiter while it moves through Virgo. During this movement through Virgo the Moon is related to the Sun and Mars through Mercury as these three planets are together in transit. The Moon shall be in Aries navamsha and Hasta constellation of the Moon when it is between 10° and 13° 20' of Virgo. The Moon remains in this span of longitude between 2045 hours on February 21 and 03hl9m20s on February 22, 1981. Birth will take place during these hours.

353

How to Time an Event

CASE III: This is Madonna's chart. She is an American pop singer and an actress. In this chart the female individual fell off her horse in England on her 47th birthday and suffered fractures. Her chart is as follows: Chart VI-5 Lagna

Navamsha

Female, August 16, 1958, 0705 hours, Bay City, USA, 43°N36', 83°E53', Time zone 0500 hours West of Greenwich. Planet Longitude Owner/C Planet Longitude Owner/C Sun

3s29°49'53"

Mercury

Venus

Moon

4s18°15'47"

Venus

Saturn 7s25°51'37"

Mercury

Mars Merc

0s22°6'17"

Venus

Rahu

6s0°45'19"

Mars

4s12°22'31"

Ketu

Ketu

0s0°45'19"

Ketu

Mars

Ascdt

4s14°58'11"

Jupiter 6s3°6'53"

3s7°15'25"

Saturn

Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is Placed.

354

Chapter 6: Applied Astrology

Let us examine her Mars. It is in Bharani constellation. This is a cruel constellation. The VI house from Mars is Virgo. The Arudha of Virgo is in Cancer. Mercury is in a constellation of Ketu. The latter is with Mars. Mars is in a constellation of Venus. The latter is in Cancer. Mars as a karaka is inclined to cause minor injuries. The 47th year is represented by the XI house from the ascendant, Mars is a Karaka-Factor for injury in this year. It is also a Factor for physical self. The injury in the year shall be physical. The ruler of the band of years is Ketu. It is a Factor for injury. The band of years for Ketu starts with the 48th year. Ketu and Mars are together in the birth chart. Thus the period while Ketu is in Aries till it regresses out to Pisces shall be capable of causing injury to her. Ketu shall move out of Aries within two and a quarter days. Within this time she would suffer an injury. Let us see the transit of Ketu on her day of injury. Mars is in Bharani constellation of Venus. The latter is with Ketu in Virgo. Mercury is in Cancer. This is the Arudha of the house of injury. Ketu is in the VI house from natal Mars. The VI house from birth ascendant is in Capricorn. Mercury and Saturn are associated in transit in Cancer. Mars and Saturn are in sambandha in transit. Mars, we have seen, is related to Ketu. Saturn in transit navamsha is over Ketu. Thus, Ketu is related to the VI house from the ascendant. The Arudha lagna is in Gemini. The VI house from it is Scorpio. We have seen the relationship that Mars has with Ketu. The ruler of the band of years shall cause injury on the given date. The inter-period of Saturn in the sub-period of Ketu in the majorperiod of Rahu was current when injury was suffered. Mars and Saturn are in sambandha. Rahu is associated with Mars in the navamsha chart and it also occupies its constellation. It is thus also related to the VI house from the Arudha lagna. Rahu is thus also related to the VI house from the ascendant. Rahu is related to Cancer through Venus. Rahu is a Factor for injury. We have already analysed the transit of the ruler of the band of years and seen that it shows injury on the given date. Let us analyse the transit of the major-period planet. Rahu is in Pisces and in sambandha with Jupiter. Rahu is related to Mars. It is in Capricorn navamsha in transit. This is the VI house from the ascendant. The VI house from Mars is Virgo where Jupiter is placed in transit. The VI house from

How to Time an Event

355

Arudha lagna is Scorpio. We have seen that Mars is related to Rahu. Thus, Rahu is a Factor in transit for injury. Let us study the transit of the Sun. It is related to Mars in transit through Saturn. It is related to the VI house from ascendant and Arudha lagna through Saturn. It is in the Arudha of the house of injury. It is with Mercury that owns the VI house from Mars. The Sun is a Factor for injury on the date the event happened. The transit chart on the date of injury (August 16, 2005) is as follows: Transit Chart VI-6 Lagna

Navamsha

356

Chapter 6: Applied Astrology

Planet Longitude

Owner/C Planet Longitude

Owner/C

Sun

3s29°49'27"

Mercury

Venus

Sun

Moon

8s114°30'18"

Venus

Saturn 3s10°2'7"

Saturn

Mars

0s16°29'01"

Venus

Rahu

11s21°1'21"

Mercury

Merc

3s14°49'37"

Saturn

Ketu

5s21°1'21"

Moon

Jupiter 5s21°48'19"

5s5°22'22"

Moon

Owner/C means owner of the constellation in which the planet is placed. Here I would like to draw attention to Roy Horn's chart given above. It is Chart 1-6. Roy Horn was attacked and badly mauled by a tiger with which he was performing in a show on his birthday in 2003. He was in his 59th year. This is ruled by the Moon. The Moon operates for a year. It remains in a house for one month in progression. In the instant case it was at 12° 397" in Aries at birth. It would remain in Aries for 17.6 days. When we examine the Moon in the birth chart we notice that it is in sambandha with Mars and the latter is inclined to cause severe injury. In progression the Moon shall remain in sambandha with Mars while it stays in Aries and is liable to cause such an injury. Since the periods supported the indication given by progression, the event took shape. This case is similar to that of Madonna's.

Bibliography Bhartiya Jyotish, Shivanath Jharkhandi Bhavartha Ratnakara, BV Raman Bhrigu Sutram, K.K. Pathak Brihajjatakam, Swami Vijnanananda of Belur Math Brihat Parashar Mora Shastra, Dev Chandra Jha Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, R. Santhanam Chamatkar Chintamani, Brij Behari Lai Sharma Horasara, Prithuyasas Jatakabharnam, Mr. Sitaram Jha Jatakadeshmarga Chandrika, Gopesh Kumar Ojha Jataka Parijat, Gopesh Kumar Ojha Laghu Parashari, Commentary in Hindi by Dewan Ramchandra Kapoor Lal Kitab Phal Deepika, Gopesh Kumar Ojha Phalit Vikas, Ram Yatna Ojha Prasna Marg, BV Raman Predictive Astrology - An Insight, Dinesh S. Mathur Saravali, R. Santhanam Sarvartha Chintamani, J.N. Bhasin Satya Jatakam Shuka Nadi, Commentary in Hindi by Brijesh Kumar Shukla The Basic Writings of S. Radhakrishnan, edited by Robert A. McDermott Uttar Kalamritaa, P.S. Shastri

INDEX A Analysis of combination of planets, viii, 68 Annual chart, 306. See Annual horoscope Annual horoscope, 306. See Annual chart Antar-dasa, 1. See Sub-period Arudha, 25 Ashtottari, 2 Astrological indication for marriage between two individuals, 193 Ayanamsha, 3, 306 B Bhrigu Samhita, vii, 65, 139, 146, 147 Birth chart Arnold Schwarzenegger, 46 Elizabeth Taylor, 43, 44, 45, 46, 189 Madonna, 353, 356 Roy Horn, 59, 62, 356 Tom Cruise, 246, 252 Yogananda Paramhansa, 85, 189, 195

Brihat Parashar Hora Shastra, ix, 2, 5, 7, 8, 9, 22, 25, 26, 27, 29, 31, 32, 65, 86, 88, 89, 93, 96, 98, 119, 121, 122, 131, 132, 136, 143, 155, 158, 159, 160, 166, 171, 173, 174, 175, 177, 179, 180, 181, 182, 184, 185, 193, 196, 199, 200, 203, 205, 208, 209, 212, 220, 223, 228, 230, 233, 243, 258, 261, 274, 276, 277, 279, 281, 284, 286, 288, 291, 293, 295, 302, 303, 305, 311, 357

How to Time an Event

359

C Causative planet, 64 Characteristics of Ascendants, 122 Constellations, 108 D Death abroad, 197 due to disease, 197 in an accident, 197 Divisional charts, 25 Divorce, 205 Dwadashottari, 2 E Elements of planets, 89

Essential Planet, v, 39, 40, 41, 140, 141, 148, 152, 154, 243, 244, 245, 246, 248, 249, 254, 255, 313, 321, 326, 329, 330, 342, 349 Extent of houses, 4 F Father

keeps poor health, 199 wealthy, 199 G Gains from abroad, 204 from immovable property, 204 Gender of the child, 183, 188

360

Bibliography

H Mora Sara, 32, 182 I Inter-period, 1 J

Jataka Parijat, 87, 136, 159, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 176, 177, 179, 180, 181, 186, 187, 191, 195, 196, 198, 200, 203, 204, 258, 261, 305, 358 Jatakabharnam, 8, 86, 186, 187, 188, 191, 192, 193, 195, 197, 201, 205, 256, 261, 262, 358 K Kalidas, 88, 162 Kaliyuga, 2 Karaka, 31, 64, 65, 66, 174, 323. See Causative planet Karakas and Factors, 31 Karakatwa, 158

Ketu, 7, 8, 11, 64, 65, 80, 93, 96, 169, 170, 297, 302 Krishnamurti's ayanamsha, 3 L Lahiri's ayanamsha, 3, 306 LalKitab, viii, 7, 137, 139, 358 Location of period planet, 158 M Maha-dasa, 1. See Major-period Mantreswar, 88 Maraka, 121

How to Time an Event

361

Marriage abroad, 194 bad, 194 does not get married, 194 faces obstacles in, 194 fortunate, 194

love marriage, 194 Mooltrikona, 7, 8, 13, 164, 166, 167, 206, 227, 228, 324 N Natural relationship, 93 Nature of period results, 155

Node, 8, 9, 10, 159, 210 Number of children, 75, 129, 181, 230, 300 Number of siblings, 125, 183

Number of spouses, 30, 31, 35, 41, 102, 120, 149, 193, 337, 344, 346 P Panchottari, 2

Parashar, 2, 7, 31, 158, 160, 171, 173, 174, 223, 302, 303 Period-planet, 4 Phaldeepika, 9, 88, 358 Phalit Vikas, 9, 358 Planets in signs, 115 Prana period, 1, 136, 194 Prasna Marg, 105, 192, 358 Pratyantar-dasa, 1. See Inter-period Prishthhodaya, 36, 61, 158, 251, 303 Prishthhodaya signs, 158, 303

362

Bibliography

Profession, 39, 41, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 65, 72, 82, 83, 84, 90, 92, 99, 101, 102, 103, 119, 124, 126, 128, 129, 130, 132, 133, 148, 149, 163, 201, 202, 203, 206, 212, 213, 215, 234, 235, 236, 272, 273, 341, 347

Rahu, 7, 8, 9, 11, 80, 93, 96, 164, 165, 297, 298, 300, 302 Rahu and Ketu, 7 Relationship, 10 Relationship between planets, 22 Relationship between a planet and houses, 10 Relatives of an individual, 29 Relocation, Incarceration and Direction of Journey, vi, 259 Result of mooltrikona sign, 88 Resultant relationship between planets, ix, 96 Retrogression, 305

S. Radhakrishnan, 80, 358 Sambandha, 6

Saravali, 134, 178, 184, 189, 192, 200, 204, 358 Sarpa and Nigad drekkans, 187 Secret of houses, 102

Sequence of children, 29, 30, 31, 41, 81, 138, 142, 149, 153, 182, 185, 199, 208, 245, 253, 255, 256, 321, 325, 335, 347, 350, 351 Shirshodaya, 36, 251, 303, 305, 344 Shodashottari, 2 Shuka Nadi, 182, 358 Signification, 8, 10, 158, 159, 176 Signs inimical to planets, 5 Some independent methods of timing, 137

How to Time an Event

Sookshma period, 1, 136, 194 Spiritual inclination, 55 Strength of a house, 99 Strength of a planet, 92 Sub-period, 1 Sub-period analysis, 243 Success at elections, 63 T Temporary relationship, 96 Timing operation of a planet in its period, 302 Transit, 222, 301, 302, 305, 306, 307, 322, 323, 328 Of a karaka, 334 Of a period planet, 328 Of a ruler of band of years, 325 Of the Moon, 339 Of the Sun, 336 Traditional rules, 322 U Ubhayodaya sign, 303 Use of karaka to rectify birth chart, 35 Uttar Kalamrita, 88, 162, 165, 243, 271 V Varahmihir, viii. 141, 175, 186, 187, 188, 193, 200, 275 Vimshottari Dasa, 1, 3, 322 Vimshottari time frame, 2

363